《合诵经》的注释巴利
10. Saṅgītisuttavaṇṇanā
296 “如是我闻”这句,就是《合诵经》的开头。这里先解释其中先前没有出现过的词。“游行”的意思是经常四处游化。据说那时,导师在一万个轮围世界里铺开智网,观察世间,看见住在波婆城的末罗族王族们,心里想:“这些王族都在我一切知智的智网之内,到底是怎么回事呢?”他观察后知道:“这些王族建了一座集会堂,等我到了以后,他们会请人念诵吉祥祝福,我为他们说了吉祥祝福、把他们打发走之后,会对舍利弗说‘你为比丘僧团说法吧’。舍利弗用三藏仔细审察后,用一千零一十四个问题加以组织,将为比丘僧团讲说名为《合诵经》的法。舍利弗随念这部经之后,五百位比丘将连同无碍解一起证得阿拉汉果。”导师预见到这件事,就出发游行了。因此说:“在末罗族中游行巡化。”巴利
296.Evaṃme sutanti saṅgītisuttaṃ. Tatrāyamapubbapadavaṇṇanā – cārikaṃ caramānoti nibaddhacārikaṃ caramāno. Tadā kira satthā dasasahassacakkavāḷe ñāṇajālaṃ pattharitvā lokaṃ volokayamāno pāvānagaravāsino mallarājāno disvā ime rājāno mayhaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇajālassa anto paññāyanti, kiṃ nu khoti āvajjanto ‘‘rājāno ekaṃ sandhāgāraṃ kāresuṃ, mayi gate maṅgalaṃ bhaṇāpessanti, ahaṃ tesaṃ maṅgalaṃ vatvā uyyojetvā ‘bhikkhusaṅghassa dhammakathaṃ kathehī’ti sāriputtaṃ vakkhāmi, sāriputto tīhi piṭakehi sammasitvā cuddasapañhādhikena pañhasahassena paṭimaṇḍetvā bhikkhusaṅghassa saṅgītisuttaṃ nāma kathessati, suttantaṃ āvajjetvā pañca bhikkhusatāni saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇissantī’’ti imamatthaṃ disvā cārikaṃ pakkanto. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘mallesu cārikaṃ caramāno’’ti.
关于“乌巴他咖新集会堂恭敬”的注释巴利
Ubbhatakanavasandhāgāravaṇṇanā
297 “乌跋他咖”是它的名字,或者因为高耸而这样叫。“会堂”就是城中央的会堂大厅。关于“与沙门或”这里,因为天神们在人们占取地基的时候就已经取得自己的住处,所以不说“与天人或”,而说“与沙门或婆罗门或任何人”。他们前往世尊那里:听说世尊来了,心想:“世尊不是我们去了请来的,也不是派使者召请来的,而是亲自带着大比丘僧团来到我们的住处。而且会堂是我们建的。我们应该请十力者到这里,请他宣说吉祥。”这样想了之后,就前去拜见。巴利
297.Ubbhatakanti tassa nāmaṃ, uccattā vā evaṃ vuttaṃ. Sandhāgāranti nagaramajjhe sandhāgārasālā. Samaṇena vāti ettha yasmā gharavatthupariggahakāleyeva devatā attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gaṇhanti. Tasmā devena vāti avatvā ‘‘samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti bhagavato āgamanaṃ sutvā ‘‘amhehi gantvāpi na bhagavā ānīto, dūtaṃ pesetvāpi na pakkosāpito, sayameva pana mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivāro amhākaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ sampatto, amhehi ca sandhāgārasālā kāritā, ettha mayaṃ dasabalaṃ ānetvā maṅgalaṃ bhaṇāpessāmā’’ti cintetvā upasaṅkamiṃsu.
298 他们前往会堂。据说那天会堂的彩绘刚完工,脚手架刚刚拆除。而诸佛一向喜欢住在山林,以山林为乐,不一定愿意住在村里。于是他们心想:“我们先了解世尊的心意,再来招待。”便去拜见世尊。现在他们已得到世尊的同意,想要好好招待,就前往会堂。“遍铺一切”,就是按照通常的方式全部铺好。那时,那些末罗王把会堂收拾好,又把城里的街道扫干净,竖起旗帜,在每家门前摆上满瓶和芭蕉树,用灯串等把整座城点缀得像撒满了星星。他们让吃奶的婴儿吃饱奶,让年幼的孩子快快吃完饭睡下,并叮嘱道:“别大声吵闹,今晚导师要住在村里,诸佛喜欢安静。”他们一边击鼓宣告,一边自己拿着火把,前往世尊那里。巴利
298.Yena sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti taṃ divasaṃ kira sandhāgāre cittakammaṃ niṭṭhapetvā aṭṭakā muttamattā honti, buddhā ca nāma araññajjhāsayā araññārāmā, antogāme vaseyyuṃ vā no vā. Tasmā bhagavato manaṃ jānitvāva paṭijaggissāmāti cintetvā te bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu. Idāni pana manaṃ labhitvā paṭijaggitukāmā yena sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu . Sabbasantharinti yathā sabbaṃ santhataṃ hoti, evaṃ. Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti ettha pana te mallarājāno sandhāgāraṃ paṭijaggitvā nagaravīthiyopi sammajjāpetvā dhaje ussāpetvā gehadvāresu puṇṇaghaṭe ca kadaliyo ca ṭhapāpetvā sakalanagaraṃ dīpamālādīhi vippakiṇṇatārakaṃ viya katvā khīrapāyake dārake khīraṃ pāyyetha, dahare kumāre lahuṃ lahuṃ bhojāpetvā sayāpetha, uccāsaddaṃ mā karittha, ajja ekarattiṃ satthā antogāme vasissati, buddhā nāma appasaddakāmā hontīti bheriṃ carāpetvā sayaṃ daṇḍadīpikaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu.
299 把世尊放在最前面,就是让世尊在前方。在那里,世尊坐在比丘和男居士中间,显得格外庄严耀眼,周身清净可亲,肤色金黄,相貌端严,令人看了就欢喜。从前身放出金色的光芒,一直照到八十肘远的地方;从后身也一样。从右手放出金色的光芒,照到八十肘远;左手也一样。从头顶开始,所有发旋都放出像孔雀脖子那种颜色的光芒,在虚空中照到八十肘远。从脚底向下放出珊瑚色的光芒,在厚实的大地上也照到八十肘远。就这样,四面八方八十肘的范围内,六种颜色的佛光闪耀着、跳动着、四处流布。所有方向都像被金色的瞻波花撒满了一样,又像从金瓶里倒出金色的液流不断浇灌,像铺展开的金色布匹覆盖着,也像旷野的风吹起甄叔迦花和咖尼咖拉花粉,漫天弥漫,光明灿烂。巴利
299.Bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvāti bhagavantaṃ purato katvā. Tattha bhagavā bhikkhūnañceva upāsakānañca majjhe nisinno ativiya virocati, samantapāsādiko suvaṇṇavaṇṇo abhirūpo dassanīyo. Purimakāyato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti. Pacchimakāyato. Dakkhiṇahatthato. Vāmahatthato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti. Upari kesantato paṭṭhāya sabbakesāvaṭṭehi moragīvavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā gaganatale asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti. Heṭṭhā pādatalehi pavāḷavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā ghanapathaviyaṃ asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti. Evaṃ samantā asīti hatthamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ chabbaṇṇā buddharasmiyo vijjotamānā vipphandamānā vidhāvanti. Sabbe disābhāgā suvaṇṇacampakapupphehi vikiriyamānā viya suvaṇṇaghaṭato nikkhantasuvaṇṇarasadhārāhi siñcamānā viya pasāritasuvaṇṇapaṭaparikkhittā viya verambhavātasamuṭṭhitakiṃsukakaṇikārapupphacuṇṇasamākiṇṇā viya ca vippakāsanti.
世尊的身体也具足八十种好、一寻光明和三十二种殊胜相,光明照耀,就像群星升起时的虚空一样灿烂,又像盛开的莲花池,又像百由旬高的昼度树完全开花时那样。三十二位月亮、三十二位太阳、三十二位转轮王、三十二位天王、三十二位大梵天王依次排列,各自的光辉都被世尊的身体盖过,就像被世尊的威光压服一样,世尊的身体光明赫赫。围绕世尊坐着的比丘们,个个都是少欲、知足、远离尘俗、不与人混杂、勤修精进、善于说法、能接受别人的指责、会呵责恶法、戒具足、定具足、慧解脱具足、解脱知见具足的人。世尊被这些比丘围绕,就像被红毯包裹的金柱,又像红莲花丛中的金船,又像珊瑚栏杆围绕的金色宫殿,光明灿烂。巴利
Bhagavatopi asītianubyañjanabyāmappabhādvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇasamujjalaṃ sarīraṃ samuggatatārakaṃ viya gaganatalaṃ, vikasitamiva padumavanaṃ , sabbapāliphullo viya yojanasatiko pāricchattako paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitānaṃ dvattiṃsacandānaṃ dvattiṃsasūriyānaṃ dvattiṃsacakkavattirājānaṃ dvattiṃsadevarājānaṃ dvattiṃsamahābrahmānaṃ siriyā siriṃ abhibhavamānaṃ viya virocati. Parivāretvā nisinnā bhikkhūpi sabbeva appicchā santuṭṭhā pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā āraddhavīriyā vattāro vacanakkhamā codakā pāpagarahino sīlasampannā samādhisampannā paññāvimutti vimuttiñāṇadassanasampannā. Tehi parivārito bhagavā rattakambalaparikkhitto viya suvaṇṇakkhandho , rattapadumavanasaṇḍamajjhagatā viya suvaṇṇanāvā, pavāḷavedikāparikkhitto viya suvaṇṇapāsādo virocittha.
八十位大长老也披着如云色的粪扫衣,像披上宝甲的大象一样围绕着他。他们都已经离贪、破除烦恼、解开纠结、断了系缚,对家族或群体都不贪着。就这样,世尊自己离贪,被离贪的人围绕;自己离嗔,被离嗔的人围绕;自己离痴,被离痴的人围绕;自己无渴爱,被无渴爱的人围绕;自己无烦恼,被无烦恼的人围绕;自己成佛,被多闻的觉者围绕。就像花蕊被花瓣围绕,就像莲芯被花瓣围绕,就像六牙象王被八千头象围绕,就像持国鹅王被九万只鹅围绕,就像转轮王被四军众围绕,就像帝释天王被天众围绕,就像大梵天王被梵众围绕。他以无与伦比的佛身、无量的佛威仪,坐在那个会众当中,用符合法的谈话开示帕瓦城的末罗人,过了大半夜,然后让他们散去。巴利
Asītimahātherāpi naṃ meghavaṇṇaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ pārupitvā maṇivammavammitā viya mahānāgā parivārayiṃsu vantarāgā bhinnakilesā vijaṭitajaṭā chinnabandhanā kule vā gaṇe vā alaggā. Iti bhagavā sayaṃ vītarāgo vītarāgehi, vītadoso vītadosehi, vītamoho vītamohehi, nittaṇho nittaṇhehi, nikkileso nikkilesehi, sayaṃ buddho bahussutabuddhehi parivārito pattaparivāritaṃ viya kesaraṃ, kesaraparivāritā viya kaṇṇikā, aṭṭhanāgasahassaparivārito viya chaddanto nāgarājā, navutihaṃsasahassaparivārito viya dhataraṭṭho haṃsarājā, senaṅgaparivārito viya cakkavattirājā, marugaṇaparivārito viya sakko devarājā, brahmagaṇaparivārito viya hārito mahābrahmā, asamena buddhavesena aparimāṇena buddhavilāsena tassaṃ parisati nisinno pāveyyake malle bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā uyyojesi.
在这里,“法谈”应当理解为与会堂、随喜相关的各种杂谈。那时,世尊就像把天上的恒河引下来,像把大地的精华抽出来,像抓住大阎浮树的树顶摇晃,像用轮榨机压榨一由旬长的蜜团来给人喝蜜汁一样,为波婆城的末罗人说了能带来利益和安乐的种种杂谈。巴利
Ettha ca dhammikathā nāma sandhāgāraanumodanappaṭisaṃyuttā pakiṇṇakakathā veditabbā. Tadā hi bhagavā ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viya pathavojaṃ ākaḍḍhanto viya mahājambuṃ matthake gahetvā cālento viya yojaniyamadhugaṇḍaṃ cakkayantena pīḷetvā madhupānaṃ pāyamāno viya ca pāveyyakānaṃ mallānaṃ hitasukhāvahaṃ pakiṇṇakakathaṃ kathesi.
300 世尊无论看向哪个方向,那里都是一片默然。他这样环顾之后,用肉眼和天眼这两种眼,从各处一一观察。他用肉眼观察这些比丘外在的威仪举止。在那里,连一位比丘都没有手的躁动,也没有脚的躁动,没有人抬头,没有人交谈,没有人坐着打瞌睡。所有比丘都修学三学,像无风处的灯焰一样,一动不动地坐着。他就这样用肉眼把握了他们的这些威仪举止。然后他增强光明,用天眼看到心色,观察内在的戒。他见到数百位比丘内在的戒,就像缸中燃烧的灯火一样,是能导向阿拉汉果的戒。因为那些比丘都已经开始修观。他这样见到他们的戒之后,把“这些比丘与我相称,我也与这些比丘相称”这个印象留在眼底,又看了看比丘僧团,然后对尊者舍利弗说:“我的背痛。”为什么痛呢?因为世尊在六年勤修大精进时,身体承受了极大的苦。后来到了年老时,就生起了背风。巴利
300.Tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūtanti yaṃ yaṃ disaṃ anuviloketi, tattha tattha tuṇhībhūtameva. Anuviloketvāti maṃsacakkhunā dibbacakkhunāti dvīhi cakkhūhi tato tato viloketvā. Maṃsacakkhunā hi nesaṃ bahiddhā iriyāpathaṃ pariggahesi. Tattha ekabhikkhussāpi neva hatthakukkuccaṃ na pādakukkuccaṃ ahosi, na koci sīsamukkhipi, na kathaṃ kathesi, na niddāyanto nisīdi. Sabbepi tīhi sikkhāhi sikkhitā nivāte padīpasikhā viya niccalā nisīdiṃsu. Iti nesaṃ imaṃ iriyāpathaṃ maṃsacakkhunā pariggahesi. Ālokaṃ pana vaḍḍhayitvā dibbacakkhunā hadayarūpaṃ disvā abbhantaragataṃ sīlaṃ olokesi. So anekasatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ antokumbhiyaṃ jalamānaṃ padīpaṃ viya arahattupagaṃ sīlaṃ addasa. Āraddhavipassakā hi te bhikkhū. Iti nesaṃ sīlaṃ disvā ‘‘imepi bhikkhū mayhaṃ anucchavikā, ahampi imesaṃ anucchaviko’’ti cakkhutalesu nimittaṃ ṭhapetvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ oloketvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi ‘‘piṭṭhi me āgilāyatī’’ti. Kasmā āgilāyati? Bhagavato hi chabbassāni mahāpadhānaṃ padahantassa mahantaṃ kāyadukkhaṃ ahosi. Athassa aparabhāge mahallakakāle piṭṭhivāto uppajji.
那些国王在集会堂的一边铺好了一张如法的矮床,心想:“说不定导师会躺下来休息。”导师也想:“在这张床上用行、住、坐、卧四种姿势来受用,对这些国王会有大果报。”于是就在那里铺好桑喀帝衣,躺了下来。巴利
Saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpetvāti sandhāgārassa kira ekapasse te rājāno kappiyamañcakaṃ paññapesuṃ ‘‘appeva nāma satthā nipajjeyyā’’ti. Satthāpi catūhi iriyāpathehi paribhuttaṃ imesaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissatīti tattha saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpetvā nipajji.
尼干陀破衣的故事注释巴利
Bhinnanigaṇṭhavatthuvaṇṇanā
301 关于“命终时”等等这些地方该说的内容,前面已经全都讲过了。巴利
301.Tassa kālaṅkiriyāyātiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva.
302 所谓呼唤者,因欲宣说能平息诤论等事的善说之法而呼唤。巴利
302.Āmantesīti bhaṇḍanādivūpasamakaraṃ svākhyātaṃ dhammaṃ desetukāmo āmantesi.
303 这里说的“在那里”,就是指在那个法上。“应当一起诵出来”,意思是应当由和合一致的众人共同诵出,用统一的话语、不相违背的话语来宣说。“不应当争论”,意思是不管在义理上还是文句上都不应当起争执。“一法”:为了通过一法、二法、三法等方式,从多方面显示和合的本质,所以先说出“一法”。“一切众生”:就是在欲有等、想有等、一蕴有等一切有当中的一切众生。“依食而住”:意思是他们依靠食而得以存续。这样就说明:一切众生得以存续的因,也就是名为“食”的这一法,已经被我们的导师如实了知并正确宣说,诸位贤友啊。巴利
303.Tatthāti tasmiṃ dhamme. Saṅgāyitabbanti samaggehi gāyitabbaṃ, ekavacanehi aviruddhavacanehi bhaṇitabbaṃ. Na vivaditabbanti atthe vā byañjane vā vivādo na kātabbo. Eko dhammoti ekakadukatikādivasena bahudhā sāmaggirasaṃ dassetukāmo paṭhamaṃ tāva ‘‘eko dhammo’’ti āha. Sabbe sattāti kāmabhavādīsu saññābhavādīsu ekavokārabhavādīsu ca sabbabhavesu sabbe sattā. Āhāraṭṭhitikāti āhārato ṭhiti etesanti āhāraṭṭhitikā. Iti sabbasattānaṃ ṭhiti hetu āhāro nāma eko dhammo amhākaṃ satthārā yāthāvato ñatvā sammadakkhāto āvusoti dīpeti.
既然这样,那么所说的“无想有情天是无因、无食、无触的”(《分别论》1017)这句话不就相违了吗?并不相违。因为他们的禅那就是食。即便如此,“比丘们,有这四种食,为了已生众生的存续,或为了将生众生的资助。哪四种?段食,或粗或细;触为第二;意思为第三;识为第四”(《相应部》2.11),这不也相违吗?这也不相违。因为在那部经中,是就非间接的意义,把具有食相的法才称为食;而在这里,则是就间接的意义,把缘称为食。因为一切法都能得到缘,而那个缘,若产生什么果,便可以说它“带来”那种果,因此称为食。所以佛陀说:“比丘们,我说无明也是有食的,并非无食。什么是无明的食呢?应当说就是五盖。比丘们,我说五盖也是有食的,并非无食。什么是五盖的食呢?应当说就是不如理作意”(《增支部》10.61)。这即是此处所指之义。巴利
Nanu ca evaṃ sante yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘asaññasattā devā ahetukā anāhārā aphassakā’’tiādi, (vibha. 1017) taṃ vacanaṃ virujjhatīti, na virujjhati. Tesañhi jhānaṃ āhāro hoti. Evaṃ santepi ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya. Katame cattāro? Kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṃ catuttha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.11) idampi virujjhatīti, idampi na virujjhati. Etasmiñhi sutte nippariyāyena āhāralakkhaṇāva dhammā āhārāti vuttā. Idha pana pariyāyena paccayo āhāroti vutto. Sabbadhammānañhi paccayo laddhuṃ vaṭṭati. So ca yaṃ yaṃ phalaṃ janeti, taṃ taṃ āharati nāma, tasmā āhāroti vuccati. Tenevāha ‘‘avijjampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. Ko ca, bhikkhave, avijjāya āhāro? Pañcanīvaraṇātissa vacanīyaṃ. Pañcanīvaraṇepāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāre vadāmi, no anāhāre. Ko ca, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ āhāro? Ayonisomanasikārotissa vacanīya’’nti (a. ni. 10.61). Ayaṃ idha adhippeto.
当把握了这种缘食时,间接食和直接食也就全都把握了。其中,在无想有中,可以得到缘食。因为在佛陀还没出现的时候,有些人在外道道场出家,以风遍为所缘修习,证得第四禅,从禅那出定后心想:心是应受呵责的,这个心真是可呵责!心不存在才是好的。因为正是依靠心,才有砍杀、捆绑等苦产生。如果没有心,就没有这些苦了。于是他生起了忍可和意乐,在禅那不衰退的情况下命终,投生到无想有。他在人间时惯用的身体姿势,就以那种姿势出生,或站、或坐、或卧,住留五百劫。像这样的众生,也能得到缘食。因为他们正是修习了那种禅那而投生的,那禅那就是他们的缘。好比依靠弓的弹力射出的箭,只要弓的弹力还在,箭就继续飞行;同样地,只要禅那之缘还在,他们就安住。当这缘耗尽时,就如同弹力耗尽的箭一样坠落。还有那些被称为既不靠劳动成果活命、也不靠福德成果活命的地狱众生,他们的食是什么呢?他们的业就是他们的食。如果问:那么是否存在五种食呢?不应说五种或非五种。前面不是说过缘即是食吗?因此,他们以何种业往生地狱,那业就是他们存续的缘,所以成为食。正是基于这个意思,才说只要那恶业还没有消尽,他并不会死去。巴利
Etasmiñhi paccayāhāre gahite pariyāyāhāropi nippariyāyāhāropi sabbo gahitova hoti. Tattha asaññabhave paccayāhāro labbhati. Anuppanne hi buddhe titthāyatane pabbajitā vāyokasiṇe parikammaṃ katvā catutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā tato vuṭṭhāya dhī cittaṃ, dhibbatetaṃ cittaṃ cittassa nāma abhāvoyeva sādhu, cittañhi nissāyeva vadhabandhādipaccayaṃ dukkhaṃ uppajjati. Citte asati natthetanti khantiṃ ruciṃ uppādetvā aparihīnajjhānā kālaṅkatvā asaññabhave nibbattanti. Yo yassa iriyāpatho manussaloke paṇihito ahosi, so tena iriyāpathena nibbattitvā pañca kappasatāni ṭhito vā nisinno vā nipanno vā hoti. Evarūpānampi sattānaṃ paccayāhāro labbhati. Te hi yaṃ jhānaṃ bhāvetvā nibbattā, tadeva nesaṃ paccayo hoti. Yathā jiyāvegena khittasaro yāva jiyāvego atthi, tāva gacchati, evaṃ yāva jhānapaccayo atthi, tāva tiṭṭhanti. Tasmiṃ niṭṭhite khīṇavego saro viya patanti. Ye pana te nerayikā neva uṭṭhānaphalūpajīvī na puññaphalūpajīvīti vuttā, tesaṃ ko āhāroti ? Tesaṃ kammameva āhāro. Kiṃ pañca āhārā atthīti ce. Pañca, na pañcāti idaṃ na vattabbaṃ. Nanu paccayo āhāroti vuttametaṃ. Tasmā yena kammena te niraye nibbattā, tadeva tesaṃ ṭhitipaccayattā āhāro hoti. Yaṃ sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘na ca tāva kālaṅkaroti, yāva na taṃ pāpakammaṃ byantī hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.250).
在这里,不应该就段食引发争论。因为即使是口中生出的唾液,也能对他们起到食的作用。唾液在地狱里会成为苦受的缘,在天界则成为乐受的缘。这样一来,在欲有中,究竟来说有四种食。在色有和无色有中,除了无想有之外,其余众生有三种食。无想有以及其余一切众生,则以缘为食。通过这种关于食的说明,解答了“一切众生依食而住”这个问题之后,既没有作“贤友,这就是”这样的结答,也没有再提出“贤友,这是存在的”这样的回问,就直接解答了第二个问题:“一切众生依行而住”。巴利
Kabaḷīkāraṃ āhāraṃ ārabbha cettha vivādo na kātabbo. Mukhe uppanno kheḷopi hi tesaṃ āhārakiccaṃ sādheti. Kheḷopi hi niraye dukkhavedaniyo hutvā paccayo hoti, sagge sukhavedaniyo. Iti kāmabhave nippariyāyena cattāro āhārā. Rūpārūpabhavesu ṭhapetvā asaññaṃ sesānaṃ tayo. Asaññānañceva avasesānañca paccayāhāroti iminā āhārena ‘‘sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā’’ti etaṃ pañhaṃ kathetvā ‘‘ayaṃ kho āvuso’’ti evaṃ niyyātanampi ‘‘atthi kho āvuso’’ti puna uddharaṇampi akatvā ‘‘sabbe sattā saṅkhāraṭṭhitikā’’ti dutiyapañhaṃ vissajjesi.
为什么没有分别解答,也没有分别抽出?因为在每一处分别解答和分别抽出的话,学习和讲解都会变得很困难,所以他把两者合在一起作了解答。在这个解答里,说的正是前面已经讲过的缘,因为它能造作自己的果,所以称为“行”。这样,前面讲的是食缘,这里讲的是行缘——这就是此处与前面的区别。玛哈斯瓦长老说:“如果前面取的是直接的食,这里取的是间接的食,这样取的话,区别就会很清楚,但他们没有这样取。”因为对有根者也好,对无根者也好,都应获得缘,没有缘,任何事物都不可能存在。其中,对于无根者,比如草、树、藤蔓等,地味和水味就是它们的缘。天不下雨时,草等就会枯萎;下雨时,它们就变得青翠。所以,地味和水味就是它们的缘。对于有根者,无明、渴爱、业、食等就是它们的缘。因此,前面把缘本身说成食,这里说成行。这就是此处的区别所在。巴利
Kasmā pana na niyyātesi na uddharittha? Tattha tattha niyyātiyamānepi uddhariyamānepi pariyāpuṇituṃ vācetuṃ dukkhaṃ hoti, tasmā dve ekābaddhe katvā vissajjesi. Imasmimpi vissajjane heṭṭhā vuttapaccayova attano phalassa saṅkharaṇato saṅkhāroti vutto. Iti heṭṭhā āhārapaccayo kathito, idha saṅkhārapaccayoti ayamettha heṭṭhimato viseso. ‘‘Heṭṭhā nippariyāyāhāro gahito, idha pariyāyāhāroti evaṃ gahite viseso pākaṭo bhaveyya, no ca gaṇhiṃsū’ti mahāsīvatthero āha. Indriyabaddhassapi hi anindriyabaddhassapi paccayo laddhuṃ vaṭṭati. Vinā paccayena dhammo nāma natthi. Tattha anindriyabaddhassa tiṇarukkhalatādino pathavīraso āporaso ca paccayo hoti. Deve avassante hi tiṇādīni milāyanti, vassante ca pana haritāni honti. Iti tesaṃ pathavīraso āporaso ca paccayo hoti. Indriyabaddhassa avijjā taṇhā kammaṃ āhāroti evamādayo paccayā, iti heṭṭhā paccayoyeva āhāroti kathito, idha saṅkhāroti. Ayamevettha viseso.
贤友,我们的导师坐在大菩提场,亲自以一切知智证悟之后,宣说了这个法。对于这一个法,你们所有人都应当共同诵持,不应争论。这样共同诵持,是为了让这教法梵行长存久住。因为有一位比丘这样说:“贤友,确实有一个法被正确宣说。哪一个法呢?一切众生依食而住。一切众生依行而住。”另一位比丘听了他的说法之后,也会照样宣说;再有另一位也这样说。就这样辗转相传、依次传定,这梵行就能长久住世,为包括天人在内的世间带来利益与安乐。法将舍利弗长老以“一法”的方式,显示了和合之味。巴利
Ayaṃkho, āvusoti āvuso amhākaṃ satthārā mahābodhimaṇḍe nisīditvā sayaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇena sacchikatvā ayaṃ ekadhammo desito. Tattha ekadhamme tumhehi sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ na vivaditabbaṃ. Yathayidaṃ brahmacariyanti yathā saṅgāyamānānaṃ tumhākaṃ idaṃ sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa. Ekena hi bhikkhunā ‘‘atthi, kho āvuso, eko dhammo sammadakkhāto. Katamo eko dhammo? Sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā. Sabbe sattā saṅkhāraṭṭhitikā’’ti kathite tassa kathaṃ sutvā añño kathessati. Tassapi aññoti evaṃ paramparakathāniyamena idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciraṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ sadevakassa lokassa atthāya hitāya bhavissatīti ekakavasena dhammasenāpati sāriputtatthero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
304 304. 这样,先用“一法”的方式显示了和合之味,现在为了用“二法”的方式显示,又开始了教说。其中,在“名色”这一对法里,“名”是指四种无色蕴以及涅槃。其中,四种蕴因为“名称”之义而称为名。“因为名称之义”就是指因为施设名称之义。就像因为被大众共同认可,大选出就有了“大选出”这个名字;又像父母给儿子安立假名,说“让他叫帝萨,让他叫普萨”;或者像“说法者”“持律者”这样,由功德而得到名称。但受等并不是这样。因为受等就像大地等一样,在生起时名称就自然成立。当它们生起时,它们的名称也就已经生起了。并没有人在受生起时说“你应当叫受”;它也不需要靠任何理由来执取名字,就像大地生起时,不需要执取名字说“你应当叫大地”;当轮围山、须弥山、日月、星辰生起时,也不需要执取名字说“你应当叫轮围山,你应当叫星辰”,名称是自然生起的,化生者的施设直接成立。同样,当受生起时,不需要执取名字说“你应当叫受”,在它生起时,“受”这个名字就已经生起了。想等也是这样。因为过去时,受就是受,想就是想,行就是行,识就是识;未来时也是这样,现在时也是这样。而涅槃则任何时候都只是涅槃。所以,因为名称之义而称为名。在这里,四种蕴也因为“朝向”之义而称为名。因为它们朝向所缘。因为名称之义,一切都可以称为名。因为四种蕴朝向所缘,也互相朝向;涅槃则因为所缘增上缘,而令无过失的诸法朝向自身。巴利
304. Iti ekakavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni dukavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha nāmarūpaduke nāmanti cattāro arūpino khandhā nibbānañca. Tattha cattāro khandhā nāmanaṭṭhena nāmaṃ. Nāmanaṭṭhenāti nāmakaraṇaṭṭhena. Yathā hi mahājanasammatattā mahāsammatassa ‘‘mahāsammato’’ti nāmaṃ ahosi, yathā mātāpitaro ‘‘ayaṃ tisso nāma hotu, phusso nāma hotū’’ti evaṃ puttassa kittimanāmaṃ karonti, yathā vā ‘‘dhammakathiko vinayadharo’’ti guṇato nāmaṃ āgacchati, na evaṃ vedanādīnaṃ. Vedanādayo hi mahāpathavīādayo viya attano nāmaṃ karontāva uppajjanti. Tesu uppannesu tesaṃ nāmaṃ uppannameva hoti. Na hi vedanaṃ uppannaṃ ‘‘tvaṃ vedanā nāma hohī’’ti, koci bhaṇati, na cassā yena kenaci kāraṇena nāmaggahaṇakiccaṃ atthi, yathā pathaviyā uppannāya ‘‘tvaṃ pathavī nāma hohī’’ti nāmaggahaṇakiccaṃ natthi, cakkavāḷasinerumhi candimasūriyanakkhattesu uppannesu ‘‘tvaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ nāma, tvaṃ nakkhattaṃ nāma hohī’’ti nāmaggahaṇakiccaṃ natthi, nāmaṃ uppannameva hoti, opapātikā paññatti nipatati, evaṃ vedanāya uppannāya ‘‘tvaṃ vedanā nāma hohī’’ti nāmaggahaṇakiccaṃ natthi, tāya uppannāya vedanāti nāmaṃ uppannameva hoti. Saññādīsupi eseva nayo atītepi hi vedanā vedanāyeva. Saññā. Saṅkhārā. Viññāṇaṃ viññāṇameva. Anāgatepi. Paccuppannepi. Nibbānaṃ pana sadāpi nibbānamevāti. Nāmanaṭṭhena nāmaṃ. Namanaṭṭhenāpi cettha cattāro khandhā nāmaṃ. Te hi ārammaṇābhimukhaṃ namanti. Nāmanaṭṭhena sabbampi nāmaṃ. Cattāro hi khandhā ārammaṇe aññamaññaṃ nāmenti , nibbānaṃ ārammaṇādhipatipaccayatāya attani anavajjadhamme nāmeti.
色:就是四大种,以及依靠四大种而有的色。这一切都因为“会变坏、会被破坏”这个意义,所以叫色。关于它的详细说明,应当依照《清净道论》里所讲的方法来理解。巴利
Rūpanti cattāro ca mahābhūtā catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpaṃ, taṃ sabbampi ruppanaṭṭhena rūpaṃ. Tassa vitthārakathā visuddhimagge vuttanayeneva veditabbā.
无明,就是对苦等的无知。这一点在《清净道论》里也已经详细讲过了。有渴爱,就是对存在的渴求。正如论中所说:其中,什么是有渴爱?就是对各种存在状态的有欲(《法集论》1319)等等。巴利
Avijjāti dukkhādīsu aññāṇaṃ. Ayampi vitthārato visuddhimagge kathitāyeva. Bhavataṇhāti bhavapatthanā. Yathāha ‘‘tattha katamā bhavataṇhā? Yo bhavesu bhavacchando’’tiādi (dha. sa. 1319).
有见:这里的“有”指的是常见,也就是依常见而生起的见解。它在阿毗达摩里被详细解释为:“其中,什么是有见?就是‘我以及世界将会存在’——这样的见、这样的恶见”(《法集论》1320)等等。非有见:这里的“非有”指的是断灭,也就是依断见而生起的见解。它同样在阿毗达摩里被详细解释为:“其中,什么是非有见?就是‘我以及世界将不会存在’——这样的见、这样的恶见”(《法集论》1321)等等。巴利
Bhavadiṭṭhīti bhavo vuccati sassataṃ, sassatavasena uppajjanakadiṭṭhi. Sā ‘‘tattha katamā bhavadiṭṭhi? ‘Bhavissati attā ca loko cā’ti yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigata’’ntiādinā (dha. sa. 1320) nayena abhidhamme vitthāritā. Vibhavadiṭṭhīti vibhavo vuccati ucchedaṃ, ucchedavasena uppajjanakadiṭṭhi. Sāpi ‘‘tattha katamā vibhavadiṭṭhi? ‘Na bhavissati attā ca loko cā’ti (dha. sa. 285). Yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigata’’ntiādinā (dha. sa. 1321) nayena tattheva vitthāritā.
无惭,就是“对应当感到羞耻的事不感到羞耻”(《法集论》1328)——这样详细说明的不知羞耻的状态。无愧,就是“对应当感到畏惧的事不感到畏惧”(《法集论》1329)——这样详细说明的不害怕的心态。巴利
Ahirikanti ‘‘yaṃ na hirīyati hirīyitabbenā’’ti (dha. sa. 1328) evaṃ vitthāritā nillajjatā. Anottappanti ‘‘yaṃ na ottappati ottappitabbenā’’ti (dha. sa. 1329) evaṃ vitthārito abhāyanakaākāro.
惭和愧,就是《法集论》1330-31 里详细说明的“对应当感到羞耻的事感到羞耻,对应当感到畏惧的事感到畏惧”。另外,在这里,惭是从自身生起的,愧是从外界生起的;惭以自己为主导,愧以世间为主导;惭的本质是羞耻,愧的本质是畏惧。这些详细的解释,《清净道论》已经从各个方面讲过了。巴利
Hirī ca ottappañcāti ‘‘yaṃ hirīyati hirīyitabbena, ottappati ottappitabbenā’’ti (dha. sa. 1330-31) evaṃ vitthāritāni hiriottappāni. Api cettha ajjhattasamuṭṭhānā hirī, bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ ottappaṃ. Attādhipateyyā hirī, lokādhipateyyaṃ ottappaṃ. Lajjāsabhāvasaṇṭhitā hirī, bhayasabhāvasaṇṭhitaṃ ottappaṃ. Vitthārakathā panettha sabbākārena visuddhimagge vuttā.
难教性:对那种抵触、爱唱反调、不恭敬的人,说话是困难的,他就是难教的人;他的这种行为就是难教的行为,这种状态就是难教性。详细来说,这在阿毗达摩中是这样说的:“其中,什么是难教性?当同法者劝说时,表现出难教的状态。”(《法集论》1332)从实质上说,它就是行蕴。也有人说:“这是对以这种方式生起的四个蕴的称呼。”恶友性:那些无信等品质的恶人,是他的朋友,所以他是恶友;这种状态就是恶友性。详细来说,这在阿毗达摩中是这样说的:“其中,什么是恶友性?就是那些无信、破戒、寡闻、悭吝、无慧的人;亲近、交往、深交、结交、密切结交、敬重、倾向于他们。”(《法集论》1333)从实质上,这也应该像难教性一样来看待。巴利
Dovacassatāti dukkhaṃ vaco etasmiṃ vippaṭikūlagāhimhi vipaccanīkasāte anādare puggaleti dubbaco, tassa kammaṃ dovacassaṃ, tassa bhāvo dovacassatā. Vitthārato panesā ‘‘tattha katamā dovacassatā? Sahadhammike vuccamāne dovacassāya’’nti (dha. sa. 1332) abhidhamme āgatā. Sā atthato saṅkhārakkhandho hoti. ‘‘Catunnañca khandhānaṃ etenākārena pavattānaṃ etaṃ adhivacana’’nti vadanti. Pāpamittatāti pāpā assaddhādayo puggalā etassa mittāti pāpamitto, tassa bhāvo pāpamittatā. Vitthārato panesā – ‘‘tattha katamā pāpamittatā? Ye te puggalā assaddhā dussīlā appassutā maccharino duppaññā. Yā tesaṃ sevanā nisevanā saṃsevanā bhajanā saṃbhajanā bhatti saṃbhatti taṃsampavaṅkatā’’ti (dha. sa. 1333) evaṃ āgatā. Sāpi atthato dovacassatā viya daṭṭhabbā.
顺从性和亲近善友这两者,应该按照前面所说的相反面来理解。不过在这里,这两者都被说成是世间与出世间混合的。巴利
Sovacassatā ca kalyāṇamittatā ca vuttappaṭipakkhanayena veditabbā. Ubhopi panetā idha lokiyalokuttaramissakā kathitā.
对罪业的善巧,就是像《法集论》(1336)所说的那样:“五种罪蕴是罪,七种罪蕴也是罪。对那些罪的善巧、慧、了知。”这就是所说的善巧于罪的状态。巴利
Āpattikusalatāti ‘‘pañcapi āpattikkhandhā āpattiyo, sattapi āpattikkhandhā āpattiyo. Yā tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ āpattikusalatā paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1336) evaṃ vutto āpattikusalabhāvo.
出罪善巧,就是《法集论》(1337)里说的“从那些罪中出罪的善巧、慧、了知”,也就是连同甘马语一起,清楚知道出罪的界限的慧。巴利
Āpattivuṭṭhānakusalatāti ‘‘yā tāhi āpattīhi vuṭṭhānakusalatā paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1337) evaṃ vuttā saha kammavācāya āpattīhi vuṭṭhānaparicchedajānanā paññā.
定善巧:就像《法集论》(1338)里说的:“有有寻有伺的定,有无寻唯伺的定,有无寻无伺的定。对这些定的善巧、慧、了知。”这里说的是连同前行一起,能了知安止定界限的慧。定出定善巧:就像《法集论》(1339)里说的:“从这些定出定的善巧、慧、了知。”这里说的是能按照预先限定的时间从定中出来的能力,也就是能决定“太阳走到这个位置时我就出定”,从而预先确定出定时间的慧。巴利
Samāpattikusalatāti ‘‘atthi savitakkasavicārā samāpatti, atthi avitakkavicāramattā samāpatti, atthi avitakkaavicārā samāpatti. Yā tāsaṃ samāpattīnaṃ kusalatā paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1338) evaṃ vuttā saha parikammena appanāparicchedajānanā paññā. Samāpattivuṭṭhānakusalatāti ‘‘yā tāhi samāpattīhi vuṭṭhānakusalatā paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1339) evaṃ vuttā yathāparicchinnasamayavaseneva samāpattito vuṭṭhānasamatthā ‘‘ettakaṃ gate sūriye uṭṭhahissāmī’’ti vuṭṭhānakālaparicchedakā paññā.
界善巧:就像《法集论》(1340)里说的:“十八界:眼界……中间省略……意识界。对这些界的善巧,就是慧、了知。”这里说的是,通过听闻、受持、思惟、通达而界定十八界各自特性的那种慧。作意善巧:就像《法集论》(1341)里说的:“对这些界的作意善巧,就是慧、了知。”这里说的是,对同样的这些界,通过思惟、通达、观察而得到的那种慧。巴利
Dhātukusalatāti ‘‘aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo cakkhudhātu…pe… manoviññāṇadhātu. Yā tāsaṃ dhātūnaṃ kusalatā paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1340) evaṃ vuttā aṭṭhārasannaṃ dhātūnaṃ sabhāvaparicchedakā savanadhāraṇasammasanapaṭivedhapaññā. Manasikārakusalatāti ‘‘yā tāsaṃ dhātūnaṃ manasikārakusalatā paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1341) evaṃ vuttā tāsaṃyeva dhātūnaṃ sammasanapaṭivedhapaccavekkhaṇapaññā.
处善巧:就像《法集论》(1342)里说的:“十二处:眼处……中略……法处。对这一切处的处善巧,就是慧、了知。”这里说的是对十二处的掌握、作意、了知,也就是慧。另外,界善巧也适用于掌握、作意、听闻、思惟、通达、观察这几个环节;作意善巧和处善巧也一样。不过它们之间有个区别:听闻、掌握、观察是世间的,通达是出世间的,思惟和作意则世间、出世间都有。缘起善巧:就像《法集论》(1343)里说的:“无明缘行……中略……集起,对其中这一切的慧、了知。”这里说的是对十二缘起支,通过掌握等方式生起的慧。巴利
Āyatanakusalatāti ‘‘dvādasāyatanāni cakkhāyatanaṃ…pe… dhammāyatanaṃ. Yā tesaṃ āyatanānaṃ āyatanakusalatā paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1342) evaṃ vuttā dvādasannaṃ āyatanānaṃ uggahamanasikārapajānanā paññā. Apica dhātukusalatāpi uggahamanasikārasavanasammasanapaṭivedhapaccavekkhaṇesu vattati manasikārakusalatāpi āyatanakusalatāpi. Ayaṃ panettha viseso, savanauggahapaccavekkhaṇā lokiyā, paṭivedho lokuttaro, sammasanamanasikārā lokiyalokuttaramissakā. Paṭiccasamuppādakusalatāti ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā…pe… samudayo hotīti yā tattha paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1343) evaṃ vuttā dvādasannaṃ paccayākārānaṃ uggahādivasena pavattā paññā.
处善巧:按照《法集论》(1344)所说,“凡那些法是某些法生起的因与缘,那(对某些法来说)就是处,对此的慧、了知”,也就是能够判定“以眼为依处、以色为所缘而生起的眼识,眼和色既是处也是因”这样的慧。非处善巧:按照《法集论》(1345)所说,“凡那些法不是某些法生起的因、不是缘,那(对某些法来说)就是非处,对此的慧、了知”,也就是能够判定“以眼为依处、以色为所缘,耳识等不生起,所以对它们来说,眼和色既不是处也不是因”这样的慧。此外,在这一双论中,还应通过以下经文来了知其含义:“尊者,比丘要怎样才称得上是处非处善巧?阿难,在这里,比丘了知:‘这是不可能的,没有这样的道理:一个具足正见的人会把任何行执为常,这是不可能的。’又了知:‘这是可能的:凡夫会把任何行执为常,这是可能的。’”巴利
Ṭhānakusalatāti ‘‘ye ye dhammā yesaṃ yesaṃ dhammānaṃ hetupaccayā uppādāya taṃ taṃ ṭhānanti yā tattha paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1344) evaṃ vuttā ‘‘cakkhuṃ vatthuṃ katvā rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannassa cakkhuviññāṇassa cakkhurūpaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1344) ṭhānañceva kāraṇañcā’’ti evaṃ ṭhānaparicchindanasamatthā paññā. Aṭṭhānakusalatāti ‘‘ye ye dhammā yesaṃ yesaṃ dhammānaṃ na hetū na paccayā uppādāya taṃ taṃ aṭṭhānanti yā tattha paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1345) evaṃ vuttā ‘‘cakkhuṃ vatthuṃ katvā rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā sotaviññāṇādīni nuppajjanti, tasmā tesaṃ cakkhurūpaṃ na ṭhānaṃ na kāraṇa’’nti evaṃ aṭṭhānaparicchindanasamatthā paññā apica etasmiṃ duke ‘‘kittāvatā pana, bhante, ṭhānāṭhānakusalo bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāyāti. Idhānanda, bhikkhu aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso, yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṃ niccato upagaccheyya, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti pajānāti. Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ vijjati, yaṃ puthujjano kañci saṅkhāraṃ niccato upagaccheyyā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.127) imināpi suttena attho veditabbo.
正直:有三种不正直——牛尿弯曲、月弯曲、犁头弯曲。有一类比丘,在第一个年龄段行于二十一种不正求索和六种非行处,到了中年和晚年却变得有惭有愧、乐于学戒,这叫作牛尿弯曲。另一类人,在第一个年龄段和晚年都圆满四遍清净戒,有惭有愧、乐于学戒,但到了中年却跟以前一样,这叫作月弯曲。还有一类人,在第一个年龄段和中年都圆满四遍清净戒,有惭有愧、乐于学戒,但到了晚年却跟以前一样,这叫作犁头弯曲。另有一类人,把这一切弯曲全都舍弃,在三个年龄段都品行端正、有惭有愧、乐于学戒。他那种正直的状态,就叫作正直。《阿毗达摩》中也这样说:“其中,什么是正直?那正直性、不歪斜性、不弯曲性、不扭曲性,这叫作正直。”惭:“其中,什么是惭?凡是该感到羞耻的事就感到羞耻,对达成种种恶不善法感到羞耻,这叫作惭。”这就是所说的有惭耻心的状态。巴利
Ajjavanti gomuttavaṅkatā candavaṅkatā naṅgalakoṭivaṅkatāti tayo anajjavā. Ekacco hi bhikkhu paṭhamavaye ekavīsatiyā anesanāsu chasu ca agocaresu carati, majjhimapacchimavayesu lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo hoti, ayaṃ gomuttavaṅkatā nāma. Eko paṭhamavayepi pacchimavayepi catupārisuddhisīlaṃ pūreti, lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo hoti, majjhimavaye purimasadiso, ayaṃ candavaṅkatā nāma. Eko paṭhamavayepi majjhimavayepi catupārisuddhisīlaṃ pūreti, lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo hoti, pacchimavaye purimasadiso ayaṃ naṅgalakoṭivaṅkatā nāma. Eko sabbametaṃ vaṅkataṃ pahāya tīsupi vayesu pesalo lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo hoti. Tassa yo so ujubhāvo, idaṃ ajjavaṃ nāma. Abhidhammepi vuttaṃ – ‘‘tattha katamo ajjavo. Yā ajjavatā ajimhatā avaṅkatā akuṭilatā, ayaṃ vuccati ajjavo’’ti (dha. sa. 1346). Lajjavanti ‘‘tattha katamo lajjavo? Yo hirīyati hirīyitabbena hirīyati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. Ayaṃ vuccati lajjavo’’ti evaṃ vutto lajjībhāvo.
忍耐:正如《法集论》(1348)所说:“其中,什么是忍耐?就是那种忍耐、能忍、安受、不粗暴、不愤怒、内心欢喜。”这就是所说的安忍之忍。柔和:正如《法集论》(1349)所说:“其中,什么是柔和?就是身不违犯、语不违犯、身语不违犯,这称为柔和。一切戒的防护也是柔和。”这就是所说的柔和状态。巴利
Khantīti ‘‘tattha katamā khanti? Yā khanti khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anassuropo attamanatā cittassā’’ti (dha. sa. 1348) evaṃ vuttā adhivāsanakhanti. Soraccanti ‘‘tattha katamaṃ soraccaṃ? Yo kāyiko avītikkamo, vācasiko avītikkamo, kāyikavācasiko avītikkamo. Idaṃ vuccati soraccaṃ. Sabbopi sīlasaṃvaro soracca’’nti (dha. sa. 1349) evaṃ vutto suratabhāvo.
善柔:就像《法集论》(1350)里说的:“其中,什么是善柔?就是那种粗恶、生硬、刺伤别人、惹人反感、接近嗔怒、不能导向定的一类言语——舍弃这样的言语之后,说那种没有过失、悦耳、令人喜爱、深入人心、优雅、众人喜爱、众人可意的言语。其中,那种柔和语性、温顺语性、不粗暴性,这称为善柔。”这就是所说的欢喜柔和的状态。款待:这个世间以财物和佛法两种方式共住,是有缺陷的,为了让这个缺陷不显露出来,就像用坐垫覆盖椅子一样,以财物和佛法来款待。《法集论》里也说:“其中,什么是款待?就是财款待和法款待。在这里,有人以财款待或法款待来行款待,这称为款待。”(《法集论》1351)这里,以财物来摄受称为财款待。做这件事的时候,对于父母、前来的比丘、服务的人、国王、盗贼,即使不自留最好的东西,也应该给。因为如果先碰触了再给,国王和盗贼会做出无益的事,甚至断送性命;如果不碰触就给,他们就会欢喜。这里应该讲说盗贼、龙象等故事,这些在《一切善见》律注(185-7页)中已经详细说明了。恭敬地授予教诫、解释巴利文、说法等,这样以佛法来摄受,就称为法款待。巴利
Sākhalyanti ‘‘tattha katamaṃ sākhalyaṃ? Yā sā vācā aṇḍakā kakkasā parakaṭukā parābhisajjanī kodhasāmantā asamādhisaṃvattanikā, tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ pahāya yā sā vācā neḷā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā, tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Yā tattha saṇhavācatā sakhilavācatā apharusavācatā. Idaṃ vuccati sākhalya’’nti (dha. sa. 1350) evaṃ vutto sammodakamudukabhāvo. Paṭisanthāroti ayaṃ lokasannivāso āmisena dhammena cāti dvīhi chiddo, tassa taṃ chiddaṃ yathā na paññāyati, evaṃ pīṭhassa viya paccattharaṇena āmisena dhammena ca paṭisantharaṇaṃ. Abhidhammepi vuttaṃ ‘‘tattha katamo paṭisanthāro ? Āmisapaṭisanthāro ca dhammapaṭisanthāro ca. Idhekacco paṭisanthārako hoti āmisapaṭisanthārena vā dhammapaṭisanthārena vā. Ayaṃ vuccati paṭisanthāro’’ti (dha. sa. 1351). Ettha ca āmisena saṅgaho āmisapaṭisanthāro nāma. Taṃ karontena mātāpitūnaṃ bhikkhugatikassa veyyāvaccakarassa rañño corānañca aggaṃ aggahetvāpi dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Āmasitvā dinne hi rājāno ca corā ca anatthampi karonti jīvitakkhayampi pāpenti, anāmasitvā dinne attamanā honti. Coranāgavatthuādīni cettha vatthūni kathetabbāni. Tāni samantapāsādikāya vinayaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pāci. aṭṭha. 185-7) vitthāritāni. Sakkaccaṃ uddesadānaṃ pāḷivaṇṇanā dhammakathākathananti evaṃ dhammena saṅgaho dhammapaṭisanthāro nāma.
无害,指的是悲悯,也包括悲悯的前行阶段。经里也这样说:其中,什么是无害?就是对众生的悲悯、悲悯的行为、悲悯的状态、悲心解脱,这称为无害。清净,指的是通过慈以及慈的前行阶段而达到的清净状态。经里也这样说:其中,什么是清净?就是对众生的慈、慈的行为、慈的状态、慈心解脱,这称为清净。巴利
Avihiṃsāti karuṇāpi karuṇāpubbabhāgopi. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘tattha katamā avihiṃsā? Yā sattesu karuṇā karuṇāyanā karuṇāyitattaṃ karuṇācetovimutti, ayaṃ vuccati avihiṃsā’’ti. Soceyyanti mettāya ca mettāpubbabhāgassa ca vasena sucibhāvo. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ soceyyaṃ? Yā sattesu metti mettāyanā mettāyitattaṃ mettācetovimutti, idaṃ vuccati soceyya’’nti.
失念,就是念的丧失。正如经中所说:“其中,什么是失念?就是没有念、不随念、不忆念、忘失、不能持守、覆盖、完全遗忘,这称为失念。”无正知,就是经中这样说的无知、不见、被无明缠缚、愚痴、不善根,也就是无明。念就是念本身。正知就是智。巴利
Muṭṭhassaccanti sativippavāso, yathāha ‘‘tattha katamaṃ muṭṭhassaccaṃ? Yā asati ananussati appaṭissati assaraṇatā adhāraṇatā pilāpanatā sammussanatā, idaṃ vuccati muṭṭhassaccaṃ’’ (dha. sa. 1356). Asampajaññanti, ‘‘tattha katamaṃ asampajaññaṃ? Yaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ avijjālaṅgī moho akusalamūla’’nti evaṃ vuttā avijjāyeva. Sati satiyeva. Sampajaññaṃ ñāṇaṃ.
不守护诸根门:就是《法集论》第1352节里详细说明的那种破坏根律仪的情况,经中这样说:“其中,什么是不守护诸根门?在这里,有人用眼睛看到色之后,就执取相……”等等。
于食不知量:经中这样说:“其中,什么是于食不知量?在这里,有人不加省察、不恰当地受用食物,是为了嬉戏、为了骄慢、为了装饰、为了打扮。其中的不满足、不知量、不加省察,就是于食不知量。”这就是经中所说的于食不知量的状态。
紧接着的这一对,应当依照前面所说的相反方式来理解。巴利
Indriyesu aguttadvāratāti ‘‘tattha katamā indriyesu aguttadvāratā? Idhekacco cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā nimittaggāhī hotī’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1352) nayena vitthārito indriyasaṃvarabhedo. Bhojane amattaññutāti ‘‘tattha katamā bhojane amattaññutā? Idhekacco appaṭisaṅkhā ayoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti davāya madāya maṇḍanāya vibhūsanāya. Yā tattha asantuṭṭhitā amattaññutā appaṭisaṅkhā bhojane’’ti evaṃ āgato bhojane amattaññubhāvo. Anantaraduko vuttappaṭipakkhanayena veditabbo.
思择力:正如“其中,什么是思择力?即慧、了知”所详细说明的那样,它就是不经思择而不动摇的智。修习力:修行者心中生起的力量。从意义来说,以精进觉支为首的七觉支就是它。这也是经中所说:“其中,什么是修习力?即对诸善法的反复练习、修习、多作,这称为修习力。七觉支就是修习力。”巴利
Paṭisaṅkhānabalanti ‘‘tattha katamaṃ paṭisaṅkhānabalaṃ? Yā paññā pajānanā’’ti evaṃ vitthāritaṃ appaṭisaṅkhāya akampanañāṇaṃ. Bhāvanābalanti bhāventassa uppannaṃ balaṃ. Atthato vīriyasambojjhaṅgasīsena satta bojjhaṅgā honti. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ bhāvanābalaṃ? Yā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ āsevanā bhāvanā bahulīkammaṃ, idaṃ vuccati bhāvanābalaṃ. Sattabojjhaṅgā bhāvanābala’’nti.
念力,是指以不动摇的方式面对失念,也就是正念本身。定力,是指以不动摇的方式面对掉举,也就是定本身。止就是定,观就是慧。所谓止相,就是取止的样貌之后,为了让止再次生起,而以止的相作为所缘;在策励相上也是同样的道理。策励就是精进,不散乱就是一境性。通过这六对——念与正知、思择力与修习力、念力与定力、止与观、止相与策励相、策励与不散乱——再加上后面的戒成就与见成就这一对,就说明了世间与出世间混合的法。巴利
Satibalanti assatiyā akampanavasena satiyeva. Samādhibalanti uddhacce akampanavasena samādhiyeva. Samatho samādhi. Vipassanā paññā. Samathova taṃ ākāraṃ gahetvā puna pavattetabbassa samathassa nimittavasena samathanimittaṃ paggāhanimittepi eseva nayo. Paggāho vīriyaṃ. Avikkhepo ekaggatā. Imehi pana sati ca sampajaññañca paṭisaṅkhānabalañca bhāvanābalañca satibalañca samādhibalañca samatho ca vippassanā ca samathanimittañca paggāhanimittañca paggāho ca avikkhepo cāti chahi dukehi parato sīladiṭṭhisampadādukena ca lokiyalokuttaramissakā dhammā kathitā.
戒失坏:所谓“其中,什么是戒失坏?身的违犯……乃至一切破戒都是戒失坏”,这样说的,就是毁坏戒的不律仪。见失坏:所谓“其中,什么是见失坏?没有布施,没有祭祀”,这样说的,就是毁坏正见的邪见。巴利
Sīlavipattīti ‘‘tattha katamā sīlavipatti? Kāyiko vītikkamo…pe… sabbampi dussīlyaṃ sīlavipattī’’ti evaṃ vutto sīlavināsako asaṃvaro. Diṭṭhivipattīti ‘‘tattha katamā diṭṭhivipatti? Natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭha’’nti evaṃ āgatā sammādiṭṭhivināsikā micchādiṭṭhi.
戒成就:就像前面所说的“其中,什么是戒成就?就是身体不违犯”,因为这种先前说过的防护能使戒得以完成、圆满,所以称为“戒成就”。在这里,“一切戒的防护都是戒成就”这句话,是为了把意业也包含进来而说的。见成就:就像这样提到的“其中,什么是见成就?就是‘有布施,有供养……亲自证知并宣说’这样的慧、了知”,这是属于见之圆满的智。巴利
Sīlasampadāti ‘‘tattha katamā sīlasampadā? Kāyiko avītikkamo’’ti evaṃ pubbe vuttasoraccameva sīlassa sampādanato paripūraṇato ‘‘sīlasampadā’’ti vuttaṃ. Ettha ca ‘‘sabbopi sīlasaṃvaro sīlasampadā’’ti idaṃ mānasikapariyādānatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Diṭṭhisampadāti ‘‘tattha katamā diṭṭhisampadā? Atthi dinnaṃ atthi yiṭṭhaṃ…pe… sacchikatvā pavedentīti yā evarūpā paññā pajānanā’’ti evaṃ āgataṃ diṭṭhipāripūribhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ.
戒清净,是指能够带来清净的戒。不过在阿毗达摩里,这是这样区分的:“其中,什么是戒清净?就是身体不违犯、语言不违犯、身体和语言都不违犯,这称为戒清净。”
见清净,是指能够带来清净的见。不过在阿毗达摩里,这是这样说的:“其中,什么是见清净?就是业自属智、随顺谛智、具道者之智、具果者之智。”
在这里,三种恶行,无论是自己做的还是别人做的,都不算“自己的”,因为它会破坏利益。善行则算“自己的”,因为它能产生利益。这样了知,就叫业自属智。安住在这种智中的人,积累了许多导向轮回的业,却能从快乐走向快乐,证得阿拉汉果,这样的人多到数不清。
而观智既随顺语言上的谛,也不违背胜义谛,所以称为随顺谛智。巴利
Sīlavisuddhīti visuddhiṃ pāpetuṃ samatthaṃ sīlaṃ. Abhidhamme panāyaṃ ‘‘tattha katamā sīlavisuddhi? Kāyiko avītikkamo vācasiko avītikkamo kāyikavācasiko avītikkamo, ayaṃ vuccati sīlavisuddhī’’ti evaṃ vibhattā. Diṭṭhivisuddhīti visuddhiṃ pāpetuṃ samatthaṃ dassanaṃ. Abhidhamme panāyaṃ ‘‘tattha katamā diṭṭhivisuddhi? Kammassakatañāṇaṃ saccānulomikañāṇaṃ maggasamaṅgissañāṇaṃ phalasamaṅgissañāṇa’’nti evaṃ vuttā. Ettha ca tividhaṃ duccaritaṃ attanā katampi parena katampi sakaṃ nāma na hoti atthabhañjanato. Sucaritaṃ sakaṃ nāma atthajananatoti evaṃ jānanaṃ kammassakatañāṇaṃ nāma. Tasmiṃ ṭhatvā bahuṃ vaṭṭagāmikammaṃ āyūhitvā sukhato sukheneva arahattaṃ pattā gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā. Vipassanāñāṇaṃ pana vacīsaccañca anulometi, paramatthasaccañca na vilometīti saccānulomikaṃ ñāṇanti vuttaṃ.
“见清净,以及如所见者的精勤”这句话里,“见清净”说的是智见。“如所见者的精勤”就是与那个见相应的精进。另一种说法是:前一句指四种道智,后一句指与它相应的精进。不过在阿毗达摩里,这一对是这样区分的:“‘见清净’就是慧、了知、不痴、择法、正见。‘如所见者的精勤’就是心所层面的策励、正精进。”巴利
‘‘Diṭṭhivisuddhi kho pana yathādiṭṭhissa ca padhāna’’nti ettha diṭṭhivisuddhīti ñāṇadassanaṃ kathitaṃ. Yathādiṭṭhissa ca padhānanti taṃsampayuttameva vīriyaṃ. Api ca purimapadena catumaggañāṇaṃ. Pacchimapadena taṃsampayuttaṃ vīriyaṃ. Abhidhamme pana ‘‘diṭṭhivisuddhi kho panāti yā paññā pajānanā amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Yathādiṭṭhissa ca padhānanti yo cetasiko vīriyārambho sammāvāyāmo’’ti evaṃ ayaṃ duko vibhatto.
“对于能让人生起怖畏的种种情形,也有怖畏”这句话里,“怖畏”指的是:把生、老、病、死看作可怕的事,从而生起的以恐惧为见的认知。就像这样说:怖畏就是对生有恐惧、对老有恐惧、对病有恐惧、对死有恐惧。“能让人生起怖畏的情形”就是生、老、病、死。因为这四样——生是苦、老是苦、病是苦、死是苦——正是让人产生怖畏的原因,所以被称为能让人生起怖畏的情形。“已经生起怖畏的人,应当如理精勤”意思是:对于已经生起怖畏的人,要运用方法去精勤努力。这段话就是经中“比丘为了让尚未生起的恶和不善法不生起,而发起意愿……”所说的那种精勤的同义词。巴利
‘‘Saṃvego ca saṃvejanīyesu ṭhānesū’’ti ettha ‘‘saṃvegoti jātibhayaṃ jarābhayaṃ byādhibhayaṃ maraṇabhaya’’nti evaṃ jātiādīni bhayato dassanañāṇaṃ. Saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānanti jātijarābyādhimaraṇaṃ. Etāni hi cattāri jāti dukkhā, jarā dukkhā, byādhi dukkho, maraṇaṃ dukkhanti evaṃ saṃveguppattikāraṇattā saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānanti vuttāni. Saṃviggassa ca yoniso padhānanti evaṃ saṃvegajātassa upāyapadhānaṃ. ‘‘Idha bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janetī’’ti evaṃ āgatavīriyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
对善法不知足:这是说,对于修习诸善法不知满足,还想得到更多。具足这种心态的人,圆满戒之后就能生起禅那;得到禅那之后,就开始修观;已经开始修观的人,如果没有证得阿拉汉果,就不会中途停下来。“对精勤不退转”:就是像所说的那样,“为了修习诸善法,认真去做、持续去做、坚定去做、不退缩、不舍弃意愿、不放下担子,反复亲近、修习、多修”,把一日一夜分成六个时段,以保持觉醒、精勤用功的方式发起精勤,在还没有证得阿拉汉果之前,绝不退转。巴利
Asantuṭṭhitā ca kusalesu dhammesūti yā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya asantuṭṭhassa bhiyyokamyatā, tāya hi samaṅgībhūto puggalo sīlaṃ pūretvā jhānaṃ uppādeti. Jhānaṃ labhitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhati. Āraddhavipassako arahattaṃ agahetvā antarā vosānaṃ nāpajjati. Appaṭivānitā ca padhānasminti ‘‘kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya sakkaccakiriyatā sātaccakiriyatā aṭṭhitakiriyatā anolīnavuttitā anikkhittachandatā anikkhittadhuratā āsevanā bhāvanā bahulīkamma’’nti evaṃ vuttā rattindivaṃ cha koṭṭhāse katvā jāgariyānuyogavasena āraddhe padhānasmiṃ arahattaṃ apatvā anivattanatā.
“明”是指三种明。“解脱”是指两种解脱:心的胜解和涅槃。在这里,八种等至因为从五盖等当中很好地解脱出来,所以称为胜解;涅槃因为从一切有为法当中解脱出来,应当知道这就是解脱。巴利
Vijjāti tisso vijjā. Vimuttīti dve vimuttiyo, cittassa ca adhimutti, nibbānañca. Ettha ca aṭṭha samāpattiyo nīvaraṇādīhi suṭṭhu muttattā adhimutti nāma. Nibbānaṃ sabbasaṅkhatato muttattā vimuttīti veditabbaṃ.
“尽智”是指能灭尽烦恼的圣道之智。“无生智”是指圣果之智——就结生而言,它已处于不再生起的状态;换言之,是在各道所断的烦恼最终不再生起时生起的那圣果之智。因此说:“尽智是具有道者的智,无生智是具有果者的智。”
“朋友们,这些……”等话,应当完全按照前面一法中所说的方式来理解。这样,长老便以三十五对法展示了和合之味。巴利
Khaye ñāṇanti kilesakkhayakare ariyamagge ñāṇaṃ. Anuppāde ñāṇanti paṭisandhivasena anuppādabhūte taṃtaṃmaggavajjhakilesānaṃ vā anuppādapariyosāne uppanne ariyaphale ñāṇaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘khaye ñāṇanti maggasamaṅgissa ñāṇaṃ. Anuppāde ñāṇanti phalasamaṅgissa ñāṇa’’nti. Ime kho, āvusotiādi ekake vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti pañcatiṃsāya dukānaṃ vasena thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
305 305. 这样用二法的方式显示了和合的滋味之后,现在为了用三法的方式显示,又再次开始。其中,因为会贪求,所以叫贪。它既是不善,也是根,或者说是不善法的根,所以叫不善根。因为会损害,所以叫嗔。因为会迷惑,所以叫痴。按照与它们相反的方式,应当知道就是无贪等。巴利
305. Iti dukavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni tikavasena dassetuṃ puna ārabhi. Tattha lubbhatīti lobho. Akusalañca taṃ mūlañca, akusalānaṃ vā mūlanti akusalamūlaṃ. Dussatīti doso. Muyhatīti moho. Tesaṃ paṭipakkhanayena alobhādayo veditabbā.
恶行,就是恶劣的行为,或者丑陋的行为。身恶行,就是以身造作的恶行,或者从身生起的恶行。语恶行、意恶行等也是同样的道理。善行,就是善妙的行为,或者美好的行为。这两类各有三种,应当从施设或从业道两个角度来说明。
先从施设来说:在身门违犯所制定的学处,就是身恶行;不违犯,就是身善行。在语门违犯所制定的学处,就是语恶行;不违犯,就是语善行。在身语两者处违犯所制定的学处,就是意恶行;不违犯,就是意善行。这是从施设的说明。
再从业道来说:杀生等三种思,无论在身门还是语门生起,都是身恶行。妄语等四种思,是语恶行。贪欲、嗔恨、邪见这三种与思相应的法,是意恶行。远离杀生等时生起的三种思以及离,是身善行。远离妄语等时生起的四种思以及离,是语善行。无贪、无嗔、正见这三种与思相应的法,是意善行。这是从业道的说明。巴利
Duṭṭhu caritāni, virūpāni vā caritānīti duccaritāni. Kāyena duccaritaṃ, kāyato vā pavattaṃ duccaritanti kāyaduccaritaṃ. Sesesupi eseva nayo. Suṭṭhu caritāni, sundarāni vā caritānīti sucaritāni. Dvepi cete tikā paṇṇattiyā vā kammapathehi vā kathetabbā. Paññattiyā tāva kāyadvāre paññattasikkhāpadassa vītikkamo kāyaduccaritaṃ. Avītikkamo kāyasucaritaṃ. Vacīdvāre paññattasikkhāpadassa vītikkamo vacīduccaritaṃ, avītikkamo vacīsucaritaṃ. Ubhayattha paññattassa sikkhāpadassa vītikkamova manoduccaritaṃ, avītikkamo manosucaritaṃ. Ayaṃ paṇṇattikathā. Pāṇātipātādayo pana tisso cetanā kāyadvārepi vacīdvārepi uppannā kāyaduccaritaṃ. Catasso musāvādādicetanā vacīduccaritaṃ. Abhijjhā byāpādo micchādiṭṭhīti tayo cetanāsampayuttadhammā manoduccaritaṃ. Pāṇātipātādīhi viramantassa uppannā tisso cetanāpi viratiyopi kāyasucaritaṃ. Musāvādādīhi viramantassa catasso cetanāpi viratiyopi vacīsucaritaṃ. Anabhijjhā abyāpādo sammādiṭṭhīti tayo cetanāsampayuttadhammā manosucaritanti ayaṃ kammapathakathā.
与欲相应的寻,就是欲寻。与嗔相应的寻,就是嗔寻。与害相应的寻,就是害寻。在这三种寻当中,前两种既能在有情身上生起,也能在诸行上生起。因为欲寻是在思惟可爱、可意的有情或诸行时生起的。嗔寻则是从对不可爱、不可意的有情或诸行心生嗔怒、怒目而视的那一刻起,一直到想要加以毁灭为止,都可能生起。害寻不会在诸行上生起,因为根本不存在需要被伤害的诸行。但当心里想着“让这些有情被杀掉、被断绝、被毁灭,或者干脆不存在”的时候,害寻就会在有情身上生起。巴利
Kāmapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko kāmavitakko. Byāpādapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko byāpādavitakko. Vihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyutto vitakko vihiṃsāvitakko. Tesu dve sattesupi saṅkhāresupi uppajjanti. Kāmavitakko hi piye manāpe satte vā saṅkhāre vā vitakkentassa uppajjati. Byāpādavitakko appiye amanāpe satte vā saṅkhāre vā kujjhitvā olokanakālato paṭṭhāya yāva vināsanā uppajjati. Vihiṃsāvitakko saṅkhāresu nuppajjati. Saṅkhāro hi dukkhāpetabbo nāma natthi. Ime sattā haññantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinassantu vā mā vā ahesunti cintanakāle pana sattesu uppajjati.
与出离相应的寻,就是出离寻。它在修不净观的前分阶段属于欲界,在证得不净禅那时属于色界,若以那禅那为基础而在道果生起时,则属于出世间。与无嗔相应的寻,就是无嗔寻。它在修慈的前分阶段属于欲界,在证得慈禅那时属于色界,若以那禅那为基础而在道果生起时,则属于出世间。与无害相应的寻,就是无害寻。它在修悲的前分阶段属于欲界,在证得悲禅那时属于色界,若以那禅那为基础而在道果生起时,则属于出世间。当无贪为首时,另外两个就成为它的随从;当慈为首时,另外两个就成为它的随从;当悲为首时,另外两个就成为它的随从。欲思等也应依照同样的方式理解。这只是说法上的差别而已。从意义上看,欲寻等和欲思等之间并没有不同。巴利
Nekkhammapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko nekkhammavitakko. So asubhapubbabhāge kāmāvacaro hoti. Asubhajjhāne rūpāvacaro. Taṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā uppannamaggaphalakāle lokuttaro. Abyāpādapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko abyāpādavitakko. So mettāpubbabhāge kāmāvacaro hoti. Mettājhāne rūpāvacaro. Taṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā uppannamaggaphalakāle lokuttaro. Avihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyutto vitakko avihiṃsāvitakko. So karuṇāpubbabhāge kāmāvacaro. Karuṇājhāne rūpāvacaro. Taṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā uppannamaggaphalakāle lokuttaro. Yadā alobho sīsaṃ hoti, tadā itare dve tadanvāyikā bhavanti. Yadā mettā sīsaṃ hoti, tadā itare dve tadanvāyikā bhavanti. Yadā karuṇā sīsaṃ hoti, tadā itare dve tadanvāyikā bhavantīti. Kāmasaṅkappādayo vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Desanāmattameva hetaṃ. Atthato pana kāmavitakkādīnañca kāmasaṅkappādīnañca nānākaraṇaṃ natthi.
与欲相应的想,就是欲想。与嗔相应的想,就是嗔想。与害相应的想,就是害想。这些想的生起方式,也应当像前面说的欲寻等那样来理解,因为它们正是与那些(寻)相应的。出离想等也同样只是与出离寻等相应。因此,也应当以同样的方式理解它们属于欲界等的差别。巴利
Kāmapaṭisaṃyuttā saññā kāmasaññā. Byāpādapaṭisaṃyuttā saññā byāpādasaññā. Vihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyuttā saññā vihiṃsāsaññā. Tāsampi kāmavitakkādīnaṃ viya uppajjanākāro veditabbo. Taṃsampayuttāyeva hi etā. Nekkhammasaññādayopi nekkhammavitakkādisampayuttāyeva. Tasmā tāsampi tatheva kāmāvacarādibhāvo veditabbo.
在欲界等当中,“与欲相关联的寻、伺、邪思惟,这称为欲界;一切不善法也都是欲界”——这就是欲界。“与嗔相关联的寻、伺、邪思惟,这称为嗔界;在十种嗔恨的因由上,心的嗔怒、抵触、不悦”——这就是嗔界。“与害相关联的寻、伺、邪思惟,这称为害界;这里有人用手、土块、棍棒、刀剑、绳子或其他某种东西伤害众生”——这就是害界。在这里有两种解说方式:总摄说和不混杂说。其中,当欲界被涵盖时,另外两界实际上也已被涵盖,但从中把它们抽出来,指出“这是嗔界,这是害界”,这就叫总摄说。而世尊在讲欲界时,把嗔界放在嗔界的位置上讲,把害界放在害界的位置上讲,剩下的部分才称为欲界,这就叫不混杂说。巴利
Kāmadhātuādīsu ‘‘kāmapaṭisaṃyutto takko vitakko micchāsaṅkappo. Ayaṃ vuccati kāmadhātu. Sabbepi akusalā dhammā kāmadhātū’’ti ayaṃ kāmadhātu. ‘‘Byāpādapaṭisaṃyutto takko vitakko micchāsaṅkappo. Ayaṃ vuccati byāpādadhātu. Dasasu āghātavatthūsu cittassa āghāto paṭighāto anattamanatā cittassā’’ti ayaṃ byāpādadhātu. ‘‘Vihiṃsā paṭisaṃyutto takko vitakko micchāsaṅkappo. Ayaṃ vuccati vihiṃsādhātu. Idhekacco pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā daṇḍena vā satthena vā rajjuyā vā aññataraññatarena vā satte viheṭhetī’’ti ayaṃ vihiṃsādhātu. Tattha dve kathā sabbasaṅgāhikā ca asambhinnā ca. Tattha kāmadhātuyā gahitāya itarā dve gahitāva honti, tato pana nīharitvā ayaṃ byāpādadhātu ayaṃ vihiṃsādhātūti dassetīti ayaṃ sabbasaṅgāhikakathā nāma. Kāmadhātuṃ kathento pana bhagavā byāpādadhātuṃ byāpādadhātuṭṭhāne , vihiṃsādhātuṃ vihiṃsādhātuṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ kāmadhātu nāmāti kathesīti ayaṃ asambhinnakathā nāma.
关于出离界等:与出离相应的寻、思惟、正思惟,这称为出离界;一切善法也都是出离界。与无嗔相应的寻、思惟……这称为无嗔界;对众生的慈……慈心解脱。与无害相应的寻、思惟……这称为无害界;对众生的悲……悲心解脱。在这里,也应当依照上面所说的方式,了解这两种解说。巴利
Nekkhammadhātuādīsu ‘‘nekkhammapaṭisaṃyutto takko vitakko sammāsaṅkappo. Ayaṃ vuccati nekkhammadhātu. Sabbepi kusalā dhammā nekkhammadhātū’’ti ayaṃ nekkhammadhātu. ‘‘Abyāpādapaṭisaṃyutto takko…pe… ayaṃ vuccati abyāpādadhātu. Yā sattesu metti…pe… mettācetovimuttī’’ti ayaṃ abyāpādadhātu. ‘‘Avihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyutto takko…pe… ayaṃ vuccati avihiṃsādhātu. Yā sattesu karuṇā…pe… karuṇācetovimuttī’’ti ayaṃ avihiṃsādhātu. Idhāpi vuttanayeneva dve kathā veditabbā.
还有另外三种界。这是从空性的角度说的另外三种界。其中,欲界就是前面详细说过的欲有,也就是从最底下的无间地狱开始算起。而色界和无色界这两种界,则是从梵天界开始、一直到空无边处天的天人为止,前面详细说过的色有和无色有。在说到“界”的地方,应该用“有”来界定;在说到“有”的地方,应该用“界”来界定。这里是用“有”来界定。在色界等说法中,色界和无色界指的就是色有和无色有。灭界说的则是涅槃。巴利
Aparāpi tisso dhātuyoti aññāpi suññataṭṭhena tisso dhātuyo. Tāsu ‘‘tattha katamā kāmadhātu? Heṭṭhato avīcinirayaṃ pariyantaṃ karitvā’’ti evaṃ vitthārito kāmabhavo kāmadhātu nāma. ‘‘Heṭṭhato brahmalokaṃ pariyantaṃ karitvā ākāsānañcāyatanupage deve pariyantaṃ karitvā’’ti evaṃ vitthāritā pana rūpārūpabhavā itarā dve dhātuyo. Dhātuyā āgataṭṭhānamhi hi bhavena paricchinditabbā. Bhavassa āgataṭṭhāne dhātuyā paricchinditabbā. Idha bhavena paricchedo kathito. Rūpadhātuādīsu rūpārūpadhātuyo rūpārūpabhavāyeva. Nirodhadhātuyā nibbānaṃ kathitaṃ.
在卑下等三类中,卑下界指的是十二种不善心的生起。其余那些属于三界的法,是中界。九种出世间法,是殊胜界。巴利
Hīnādīsu hīnā dhātūti dvādasa akusalacittuppādā. Avasesā tebhūmakadhammā majjhimadhātu. Nava lokuttaradhammā paṇītadhātu.
欲渴爱,是指对五种感官欲乐之贪。而对色界有和无色界有的贪,与对禅那的喜爱、常见一起生起的贪,以及以“有”为目标的渴求,就是有渴爱。与断见一起生起的贪,是无有渴爱。此外,除了后面这两种渴爱,其余一切渴爱都叫欲渴爱。正如经文所说:“其中,什么是有渴爱?与有见一起生起的贪、贪染、心的贪染,这称为有渴爱。其中,什么是无有渴爱?与断见一起生起的贪、贪染、心的贪染,这称为无有渴爱。其余的渴爱就是欲渴爱。”再者,在欲渴爱等三类中,对五种感官欲乐的贪是欲渴爱;对色界有和无色界有的欲贪,是另外两种渴爱。不过在阿毗达摩中,它们被详细说明为“与欲界相应……与无色界相应”等等。通过这一分类,要显示什么?一切属于三界的法,因为具有可染着的性质,都是渴爱的立足处,所以把一切渴爱都归入欲渴爱,再从其中分出另外两种渴爱来说明。在色渴爱等当中,对色界有的欲贪是色渴爱;对无色界有的欲贪是无色渴爱;与断见一起生起的贪是灭渴爱。巴利
Kāmataṇhāti pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo. Rūpārūpabhavesu pana rāgo jhānanikantisassatadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo bhavavasena patthanā bhavataṇhā. Ucchedadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo vibhavataṇhā. Apica ṭhapetvā pacchimaṃ taṇhādvayaṃ sesataṇhā kāmataṇhā nāma. Yathāha ‘‘tattha katamā bhavataṇhā? Bhavadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo sārāgo cittassa sārāgo. Ayaṃ vuccati bhavataṇhā. Tattha katamā vibhavataṇhā? Ucchedadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo sārāgo cittassa sārāgo, ayaṃ vuccati vibhavataṇhā. Avasesā taṇhā kāmataṇhā’’ti. Puna kāmataṇhādīsu pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo kāmataṇhā. Rūpārūpabhavesu chandarāgo itarā dve taṇhā. Abhidhamme panetā ‘‘kāmadhātupaṭisaṃyutto…pe… arūpadhātupaṭisaṃyutto’’ti evaṃ vitthāritā. Iminā vārena kiṃ dasseti? Sabbepi tebhūmakā dhammā rajanīyaṭṭhena taṇhāvatthukāti sabbataṇhā kāmataṇhāya pariyādiyitvā tato nīharitvā itarā dve taṇhā dasseti. Rūpataṇhādīsu rūpabhave chandarāgo rūpataṇhā. Arūpabhave chandarāgo arūpataṇhā. Ucchedadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo nirodhataṇhā.
在“结”的三分法中:在轮回里把人绑住、系住的,就是“结”。对于由色等构成的身体,生起“这是我”或“这是我的”的见,或者把当下存在的身体执为“我”的见,就叫“身见”。反复思量却陷入困惑,无法作出确定判断,这就是“疑”。执取戒律和苦行,这就是“戒禁取”。从意义上说:依照“把色看作我”等二十种依据而生的见,就叫“身见”;依照“对导师犹豫”等八种依据而生的疑惑,就叫“疑”;依照“这里有人执取戒能得清净、禁能得清净、戒禁能得清净,于是执取戒、执取禁、执取戒禁——凡是这类见、这类恶见”而生的颠倒执取,就叫“戒禁取”。巴利
Saṃyojanattike vaṭṭasmiṃ saṃyojayanti bandhantīti saṃyojanāni. Sati rūpādibhede kāye diṭṭhi, vijjamānā vā kāye diṭṭhīti sakkāyadiṭṭhi. Vicinanto etāya kicchati, na sakkoti sanniṭṭhānaṃ kātunti vicikicchā. Sīlañca vatañca parāmasatīti sīlabbataparāmāso. Atthato pana ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’tiādinā nayena āgatā vīsativatthukā diṭṭhi sakkāyadiṭṭhi nāma. ‘‘Satthari kaṅkhatī’’tiādinā nayena āgatā aṭṭhavatthukā vimati vicikicchā nāma. ‘‘Idhekacco sīlena suddhi vatena suddhi sīlabbatena suddhīti sīlaṃ parāmasati, vataṃ parāmasati, sīlabbataṃ parāmasati. Yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigata’’ntiādinā nayena āgato vipariyesaggāho sīlabbataparāmāso nāma.
三漏:在这里,漏之所以叫漏,是因为它长期潜伏,或者是因为它流漏。其中,依长期潜伏之义,应当这样理解漏:就像经文里说的,诸比丘,无明的起始边际无法了知,在此之前并没有无明,之后才生起;诸比丘,有渴爱和有见的起始边际无法了知,在此之前并没有有见,之后才生起。依流漏之义,则应当这样理解:从眼对色,它流出、流漏、奔流、生起;从耳对声,从鼻对香,从舌对味,从身对触,从意对法,它流出、流漏、奔流、生起。像这样不断地流漏,所以称为漏。巴利
Tayoāsavāti ettha cirapārivāsiyaṭṭhena vā āsavanaṭṭhena vā āsavā. Tattha ‘‘purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati avijjāya, ito pubbe avijjā nāhosi, atha pacchā samabhavī’’ti, ‘‘purimā , bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati bhavataṇhāya bhavadiṭṭhiyā, ito pubbe bhavadiṭṭhi nāhosi, atha pacchā samabhavī’’ti evaṃ tāva cirapārivāsiyaṭṭhena āsavā veditabbā. Cakkhuto rūpe savati āsavati sandati pavattati. Sotato sadde. Ghānato gandhe. Jivhāto rase. Kāyato phoṭṭhabbe. Manato dhamme savati āsavati sandati pavattatīti evaṃ āsavanaṭṭhena āsavāti veditabbā.
不过在巴利经典里,有些地方提到两种漏,就是“现法漏和来世漏”;有些地方提到三种漏,就是“诸比丘,有三种漏:欲漏、有漏、无明漏”;在阿毗达摩里,同样是这三种,再加上见漏,就成了四种。在《无碍解道》的分别方式里,则说有五种漏:“诸比丘,有导向地狱的漏,有导向畜生道的漏,有导向饿鬼界的漏,有导向人间的漏,有导向天界的漏。”在《六集》的《应请经》里,则说有六种漏:“诸比丘,有应当靠防护而断除的漏,有应当靠受用而断除的漏,有应当靠回避而断除的漏,有应当靠忍受而断除的漏,有应当靠除遣而断除的漏,有应当靠修习而断除的漏。”在《一切漏经》的讲法里,同样是这些,再加上应当靠见而断除的漏,就成了七种。但在这部《合诵经》里,只说了三种。其中,按照“对欲乐的欲贪”这种说法所说的、对五种感官欲乐的贪染,就叫欲漏。按照“对存在的有贪”这种说法所说的、与常见一起生起的贪,或者以存在为对象的希求,就叫有漏。按照“对苦的无知”等说法所说的无明,就叫无明漏。这里说的欲、有等,就是按欲界等来说的。巴利
Pāḷiyaṃ pana katthaci dve āsavā āgatā ‘‘diṭṭhadhammikā ca āsavā samparāyikā ca āsavā’’ti, katthaci ‘‘tayome, bhikkhave, āsavā. Kāmāsavo bhavāsavo avijjāsavo’’ti tayo. Abhidhamme teyeva diṭṭhāsavena saddhiṃ cattāro. Nibbedhikapariyāye ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, āsavā nirayagāminiyā, atthi āsavā tiracchānayonigāminiyā, atthi āsavā pettivisayagāminiyā, atthi āsavā manussalokagāminiyā atthi āsavā devalokagāminiyā’’ti evaṃ pañca. Chakkanipāte āhuneyyasutte ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, āsavā saṃvarā pahātabbā, atthi āsavā paṭisevanā pahātabbā, atthi āsavā parivajjanā pahātabbā, atthi āsavā adhivāsanā pahātabbā, atthi āsavā vinodanā pahātabbā, atthi āsavā bhāvanā pahātabbā’’ti evaṃ cha. Sabbāsavapariyāye teyeva dassanāpahātabbehi saddhiṃ satta. Imasmiṃ pana saṅgītisutte tayo. Tattha ‘‘yo kāmesu kāmacchando’’ti evaṃ vutto pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo kāmāsavo nāma. ‘‘Yo bhavesu bhavacchando’’ti evaṃ vutto sassatadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo, bhavavasena vā patthanā bhavāsavo nāma. ‘‘Dukkhe aññāṇa’’ntiādinā nayena āgatā avijjā avijjāsavo nāmāti. Kāmabhavādayo kāmadhātuādivasena vuttāyeva.
在“欲求”等条目中,经文这样说:“其中,什么是欲求?对诸欲的欲贪、对欲的耽著,这称为欲求。”按照这种说法,对欲的寻求之贪染,就叫欲求。经文又说:“其中,什么是有求?对诸有的有贪、对有的耽著,这称为有求。”按照这种说法,对有的寻求之贪染,就叫有求。经文又说:“其中,什么是梵行求?认为‘世间是常’……乃至‘如来死后既非存在也非不存在’,凡是这类见、见执取、颠倒执取,这称为梵行求。”按照这种说法,被认定为见行者的梵行之寻求见,就叫梵行求。而且,不只是有贪和见本身,与它们同类的业也是求。经中确实这样说:“其中,什么是欲求?欲贪以及与它同类的不善的身业、语业、意业,这称为欲求。其中,什么是有求?有贪以及与它同类的不善的身业、语业、意业,这称为有求。其中,什么是梵行求?执取边见之见以及与它同类的不善的身业、语业、意业,这称为梵行求。”巴利
Kāmesanādīsu ‘‘tattha katamā kāmesanā? Yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmajjhosānaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati kāmesanā’’ti evaṃ vutto kāmagavesanarāgo kāmesanā nāma. ‘‘Tattha katamā bhavesanā? Yo bhavesu bhavacchando bhavajjhosānaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati bhavesanā’’ti evaṃ vutto bhavagavesanarāgo bhavesanā nāma. ‘‘Tattha katamā brahmacariyesanā? Sassato lokoti vā…pe… neva hoti na nahoti tathāgato parammaraṇāti vā, yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigataṃ vipariyesaggāho , ayaṃ vuccati brahmacariyesanā’’ti evaṃ vuttā diṭṭhigatikasammatassa brahmacariyassa gavesanadiṭṭhi brahmacariyesanā nāma. Na kevalañca bhavarāgadiṭṭhiyova, tadekaṭṭhaṃ kammampi esanāyeva. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘tattha katamā kāmesanā? Kāmarāgo tadekaṭṭhaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati kāmesanā. Tattha katamā bhavesanā? Bhavarāgo tadekaṭṭhaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati bhavesanā. Tattha katamā brahmacariyesanā? Antaggāhikā diṭṭhi tadekaṭṭhaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati brahmacariyesanā’’ti.
在“vidhā”这个词的用例中,像“他们说他是什么样的持戒者、什么样的有慧者”这类句子(《相应部》1.95)里,“vidhā”指的是行相、形态。像“一分的智事、二分的智事”这类句子(《分别论》751)里,“vidhā”指的是分类、划分。像“我是胜者——这就是vidhā”这类句子(《分别论》920)里,“vidhā”指的是慢。这里要表达的就是这个意思。因为慢是以“胜”“等”“劣”等方式来区分高下,所以称为“vidhā”。从“我是胜者”这句话,依胜、等、劣三个方面说出了三种慢。对于等者和劣者,也是同样的道理。巴利
Vidhāsu ‘‘kathaṃvidhaṃ sīlavantaṃ vadanti, kathaṃvidhaṃ paññavantaṃ vadantī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.95) ākārasaṇṭhānaṃ vidhā nāma. ‘‘Ekavidhena ñāṇavatthu duvidhena ñāṇavatthū’’tiādīsu (vibha. 751) koṭṭhāso. ‘‘Seyyohamasmīti vidhā’’tiādīsu (vibha. 920) māno vidhā nāma. Idha so adhippeto. Māno hi seyyādivasena vidahanato vidhāti vuccati. Seyyohamasmīti iminā seyyasadisahīnānaṃ vasena tayo mānā vuttā. Sadisahīnesupi eseva nayo.
这个“慢”其实有三种是对于比自己高的人,三种是对于和自己差不多的人,三种是对于比自己低的人,这样一共就有九种。其中,“我比比我高的人还要高”这种慢,会在国王和出家人身上生起。巴利
Ayañhi māno nāma seyyassa tividho, sadisassa tividho, hīnassa tividhoti navavidho hoti. Tattha ‘‘seyyassa seyyohamasmī’’ti māno rājūnañceva pabbajitānañca uppajjati.
国王凭国土、财富车乘等,生起这样的慢:“有谁和我一样?”出家人凭戒行、头陀支等,也生起这样的慢:“有谁和我一样?”
“我和胜者相等”这种慢,也只在这些人身上生起。国王凭国土、财富车乘等,和其他国王相比,生起这样的慢:“我和他有什么差别?”出家人凭戒行、头陀支等,和其他比丘相比,也生起这样的慢:“我和他有什么差别?”
“我比胜者低劣”这种慢,也只在这些人身上生起。如果某位国王的国土、财富车乘等并不很圆满,他就会生起这样的慢:“我不过是名义上被叫作国王罢了,我算什么国王?”出家人如果得到的利养和恭敬很少,就会生起这样的慢:“我只是名义上被叫作说法师、多闻者、大长老罢了,既然我没有利养恭敬,我算什么说法师、什么多闻者、什么大长老?”巴利
Rājā hi raṭṭhena vā dhanavāhanehi vā ‘‘ko mayā sadiso atthī’’ti etaṃ mānaṃ karoti . Pabbajitopi sīladhutaṅgādīhi ‘‘ko mayā sadiso atthī’’ti etaṃ mānaṃ karoti. ‘‘Seyyassa sadisohamasmī’’ti mānopi etesaṃyeva uppajjati. Rājā hi raṭṭhena vā dhanavāhanehi vā aññarājūhi saddhiṃ mayhaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇanti etaṃ mānaṃ karoti. Pabbajitopi sīladhutaṅgādīhipi aññena bhikkhunā mayhaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇanti etaṃ mānaṃ karoti. ‘‘Seyyassa hīnohamasmī’’ti mānopi etesaṃyeva uppajjati. Yassa hi rañño raṭṭhaṃ vā dhanavāhanādīni vā nātisampannāni honti, so mayhaṃ rājāti vohāramukhamattameva, kiṃ rājā nāma ahanti etaṃ mānaṃ karoti. Pabbajitopi appalābhasakkāro ahaṃ dhammakathiko bahussuto mahātheroti kathāmattakameva, kiṃ dhammakathiko nāmāhaṃ kiṃ bahussuto kiṃ mahāthero yassa me lābhasakkāro natthīti etaṃ mānaṃ karoti.
大臣之类的人会生起这样的慢:“我比跟我同等的人更胜。”或者说,大臣或地方官凭仗财富、车辆、坐骑等,会想:“还有哪个国王的臣子能和我相比?”或者想:“我和别人有什么差别?”或者想:“我只是名义上叫大臣,连吃穿都不够,我算什么大臣?”他们就是这样生起这些慢的。巴利
‘‘Sadisassa seyyohamasmī’’ti mānādayo amaccādīnaṃ uppajjanti. Amacco vā hi raṭṭhiyo vā bhogayānavāhanādīhi ko mayā sadiso añño rājapuriso atthīti vā mayhaṃ aññehi saddhiṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇanti vā amaccoti nāmameva mayhaṃ, ghāsacchādanamattampi me natthi, kiṃ amacco nāmāhanti vā ete māne karoti.
“我比低贱的人更胜”这类慢,会在奴隶等人心中生起。奴隶会想:无论从母系还是父系来看,还有哪个别的奴隶能跟我相比?别人是活不下去了、为了填饱肚子才成了奴隶,而我却是世代传下来的奴隶,所以我更胜。或者,他凭着自己世代相传的身份,认为双方血统都清净的奴隶身份,心想:我跟某某奴隶到底有什么差别?或者想:我只是为了糊口才沦为奴隶,若论父母这一系,我根本没有奴隶的身份,我算什么奴隶?他就这样生起这些慢。就像奴隶一样,补羯娑、旃陀罗等人也会生起这些慢。巴利
‘‘Hīnassa seyyohamasmī’’ti mānādayo dāsādīnaṃ uppajjanti. Dāso hi mātito vā pitito vā ko mayā sadiso añño dāso nāma atthi, aññe jīvituṃ asakkontā kucchihetu dāsā jātā, ahaṃ pana paveṇīāgatattā seyyoti vā paveṇīāgatabhāvena ubhatosuddhikadāsattena asukadāsena nāma saddhiṃ kiṃ mayhaṃ nānākaraṇanti vā kucchivasenāhaṃ dāsabya upagato, mātāpitukoṭiyā pana me dāsaṭṭhānaṃ natthi, kiṃ dāso nāma ahanti vā ete māne karoti. Yathā ca dāso, evaṃ pukkusacaṇḍālādayopi ete māne karontiyeva.
在这里,殊胜者生起“我是殊胜的”之慢,相等者生起“我是相等的”之慢,低劣者生起“我是低劣的”之慢。这三种慢叫作“如实慢”,是阿拉汉道所断除的。其余六种慢叫作“不如实慢”,是初道所断除的。巴利
Ettha ca seyyassa seyyohamasmīti, ca sadisassa sadisohamasmīti ca hīnassa hīnohamasmīti ca ime tayo mānā yāthāvamānā nāma arahattamaggavajjhā. Sesā cha mānā ayāthāvamānā nāma paṭhamamaggavajjhā.
三种时间,就是三个时段。关于“过去时”等说法,有经和论两种解释方式。按经的方式说:结生之前叫过去时,死亡之后叫未来时,死亡与结生之间的那段叫现在时。按论的方式说:在三个刹那中,坏灭之后叫过去时,生起之前叫未来时,三个刹那期间叫现在时。而且,过去、未来、现在这样的区分,是就诸法而说的,不是就时间本身而说的。不过,应该知道:由于诸法有过去等区分,在究竟意义上并不存在的时间,也只是借着这种日常说法才在这里被说出来。巴利
Tayo addhāti tayo kālā. Atīto addhātiādīsu dvepariyāyā suttantapariyāyo ca abhidhammapariyāyo ca. Suttantapariyāyena paṭisandhito pubbe atīto addhā nāma. Cutito pacchā anāgato addhā nāma. Saha cutipaṭisandhīhi tadantaraṃ paccuppanno addhā nāma. Abhidhammapariyāyena tīsu khaṇesu bhaṅgato uddhaṃ atīto addhā nāma. Uppādato pubbe anāgatoaddhā nāma. Khaṇattaye paccuppanno addhā nāma. Atītādibhedo ca nāma ayaṃ dhammānaṃ hoti, na kālassa. Atītādibhede pana dhamme upādāya idha paramatthato avijjamānopi kālo teneva vohārena vuttoti veditabbo.
“三边”就是三个部分。比如在“腰带的内侧磨损”这类说法里,内侧本身就是“边”。在“这就是苦的尽头”这类说法里,另一头的那一部分是“边”。在“比丘们,这是活命方式中最下劣的边”里,低劣是“边”。在“贤友,有身是第一边”这类说法里,部分就是“边”。这里要取的是“部分”这个意思。“有身”指五取蕴。“有身集”指使它们生起的前面的渴爱。“有身灭”指两者都不再生起的涅槃。至于道,因为它是证得灭的方法,所以取了灭也就等于取了道,应当这样理解。巴利
Tayo antāti tayo koṭṭhāsā. ‘‘Kāyabandhanassa anto jīratī’’tiādīsu (cūḷava. 278) hi antoyeva anto. ‘‘Esevanto dukkhassā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 2.51) parabhāgo anto. ‘‘Antamidaṃ, bhikkhave, jīvikāna’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.80) ettha lāmakabhāvo anto. ‘‘Sakkāyo kho, āvuso, paṭhamo anto’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 6.61) koṭṭhāso anto. Idha koṭṭhāso adhippeto. Sakkāyoti pañcupādānakkhandhā. Sakkāyasamudayoti tesaṃ nibbattikā purimataṇhā. Sakkāyanirodhoti ubhinnaṃ appavattibhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ. Maggo pana nirodhādhigamassa upāyattā nirodhe gahite gahitovāti veditabbo.
“苦苦性”是指本身就是苦的那种苦,这是苦受的名称。“行苦性”是指以有为法的状态而有的苦,这是不苦不乐受的名称。因为这种受是有为法,被生、老、坏灭所逼迫,所以由于它不具备其他苦的性质,就称为行苦性。“变易苦性”是指在变易时的苦,这是乐受的名称。因为乐在变易时,苦就生起,所以乐受被称为变易苦性。此外,除了苦受和乐受之外,一切三界诸法,依据“诸行是苦”的说法,应当知道都是行苦性。巴利
Dukkhadukkhatāti dukkhabhūtā dukkhatā. Dukkhavedanāyetaṃ nāmaṃ. Saṅkhāradukkhatāti saṅkhārabhāvena dukkhatā. Adukkhamasukhāvedanāyetaṃ nāmaṃ. Sā hi saṅkhatattā uppādajarābhaṅgapīḷitā, tasmā aññadukkhasabhāvavirahato saṅkhāradukkhatāti vuttā. Vipariṇāmadukkhatāti vipariṇāme dukkhatā. Sukhavedanāyetaṃ nāmaṃ. Sukhassa hi vipariṇāme dukkhaṃ uppajjati, tasmā sukhaṃ vipariṇāmadukkhatāti vuttaṃ. Apica ṭhapetvā dukkhavedanaṃ sukhavedanañca sabbepi tebhūmakā dhammā ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti vacanato saṅkhāradukkhatāti veditabbā.
“邪性决定”是指:成为邪的体性之后,就固定下来了。这是与决定性的邪见一起存在的无间业的名字。“正性决定”是指:在正的体性上固定下来了。这是四种圣道的名字。“非决定”是指:不是决定性的。这是指其余诸法的名字。巴利
Micchattaniyatoti micchāsabhāvo hutvā niyato. Niyatamicchādiṭṭhiyā saddhiṃ ānantariyakammassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Sammāsabhāve niyato sammattaniyato. Catunnaṃ ariyamaggānametaṃ nāmaṃ. Na niyatoti aniyato. Avasesānaṃ dhammānametaṃ nāmaṃ.
“三暗”这个说法,来自“黑暗、愚痴、无明瀑流、大怖畏”这句话,所以无明就叫作暗。不过在这里,是以无明为首要,实际说的是疑。“缘于”就是依止、基于。“疑惑”就是生起疑。“犹豫”就是在推究抉择时陷入困苦,无法做出决断。“不信解”就是对这件事无法信受理解。“不净信”就是对此无法生起净信。巴利
Tayo tamāti ‘‘tamandhakāro sammoho avijjogho mahābhayo’’ti vacanato avijjā tamo nāma. Idha pana avijjāsīsena vicikicchā vuttā. Ārabbhāti āgamma. Kaṅkhatīti kaṅkhaṃ uppādeti. Vicikicchatīti vicinanto kicchaṃ āpajjati, sanniṭṭhātuṃ na sakkoti. Nādhimucchatīti tattha adhimucchituṃ na sakkoti. Na sampasīdatīti taṃ ārabbha pasādaṃ āropetuṃ na sakkoti.
“不应保护”的意思是:不该去守护。在三门之中,并没有对每一门各自作守护这件事;一切都是由正念来守护的。这是要说明:对如来而言,不存在“我要这样守护、隐藏我这突然生起的身恶行,不让别人知道”这种应守护的身恶行。语门、意门也是如此。那么,其他漏尽者的身行等就不清净吗?并非不清净,只是不像如来那样清净。因为寡闻的漏尽者虽然不会犯世间共许的过罪,但由于不熟悉戒律规定,也会犯下诸如建住处、造小房、与人同住、同宿等身门的罪;也会犯下诸如为人传话、教句法、与女人说超过五六句话、向未受具足戒者说真实过人法等语门的罪;还会以寄存的方式接受金银,从而在意门犯接受金银的罪。即使是像法将舍利弗那样的漏尽者,也会以带有指责的方式在意门生起意恶行。巴利
Arakkheyyānīti na rakkhitabbāni. Tīsu dvāresu paccekaṃ rakkhaṇakiccaṃ natthi, sabbāni satiyā eva rakkhitānīti dīpeti. Natthi tathāgatassāti. ‘‘Idaṃ nāma me sahasā uppannaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ, imāhaṃ yathā me paro na jānāti , tathā rakkhāmi, paṭicchādemī’’ti evaṃ rakkhitabbaṃ natthi tathāgatassa kāyaduccaritaṃ. Sesesupi eseva nayo. Kiṃ pana sesakhīṇāsavānaṃ kāyasamācārādayo aparisuddhāti? No aparisuddhā. Na pana tathāgatassa viya parisuddhā. Appassutakhīṇāsavo hi kiñcāpi lokavajjaṃ nāpajjati, paṇṇattiyaṃ pana akovidattā vihārakāraṃ kuṭikāraṃ sahagāraṃ sahaseyyanti evarūpā kāyadvāre āpattiyo āpajjati. Sañcarittaṃ padasodhammaṃ uttarichappañcavācaṃ bhūtārocananti evarūpā vacīdvāre āpattiyo āpajjati. Upanikkhittasādiyanavasena manodvāre rūpiyappaṭiggāhaṇāpattiṃ āpajjati, dhammasenāpatisadisassāpi hi khīṇāsavassa manodvāre saupārambhavasena manoduccaritaṃ uppajjati eva.
在车头聚落那件事里,舍利弗和目犍连带着五百位比丘被遣散的时候,车头聚落的释迦族人为了他们向世尊求情。世尊问长老舍利弗:“舍利弗,我把比丘僧团遣散的时候,你心里是怎么想的?”他想到自己是因为大众的无知才被导师遣散的,就生起了“从今以后我不再教诫别人”的念头,然后说:“尊者,确实是这样:世尊遣散了比丘僧团,现在世尊可以少管闲事,安住在现法安乐里了;我们也少管闲事,安住在现法安乐里吧。”巴利
Cātumavatthusmiñhi pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ sāriputtamoggallānānaṃ paṇāmitakāle tesaṃ atthāya cātumeyyakehi sakyehi bhagavati khamāpite thero bhagavatā ‘‘kinti te sāriputta ahosi mayā bhikkhusaṅghe paṇāmite’’ti puṭṭho ahaṃ parisāya abyattabhāvena satthārā paṇāmito. Ito dāni paṭṭhāya paraṃ na ovadissāmīti cittaṃ uppādetvā āha ‘‘evaṃ kho me, bhante, ahosi bhagavatā bhikkhusaṅgho paṇāmito, appossukko dāni bhagavā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃ anuyutto viharissati, mayampi dāni appossukkā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃ anuyuttā viharissāmā’’ti.
这时,导师针对他的意恶行加以责备,说道:“舍利弗,你先停下!舍利弗,你不该再生起这样的心。”长老只是心里想“我不再教诫、不再教导别人”,这就算生起了意恶行。然而,对世尊来说,根本不会有这种事,这也不足为奇。已经证得一切知的人,不可能有恶行。即使在他还处于菩萨阶段、六年精进修行的时候,也没有这种事。当时他腹部皮肉紧贴脊骨,天神们都生起疑惑,以为“沙门乔达摩死了”,魔对他说:“悉达多,你何必这样折磨自己?你完全可以享受财富,也可以修福德啊。”即便如此,他心里连“我要享受财富”这样一个念头都没有生起。后来,魔王在菩萨时期跟了六年,在成佛后跟了一年,始终找不到任何过失,说完这番话就离开了——巴利
Athassa tasmiṃ manoduccarite upārambhaṃ āropento satthā āha – ‘‘āgamehi tvaṃ, sāriputta na kho te, sāriputta, punapi evarūpaṃ cittaṃ uppādetabba’’nti. Evaṃ paraṃ na ovadissāmi nānusāsissāmīti vitakkitamattampi therassa manoduccaritaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Bhagavato pana ettakaṃ nāma natthi, anacchariyañcetaṃ. Sabbaññutaṃ pattassa duccaritaṃ na bhaveyya. Bodhisattabhūmiyaṃ ṭhitassa chabbassāni padhānaṃ anuyuñjantassāpi panassa nāhosi. Udaracchaviyā piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ allīnāya ‘‘kālaṅkato samaṇo gotamo’’ti devatānaṃ vimatiyā uppajjamānāyapi ‘‘siddhattha kasmā kilamasi? Sakkā bhoge ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātu’’nti mārena pāpimatā vuccamānassa ‘‘bhoge bhuñjissāmī’’ti vitakkamattampi nuppajjati. Atha naṃ māro bodhisattakāle chabbassāni buddhakāle ekaṃ vassaṃ anubandhitvā kiñci vajjaṃ apassitvā idaṃ vatvā pakkāmi –
“ 七年之中,我步步紧随世尊,
我没能找到那位正自觉者、具足正念者的任何可乘之机。”巴利
‘‘Sattavassāni bhagavantaṃ, anubandhiṃ padāpadaṃ; Otāraṃ nādhigacchissaṃ, sambuddhassa satīmato’’ti. (su. ni. 448);
另外,也可以从十八种佛法的角度来理解世尊没有恶行。所谓十八种佛法,就是:如来没有身恶行,没有语恶行,没有意恶行;佛对过去的智慧没有障碍,对未来的智慧没有障碍,对现在的智慧没有障碍;世尊的一切身业都跟随智慧而行,一切语业、一切意业也都跟随智慧而行;没有欲的减退,没有精进的减退,没有念的减退;没有嬉戏,没有喧哗,没有动摇,没有仓促;心不会不专注,不会有不善心。巴利
Apica aṭṭhārasannaṃ buddhadhammānaṃ vasenāpi bhagavato duccaritābhāvo veditabbo. Aṭṭhārasa buddhadhammā nāma natthi tathāgatassa kāyaduccaritaṃ, natthi vacīduccaritaṃ, natthi manoduccaritaṃ, atīte buddhassa appaṭihatañāṇaṃ, anāgate, paccuppanne buddhassa appaṭihatañāṇaṃ, sabbaṃ kāyakammaṃ buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇānuparivatti, sabbaṃ vacīkammaṃ, sabbaṃ manokammaṃ buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇānuparivatti, natthi chandassa hāni, natthi vīriyassa hāni, natthi satiyā hāni, natthi davā, natthi ravā, natthi calitaṃ natthi sahasā, natthi abyāvaṭo mano, natthi akusalacittanti.
“障碍”就是束缚。贪生起时会把众生捆绑住、缠缚住,所以称为障碍。嗔和痴这两者,也是同样的道理。巴利
Kiñcanāti palibodhā. Rāgo kiñcananti rāgo uppajjamāno satte bandhati palibundhati tasmā kiñcananti vuccati. Itaresupi dvīsu eseva nayo.
火,是以烧灼为含义,所以叫火。贪火,是说贪欲生起时会烧灼、焚烧众生,因此称为火。嗔和痴也是这样。这里的事例是:有一位年轻比丘尼,走到心峰山精舍的伍波萨他堂,站在那里看着门卫的塑像。这时她内心生起了贪欲,就被那贪欲烧灼而死。比丘尼们走过来,说:“这位年轻女子站在那里,叫她过来,她没回应。”其中一人走过去,抓住她的手问:“你为什么站在这里?”刚一抓住手,她就转身倒下了。这就是贪能烧灼的事例。至于嗔能烧灼的事例,应当看那些意怒诸天神。痴能烧灼的事例,应当看那些戏乐放逸诸天神:因为痴,她们忘失正念,只顾着嬉戏玩乐,错过了进食的时间,就这样死去。巴利
Aggīti anudahanaṭṭhena aggi. Rāgaggīti rāgo uppajjamāno satte anudahati jhāpeti, tasmā aggīti vuccati. Itaresupi eseva nayo. Tattha vatthūni ekā daharabhikkhunī cittalapabbatavihāre uposathāgāraṃ gantvā dvārapālarūpakaṃ olokayamānā ṭhitā. Athassā anto rāgo uppanno. Sā teneva jhāyitvā kālamakāsi. Bhikkhuniyo gacchamānā ‘‘ayaṃ daharā ṭhitā, pakkosatha, na’’nti āhaṃsu. Ekā gantvā kasmā ṭhitāsīti hatthe gaṇhi. Gahitamattā parivattitvā papatā. Idaṃ tāva rāgassa anudahanatāya vatthu. Dosassa pana anudahanatāya manopadosikā devā. Mohassa anudahanatāya khiḍḍāpadosikā devā daṭṭhabbā. Mohavasena hi tāsaṃ satisammoso hoti. Tasmā khiḍḍāvasena āhārakālaṃ ativattitvā kālaṅkaronti.
在“应供火”等说法中,“应供”指的是恭敬供养,值得恭敬供养的,就叫应供者。父母因为对子女有大恩,所以值得子女恭敬供养。子女如果对父母做恶事,就会投生到地狱等地方。因此,父母虽然自己不燃烧,却是导致燃烧的缘。这样,从燃烧的意义上说,他们被称为应供火。这个道理应当用弥塔文达卡的故事来说明。巴利
Āhuneyyaggītiādīsu āhunaṃ vuccati sakkāro, āhunaṃ arahantīti āhuneyyā. Mātāpitaro hi puttānaṃ bahūpakāratāya āhunaṃ arahanti. Tesu vippaṭipajjamānā puttā nirayādīsu nibbattanti. Tasmā kiñcāpi mātāpitaro nānudahanti, anudahanassa pana paccayā honti. Iti anudahanaṭṭhena āhuneyyaggīti vuccanti. Svāyamattho mittavindakavatthunā dīpetabbo –
弥塔文达卡的母亲对他说:“孩子,今天你受持伍波萨他戒,去精舍通宵听法,我就给你一千金币。”他因为贪财,就受了伍波萨他戒,去了精舍。他心里认定“这地方没人敢来伤害”,便躺在法座底下睡了一整夜,然后回了家。母亲一大早就煮好粥端给他,他拿着那一千金币就喝了。这时他心里想:“我要去攒钱。”于是就想乘船出海。母亲劝他说:“孩子,咱们家有四千万的财产,不用出海了。”他不听母亲的话,非要去。母亲挡在他前面,他一生气,心想“她竟敢挡我的路”,就用脚把她踢倒,从她身上跨过去走了。巴利
Mittavindako hi mātarā ‘‘tāta, ajja uposathiko hutvā vihāre sabbarattiṃ dhammassavanaṃ suṇa, sahassaṃ te dassāmī’’ti vutto dhanalobhena uposathaṃ samādāya vihāraṃ gantvā idaṃ ṭhānaṃ akutobhayanti sallakkhetvā dhammāsanassa heṭṭhā nipanno sabbarattiṃ niddāyitvā gharaṃ agamāsi. Mātā pātova yāguṃ pacitvā upanāmesi. So sahassaṃ gahetvāva pivi. Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘dhanaṃ saṃharissāmī’’ti. So nāvāya samuddaṃ pakkhanditukāmo ahosi. Atha naṃ mātā ‘‘tāta, imasmiṃ kule cattālīsakoṭidhanaṃ atthi, alaṃ gamanenā’’ti nivāresi. So tassā vacanaṃ anādiyitvā gacchati eva. Mātā purato aṭṭhāsi. Atha naṃ kujjhitvā ‘‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ purato tiṭṭhatī’’ti pādena paharitvā patitaṃ antaraṃ katvā agamāsi.
母亲站起来说:“儿子啊,你对像我这样的母亲做了这种事就离开了,难道你还以为‘你去的那个地方会有快乐’吗?”他上了船出海,到第七天,船停住不动了。这时那些人说:“这里肯定有个恶人,大家来抽签吧。”抽签的时候,签三次都落到他一个人头上。那些人给了他一个木筏,把他扔进了大海。他到了一座岛上,和天宫的天人与饿鬼一起享受福乐。他们对他说“别往前走,别往前走”,可他却看到越往前走福乐越加倍,于是一路往前走,最后看见一个拿着刀轮的人。那个刀轮在他眼里就像一朵莲花。他对那人说:“喂,这是你戴的莲花吧,给我。”那人说:“主人,这不是莲花,这是刀轮。”他说:“你骗我,你难道以为我没见过莲花吗?”接着又说:“你涂了红栴檀,却不肯把戴着的莲花给我。”那人心想:“这个人也是造了跟我一样的业,现在想来受报应了。”于是对他说:“来吧,给你!”说完就把刀轮扣到了他头上。因此这样说:巴利
Mātā uṭṭhahitvā ‘‘mādisāya mātari evarūpaṃ kammaṃ katvā gatassa te gataṭṭhāne sukhaṃ bhavissatīti evaṃsaññī nāma tvaṃ puttā’’ti āha. Tassa nāvaṃ āruyha gacchato sattame divase nāvā aṭṭhāsi. Atha te manussā ‘‘addhā ettha pāpapuriso atthi salākaṃ dethā’’ti āhaṃsu. Salākā diyyamānā tasseva tikkhattuṃ pāpuṇāti. Te tassa uḷumpaṃ datvā taṃ samudde pakkhipiṃsu. So ekaṃ dīpaṃ gantvā vimānapetīhi saddhiṃ sampattiṃ anubhavanto tāhi ‘‘purato purato mā agamāsī’’ti vuccamānopi taddiguṇaṃ taddiguṇaṃ sampattiṃ passanto anupubbena khuracakkadharaṃ ekaṃ addasa. Tassa taṃ cakkaṃ padumapupphaṃ viya upaṭṭhāsi. So taṃ āha – ‘‘ambho, idaṃ tayā piḷandhitaṃ padumaṃ mayhaṃ dehī’’ti. ‘‘Na idaṃ sāmi padumaṃ, khuracakkaṃ eta’’nti. So ‘‘vañcesi maṃ, tvaṃ kiṃ mayā padumaṃ adiṭṭhapubba’’nti vatvā tvaṃ lohitacandanaṃ vilimpitvā piḷandhanaṃ padumapupphaṃ mayhaṃ na dātukāmoti āha. So cintesi ‘‘ayampi mayā katasadisaṃ kammaṃ katvā tassa phalaṃ anubhavitukāmo’’ti. Atha naṃ ‘‘handa re’’ti vatvā tassa matthake cakkaṃ pakkhipi. Tena vuttaṃ –
“ 由四而八,由八而十六;
由十六而三十二,贪得无厌者遂遭刀轮。巴利
‘‘Catubbhi aṭṭhajjhagamā, aṭṭhāhipi ca soḷasa; Soḷasāhi ca bāttiṃsa, atricchaṃ cakkamāsado;
被贪欲控制的人,轮子在他头顶上转。”巴利
Icchāhatassa posassa, cakkaṃ bhamati matthake’’ti. (jā. 1.1.104).
“居士”是指一家之主。他给女人提供床铺、衣服、装饰等,帮了她很多忙。女人如果背叛他,就会投生到地狱等地方去。所以,按照前面同样的道理,从“燃烧”这个意义上说,他也被称为“家居之火”。巴利
Gahapatīti pana gehasāmiko vuccati. So mātugāmassa sayanavatthālaṅkārādianuppadānena bahūpakāro. Taṃ aticaranto mātugāmo nirayādīsu nibbattati, tasmā sopi purimanayeneva anudahanaṭṭhena gahapataggīti vutto.
这里讲一个事例。迦叶佛在世时,有个已证得入流果的男居士,他的妻子不守妇道。他亲眼看见后,问她:“你为什么做出这种事?”她说:“如果我做了这种事,就让我的狗把我撕碎吃掉!”说完她就死了,投生到耳环池,成了有福报的饿鬼。白天享受快乐,夜里受苦。那时波罗奈国王外出打猎,进入森林,一路走到耳环池,和她一起享乐。她骗过国王,到了夜里就独自去受苦。国王发觉后,心想:“她到底去了哪里?”便一路跟在后面,站在不远处,看见她从耳环池出来,一只狗正啪嗒啪嗒地啃咬她。国王用剑把狗砍成两截。结果变成了两只。再砍,变成四只。再砍,变成八只。再砍,变成十六只。她说:“主人,你在干什么?”国王说:“这是怎么回事?”她说:“别这样砍。你把唾沫吐在地上,用脚碾开。”国王照做了。那些狗就消失了。就在那天,她的业报尽了。国王后悔了,准备离开。她说:“主人,我的业报已经尽了,别走。”国王不听,还是走了。巴利
Tattha vatthu – kassapabuddhassa kāle sotāpannassa upāsakassa bhariyā aticārinī ahosi . So taṃ paccakkhato disvā ‘‘kasmā tvaṃ evaṃ karosī’’ti āha. Sā ‘‘sacāhaṃ evarūpaṃ karomi, ayaṃ me sunakho viluppamāno khādatū’’ti vatvā kālaṅkatvā kaṇṇamuṇḍakadahe vemānikapetī hutvā nibbattā. Divā sampattiṃ anubhavati, rattiṃ dukkhaṃ. Tadā bārāṇasīrājā migavaṃ caranto araññaṃ pavisitvā anupubbena kaṇṇamuṇḍakadahaṃ sampatto tāya saddhiṃ sampattiṃ anubhavati. Sā taṃ vañcetvā rattiṃ dukkhaṃ anubhavati. So ñatvā ‘‘kattha nu kho gacchatī’’ti piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā avidūre ṭhito kaṇṇamuṇḍakadahato nikkhamitvā taṃ ‘‘paṭapaṭa’’nti khādamānaṃ ekaṃ sunakhaṃ disvā asinā dvidhā chindi. Dve ahesuṃ. Puna chinne cattāro. Puna chinne aṭṭha. Puna chinne soḷasa ahesuṃ. Sā ‘‘kiṃ karosi sāmī’’ti āha. So ‘‘kiṃ ida’’nti āha. Sā ‘‘evaṃ akatvā kheḷapiṇḍaṃ bhūmiyaṃ niṭṭhubhitvā pādena ghaṃsāhī’’ti āha. So tathā akāsi. Sunakhā antaradhāyiṃsu. Taṃ divasaṃ tassā kammaṃ khīṇaṃ. Rājā vippaṭisārī hutvā gantuṃ āraddho. Sā ‘‘mayhaṃ, sāmi, kammaṃ khīṇaṃ mā agamā’’ti āha. Rājā asutvāva gato.
“应受供养之火”这个说法里,“应受供养”指的是四种资具,而比丘僧团是应当接受供养的对象。僧团劝导在家人受持三皈依、五戒、十戒,奉养父母,供养如法的沙门和婆罗门等种种善行,因此对在家人有很大的帮助。如果有在家人对他们行邪道,辱骂、毁谤比丘僧团,就会投生到地狱等恶趣。所以,比丘僧团也按照前面同样的方式,以“燃烧”的含义被称为“应受供养之火”。为了说明这个道理,应当详细讲述《天宫事》中勒瓦提的故事。巴利
Dakkhiṇeyyaggīti ettha pana dakkhiṇāti cattāro paccayā, bhikkhusaṅgho dakkhiṇeyyo. So gihīnaṃ tīsu saraṇesu pañcasu sīlesu dasasu sīlesu mātāpituupaṭṭhāne dhammikasamaṇabrāhmaṇaupaṭṭhāneti evamādīsu kalyāṇadhammesu niyojanena bahūpakāro, tasmiṃ micchāpaṭipannā gihī bhikkhusaṅghaṃ akkositvā paribhāsitvā nirayādīsu nibbattanti, tasmā sopi purimanayeneva anudahanaṭṭhena dakkhiṇeyyaggīti vutto. Imassa panatthassa vibhāvanatthaṃ vimānavatthusmiṃ revatīvatthu vitthāretabbaṃ.
“三种色摄”这句话里,“三种”是指三个部分。“摄”有四种:生类摄、同生摄、作用摄、计数摄。其中,“一切刹帝利都来”这类说法,是生类摄;“一切憍萨罗人”这类说法,是同生摄;“一切骑象者”这类说法,是作用摄。问:眼处属于哪一蕴的计数?答:眼处属于色蕴的计数。眼处既然被色蕴所摄,这就是计数摄,这里要取的正是这个意思。所以,“三种色摄”的意思就是:用三个部分来计数色。巴利
‘‘Tividhena rūpasaṅgaho’’ti ettha tividhenāti tīhi koṭṭhāsehi. Saṅgahoti jātisañjātikiriyagaṇanavasena catubbidho saṅgaho. Tattha sabbe khattiyā āgacchantūtiādiko (ma. ni. 1.462) jātisaṅgaho. Sabbe kosalakātiādiko sañjātisaṅgaho. Sabbe hatthārohātiādiko kiriyasaṅgaho. Cakkhāyatanaṃ katamaṃ khandhagaṇanaṃ gacchatīti? Cakkhāyatanaṃ rūpakkhandhagaṇanaṃ gacchatīti. Hañci cakkhāyatanaṃ rūpakkhandhena saṅgahitanti ayaṃ gaṇanasaṅgaho, so idha adhippeto. Tasmā tividhena rūpasaṅgahoti tīhi koṭṭhāsehi rūpagaṇanāti attho.
在“有见”等说法中,依于自身而生起、被称为眼识的那种“见”同时存在,所以叫“有见”。因为它能够撞击眼,所以也有“有对”。从含义上说,这就是色处。它没有那种被称为眼识的“见”,所以叫“无见”。但因为能够撞击耳等处,所以仍然“有对”。从含义上说,这就是眼处等九处。它没有上述那种“见”,所以叫“无见”;它没有可撞击性,所以叫“无对”。从含义上说,这就是除去十处之后剩下的细色。巴利
Sanidassanādīsu attānaṃ ārabbha pavattena cakkhuviññāṇasaṅkhātena saha nidassanenāti sanidassanaṃ. Cakkhupaṭihananasamatthato saha paṭighenāti sappaṭighaṃ. Taṃ atthato rūpāyatanameva. Cakkhuviññāṇasaṅkhātaṃ nāssa nidassananti anidassanaṃ. Sotādipaṭihananasamatthato saha paṭighenāti sappaṭighaṃ. Taṃ atthato cakkhāyatanādīni nava āyatanāni. Vuttappakāraṃ nāssa nidassananti anidassanaṃ. Nāssa paṭighoti appaṭighaṃ. Taṃ atthato ṭhapetvā dasāyatanāni avasesaṃ sukhumarūpaṃ.
行有三种:它们造作俱生的法,也造作来世的果报之法,并加以积聚,所以叫“行”。“Abhisaṅkhāra”(殊胜行)就是殊胜地造作。属于福的殊胜行,就叫福德行。巴利
Tayo saṅkhārāti sahajātadhamme ceva samparāye phaladhamme ca saṅkharonti rāsī karontīti saṅkhārā. Abhisaṅkharotīti abhisaṅkhāro. Puñño abhisaṅkhāro puññābhisaṅkhāro.
这里,什么是福行?就是所说的“欲界的善思,以及色界的善思,分为施所成、戒所成、修所成”——这是对前面所说的八种欲界善大心之思和五种色界善心之思的总称。在这里,施所成和戒所成的思只有八种,修所成的思则有十三种。就像一个人温习已经熟练的法义时,即使已经贯通了一两处连接,自己也不知道,后来再回想时才明白;同样,在修习遍的准备工作时,或者审查已经熟练的禅那时,即使不与智相应,也属于修习。因此说“修所成的思也有十三种”。巴利
‘‘Tattha katamo puññābhisaṅkhāro? Kusalā cetanā kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarā dānamayā sīlamayā bhāvanāmayā’’ti evaṃ vuttānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ kāmāvacarakusalamahācittacetanānaṃ, pañcannaṃ rūpāvacarakusalacetanānañcetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ettha ca dānasīlamayā aṭṭheva cetanā honti. Bhāvanāmayā terasāpi. Yathā hi paguṇaṃ dhammaṃ sajjhāyamāno ekaṃ dve anusandhiṃ gatopi na jānāti, pacchā āvajjanto jānāti, evameva kasiṇaparikammaṃ karontassa paguṇajjhānaṃ paccavekkhantassa ñāṇavippayuttāpi bhāvanā hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘bhāvanāmayā terasāpī’’ti.
在这里,关于布施所成等类别,简要的开示是这样的:缘于布施、以布施为核心而生起的思、共思、思的状态,这称为布施所成福行。缘于戒、缘于修习、以修习为核心而生起的思、共思、思的状态,这称为修习所成福行。这就是简要的开示。巴利
Tattha dānamayādīsu ‘‘dānaṃ ārabbha dānamadhikicca yā uppajjati cetanā sañcetanā cetayitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati dānamayo puññābhisaṅkhāro. Sīlaṃ ārabbha, bhāvanaṃ ārabbha, bhāvanamadhikicca yā uppajjati cetanā sañcetanā cetayitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati bhāvanāmayo puññābhisaṅkhāro’’ti ayaṃ saṅkhepadesanā.
不过,对于衣服等四种生活必需品,或者色等六种所缘,又或者食物等十种布施对象——当人布施这些种种物品时,从开始准备生起这些东西,到实际施舍的那一刻,再到事后以欢喜心回忆——在这三个阶段中生起的思,就叫作施所成。
而为了圆满戒行,心想“我要出家”而前往寺院时;正在出家时;出家后心愿达成,回想“我已出家,萨度萨度”时;守护别解脱戒时;省察衣服等生活必需品时;对出现在眼前的色等所缘,守护眼等根门时;以及净化谋生方式时——在这些时候生起的思,就叫作戒所成。巴利
Cīvarādīsu pana catūsu paccayesu rūpādīsu vā chasu ārammaṇesu annādīsu vā dasasu dānavatthūsu taṃ taṃ dentassa tesaṃ uppādanato paṭṭhāya pubbabhāge, pariccāgakāle, pacchā somanassacittena anussaraṇe cāti tīsu kālesu pavattā cetanā dānamayā nāma. Sīlapūraṇatthāya pana pabbajissāmīti vihāraṃ gacchantassa, pabbajantassa manorathaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā pabbajito vatamhi sādhu sādhūti āvajjantassa, pātimokkhaṃ saṃvarantassa, cīvarādayo paccaye paccavekkhantassa, āpāthagatesu rūpādīsu cakkhudvārādīni saṃvarantassa, ājīvaṃ sodhentassa ca pavattā cetanā sīlamayā nāma.
按照《无碍解道》所说的观之道——也就是对眼、……乃至意,对诸色、诸法,对眼识……乃至意识,对眼触……乃至意触,对眼触所生受……乃至意触所生受,对色想……乃至老死,都依照无常、苦、无我的方式修习观照时,所生起的思,就是修所成之名。以上就是详细的解说。巴利
Paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttena vipassanāmaggena ‘‘cakkhuṃ aniccato dukkhato anattato bhāventassa…pe… manaṃ. Rūpe. Dhamme. Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ…pe… manoviññāṇaṃ. Cakkhusamphassaṃ…pe… manosamphassaṃ. Cakkhusamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ…pe… manosamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ. Rūpasaññaṃ , jarāmaraṇaṃ aniccato dukkhato anattato bhāventassa pavattā cetanā bhāvanāmayā nāmā’’ti ayaṃ vitthārakathā.
非福且是行,所以叫非福行。这是对与十二种不善心相应的思的统称。正如经中所说:“其中,什么是非福行?属于欲界的不善思,这称为非福行。”不动、不摇动、寂静,只造作那已成为异熟的无色界,所以叫不动行。这是对四种无色界善心之思的统称。正如经中所说:“其中,什么是不动行?属于无色界的善思,这称为不动行。”巴利
Apuñño ca so abhisaṅkhāro cāti apuññābhisaṅkhāro. Dvādasaakusalacittasampayuttānaṃ cetanānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘tattha katamo apuññābhisaṅkhāro? Akusalacetanā kāmāvacarā, ayaṃ vuccati apuññābhisaṅkhāro’’ti. Āneñjaṃ niccalaṃ santaṃ vipākabhūtaṃ arūpameva abhisaṅkharotīti āneñjābhisaṅkhāro. Catunnaṃ arūpāvacarakusalacetanānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Yathāha ‘‘tattha katamo āneñjābhisaṅkhāro? Kusalacetanā arūpāvacarā, ayaṃ vuccati āneñjābhisaṅkhāro’’ti.
在人法中,士夫有七种。修学三种学,所以叫有学。漏已尽的人,因为已经修学圆满,不会再修学了,所以叫无学。凡夫因为被修学排除在外,所以既不是有学,也不是无学。巴利
Puggalattike sattavidho purisapuggalo, tisso sikkhā sikkhatīti sekkho. Khīṇāsavo sikkhitasikkhattā puna na sikkhissatīti asekkho. Puthujjano sikkhāhi paribāhiyattā nevasekkho nāsekkho.
在《长老三法》中,生来就年老的在家人,叫做“生年长老”。佛陀说:“比丘们,有四种能使人成为长老的法。比丘们,在这里,一位长老具足戒行,广学多闻,获得四种禅那;由于诸漏灭尽,他在现法中自己以证智亲证,达到无漏的心解脱、慧解脱,并安住其中。比丘们,这就是四种能使人成为长老的法。”在这些所说的法中,具足一种或多种者,叫做“法长老”。某位名为长老的比丘,这样名为长老者,或者凡在年老时出家,沙弥等见了说“长老、长老”,这叫做“假名长老”。巴利
Therattike jātimahallako gihī jātitthero nāma. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, therakaraṇā dhammā. Idha, bhikkhave, thero sīlavā hoti, bahussuto hoti, catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ lābhī hoti, āsavānaṃ khayā bahussuto hoti, catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ lābhī hoti, āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro therakaraṇā dhammā’’ti (a. ni. 4.22). Evaṃ vuttesu dhammesu ekena vā anekehi vā samannāgato dhammathero nāma. Aññataro theranāmako bhikkhūti evaṃ theranāmako vā, yaṃ vā pana mahallakakāle pabbajitaṃ sāmaṇerādayo disvā thero theroti vadanti, ayaṃ sammutithero nāma.
在三种福行事里,布施本身就是施所成福行事。这种福行既是福行,又是各种利益的事由,所以叫福行事。另外两种也按同样方式理解。从含义上说,应当知道这三种福行事,就是前面说的施所成思、戒所成思、修所成思,再加上前行思和后行思。在这里,每一种福行事从前行阶段开始,以身去做,就是身业;为了那件事而说出话来,就是语业;不发动身和语,只在心里思量,就是意业。布施食物等东西时,心里想“我在布施食物等”,或者随念布施巴拉密而布施,这时布施本身就是施所成福行事。站在持戒的立场上布施,就是戒所成福行事。以坏灭、衰败为观察而布施,就是修所成福行事。巴利
Puññakiriyavatthūsu dānameva dānamayaṃ. Puññakiriyā ca sā tesaṃ tesaṃ ānisaṃsānaṃ vatthu cāti puññakiriyavatthu. Itaresupi dvīsu eseva nayo. Atthato pana pubbe vuttadānamayacetanādivaseneva saddhiṃ pubbabhāgaaparabhāgacetanāhi imāni tīṇi puññakiriyavatthūni veditabbāni. Ekamekañcettha pubbabhāgato paṭṭhāya kāyena karontassa kāyakammaṃ hoti. Tadatthaṃ vācaṃ nicchārentassa vacīkammaṃ. Kāyaṅgavācaṅgaṃ acopetvā manasā cintentassa manokammaṃ. Annādīni dentassa cāpi annadānādīni demīti vā dānapāramiṃ āvajjetvā vā dānakāle dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu hoti. Vattasīse ṭhatvā dadato sīlamayaṃ. Khayato vayato sammasanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā dadato bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu hoti.
另外还有七种福行事:恭敬俱行的福行事、服务俱行的福行事、回向功德、随喜功德、说法所成、闻法所成、见正直的福行事。
其中,恭敬俱行的福行事,是指见到年长的人时,起身迎接、接取钵和衣、礼拜、让路等。服务俱行的福行事,是指为比自己年长的人履行义务和职责;见到比丘进村乞食,就接过他的钵,在村里劝人布施食物,再把食物送给他;听到有人说“去把比丘的钵拿来”,就赶快跑去取钵等。布施四种资具后,发起“愿功德与一切众生共享”的心念,就是回向功德。对别人回向的功德,以“萨度,太好了”来随喜,就是随喜功德。有人想着“这样人们就会知道我是说法者”,为了贪求利养而说法,这不会有大果报。有人不期待什么,只为利益他人而宣说自己熟悉通达的法,这才叫说法所成的福行事。有人听法时想着“这样人们就会知道我有信心”,这不会有大果报。有人以利益他人之心、柔软的心来听法,想着“这样我会有大果报”,这是闻法所成的福行事。而见正直则是一切福业的决定特征。无论做什么善业,只有见解正直,才会得大果报。巴利
Aparānipi satta puññakiriyavatthūni apacitisahagataṃ puññakiriyavatthu, veyyāvaccasahagataṃ, pattānuppadānaṃ, pattabbhanumodanaṃ, desanāmayaṃ, savanamayaṃ, diṭṭhijugataṃ puññakiriyavatthūti. Tattha mahallakaṃ disvā paccuggamanapattacīvarappaṭiggahaṇaabhivādanamaggasampadānādivasena apacitisahagataṃ veditabbaṃ. Vuḍḍhatarānaṃ vattappaṭipattikaraṇavasena, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā pattaṃ gahetvā gāme bhikkhaṃ samādapetvā upasaṃharaṇavasena, ‘‘gaccha bhikkhūnaṃ pattaṃ āharā’’ti sutvā vegena gantvā pattāharaṇādivasena ca veyyāvaccasahagataṃ veditabbaṃ. Cattāro paccaye datvā sabbasattānaṃ patti hotūti pavattanavasena pattānuppadānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Parehi dinnāya pattiyā sādhu suṭṭhūti anumodanāvasena pattabbhanumodanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Eko ‘‘evaṃ maṃ ‘dhammakathiko’ti jānissantī’’ti icchāya ṭhatvā lābhagaruko hutvā deseti, taṃ na mahapphalaṃ. Eko attano paguṇadhammaṃ apaccāsīsamāno paresaṃ deseti, idaṃ desanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu nāma. Eko suṇanto ‘‘iti maṃ ‘saddho’ti jānissantī’’ti suṇāti, taṃ na mahapphalaṃ. Eko ‘‘evaṃ me mahapphalaṃ bhavissatī’’ti hitappharaṇena muducittena dhammaṃ suṇāti, idaṃ savanamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu. Diṭṭhijugataṃ pana sabbesaṃ niyamalakkhaṇaṃ. Yaṃkiñci puññaṃ karontassa hi diṭṭhiyā ujubhāveneva mahapphalaṃ hoti.
因此应当知道,这七种福行事可以归入前面三种之中。其中,恭敬和服务属于戒所成;回向功德和随喜功德属于施所成;说法和闻法属于修所成;见正直则通于这三者。巴利
Iti imesaṃ sattannaṃ puññakiriyavatthūnaṃ purimeheva tīhi saṅgaho veditabbo. Ettha hi apacitiveyyāvaccāni sīlamaye. Pattidānapattabbhanumodanāni dānamaye. Desanāsavanāni bhāvanāmaye. Diṭṭhijugataṃ tīsupi saṅgahaṃ gacchati.
“指摘事”就是指摘的理由。以所见——用肉眼或天眼看到违犯后而指摘。以所闻——用普通耳朵或天耳听到别人的声音后而指摘。或以怀疑——因为见后起疑、闻后起疑、触后起疑而指摘。这里是简要说明;详细解释则应依照《一切善见》中所说的方式来理解。巴利
Codanāvatthūnīti codanākāraṇāni. Diṭṭhenāti maṃsacakkhunā vā dibbacakkhunā vā vītikkamaṃ disvā codeti. Sutenāti pakatisotena vā dibbasotena vā parassa saddaṃ sutvā codeti. Parisaṅkāya vāti diṭṭhaparisaṅkitena vā sutaparisaṅkitena vā mutaparisaṅkitena vā codeti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana samantapāsādikāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
欲生:指享受欲乐,或者获得欲乐。现前欲:就是一直执着的欲乐,一直执着的所缘。譬如人类:就像人类那样。人类确实只在自己执着的对象上行使支配。他们的心系在哪里,就算花上百千金财,把女人娶来,也一直享受固定的受用。有些天人,就是四天界的居民。他们也只在自己执着的对象上行使支配。某些堕恶趣的众生,就是除了地狱众生以外的鱼、龟等等,它们也只在自己执着的对象上行使支配。鱼对自己的雌鱼,龟对自己的雌龟。化现又化现:按青、黄等颜色,想要自己有什么样的形色,就化现出什么样的形色,就像在具寿阿那律面前那些令人悦意的天女一样。化乐天:他们对自己化现出来的种种化现物感到喜乐,所以叫化乐天。他化自在天:欲乐由他人化现。他人了知他们的心意后,就随他们所好化现欲乐受用,他们就在其中行使支配。怎么知道他人的心意呢?根据惯常受用的方式。就像善巧的厨师,国王吃饭时他多夹哪一样,就知道国王喜欢那一样;同样,了知他们一向喜好的所缘后,就化现出同样的东西。他们在其中行使支配,行淫欲。不过有些长老说:对他们来说,仅仅笑一笑、仅仅看一眼、仅仅抱一抱,欲事就完成了。这在义注里被否定说:这并不成立。因为身体没有接触,触感并不能完成欲事。因为即使对六欲界天来说,欲乐也是自然正常的。而且这样说过:巴利
Kāmūpapattiyoti kāmūpasevanā kāmappaṭilābhā vā. Paccupaṭṭhitakāmāti nibaddhakāmā nibaddhārammaṇā. Seyyathāpi manussāti yathā manussā. Manussā hi nibaddheyeva vatthusmiṃ vasaṃ vattenti . Yattha paṭibaddhacittā honti, satampi sahassampi datvā mātugāmaṃ ānetvā nibaddhabhogaṃ bhuñjanti. Ekacce devā nāma catudevalokavāsino. Tepi nibaddhavatthusmiṃyeva vasaṃ vattenti. Ekacce vinipātikā nāma nerayike ṭhapetvā avasesā macchakacchapādayopi hi nibaddhavatthusmiṃyeva vasaṃ vattenti. Maccho attano macchiyā kacchapo kacchapiyāti . Nimminitvā nimminitvāti nīlapītādivasena yādisaṃ yādisaṃ attano rūpaṃ icchanti, tādisaṃ tādisaṃ nimminitvā āyasmato anuruddhassa purato manāpakāyikā devatā viya. Nimmānaratīti evaṃ sayaṃ nimmite nimmite nimmāne rati etesanti nimmānaratī. Paranimmitakāmāti parehi nimmitakāmā. Tesañhi manaṃ ñatvā pare yathārucitaṃ kāmabhogaṃ nimminanti, te tattha vasaṃ vattenti. Kathaṃ parassa manaṃ jānantīti? Pakatisevanavasena. Yathā hi kusalo sūdo rañño bhuñjantassa yaṃ yaṃ so bahuṃ gaṇhāti, taṃ taṃ tassa ruccatīti jānāti, evaṃ pakatiyā abhirucitārammaṇaṃ ñatvā tādisakaṃyeva nimminanti. Te tattha vasaṃ vattenti, methunaṃ sevanti. Keci pana therā ‘‘hasitamattena olokitamattena āliṅgitamattena ca tesaṃ kāmakiccaṃ ijjhatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘etaṃ pana natthī’’ti paṭikkhittaṃ. Na hi kāyena aphusantassa phoṭṭhabbaṃ kāmakiccaṃ sādheti. Channampi hi kāmāvacarānaṃ kāmā pākatikā eva. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
“ 此六欲界天,众欲悉得圆满;
六天合为一数,其寿量几何耶?”巴利
‘‘Cha ete kāmāvacarā, sabbakāmasamiddhino; Sabbesaṃ ekasaṅkhātaṃ, āyu bhavati kittaka’’nti. (vibha. 1023);
“乐生”是指获得快乐。他们一次又一次地生起快乐而安住,意思是:他们在下面先修成初禅的快乐,然后在上面的果报禅那中体验快乐。“被快乐浸透”是指被第二禅的快乐浸透。“遍浸”是指从四周浸透。“遍满”是指完全充满。“遍溢”是同一个意思的另一种说法。这里也同样是就果报禅那的快乐而说的。据说他们对存在的贪爱非常强,所以只是偶尔才这样发出感叹:“真是快乐啊!真是快乐啊!”“寂静的”就是指殊胜的。“满足者”是指他们因满足于所得,不再希求更高的乐,而成为满足者。体验快乐是指体验第三禅的快乐。巴利
Sukhūpapattiyoti sukhappaṭilābhā. Uppādetvā uppādetvā sukhaṃ viharantīti te heṭṭhā paṭhamajjhānasukhaṃ nibbattetvā upari vipākajjhānasukhaṃ anubhavantīti attho. Sukhena abhisannāti dutiyajjhānasukhena tintā. Parisannāti samantato tintā. Paripūrāti paripuṇṇā. Paripphuṭāti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Idampi vipākajjhānasukhameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Ahosukhaṃ ahosukhanti tesaṃ kira bhavalobho mahā uppajjati. Tasmā kadāci karahaci evaṃ udānaṃ udānenti. Santamevāti paṇītameva. Tusitāti tato uttariṃ sukhassa apatthanato santuṭṭhā hutvā. Sukhaṃ paṭivedentīti tatiyajjhānasukhaṃ anubhavanti.
有学慧是指七种圣者的慧。阿拉汉的慧是无学慧。其余的慧既不是有学慧,也不是无学慧。巴利
Sekkhā paññāti satta ariyapaññā. Arahato paññā asekkhā. Avasesā paññā nevasekkhānāsekkhā.
关于思所成慧等的详细说明如下:其中,什么是思所成慧?在适合修行的业处中,或在适合修行的手艺处中,或在适合修行的明处中,对于业的自作,或符合真理,或了知“色是无常”……乃至……“识是无常”,像这样不从他人听闻而获得的随顺忍、见、喜好、解脱、观察、法随观忍,这称为思所成慧。其中,什么是闻所成慧?在适合修行的业处中……乃至……法随观忍,从他人听闻而获得,这称为闻所成慧。其中,什么是修所成慧?一切已入定者的慧,就是修所成慧。巴利
Cintāmayādīsu ayaṃ vitthāro – ‘‘tattha katamā cintāmayā paññā? Yogavihitesu vā kammāyatanesu yogavihitesu vā sippāyatanesu yogavihitesu vā vijjāṭṭhānesu kammassakataṃ vā saccānulomikaṃ vā rūpaṃ aniccanti vā…pe… viññāṇaṃ aniccanti vā yaṃ evarūpaṃ anulomikaṃ khantiṃ diṭṭhiṃ ruciṃ muttiṃ pekkhaṃ dhammanijjhānakkhantiṃ parato asutvā paṭilabhati, ayaṃ vuccati cintāmayā paññā. Tattha katamā sutamayā paññā? Yogavihitesu vā kammāyatanesu…pe… dhammanijjhānakkhantiṃ parato sutvā paṭilabhati, ayaṃ vuccati sutamayā paññā. (Tattha katamā bhāvanāmayā paññā?) Sabbāpi samāpannassa paññā bhāvanāmayā paññā’’ti (vibha. 768-69).
“闻为武器”的意思就是:闻本身即是武器。从含义上说,它指的就是三藏佛语。因为比丘依靠它,就像勇敢的战士依靠智慧武器一样,毫不动摇地穿越轮回的旷野,如同穿越广大的荒漠,不受恼害。正因如此,世尊说:“诸比丘,以闻为武器的圣弟子,舍断不善,修习善;舍断有过失的,修习无过失的;保持自身的清净。”(《增支部》7.67)巴利
Sutāvudhanti sutameva āvudhaṃ. Taṃ atthato tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Tañhi nissāya bhikkhu paññāvudhaṃ nissāya sūro yodho avikampamāno mahākantāraṃ viya saṃsārakantāraṃ atikkamati avihaññamāno. Teneva vuttaṃ – ‘‘sutāvudho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako akusalaṃ pajahati, kusalaṃ bhāveti, sāvajjaṃ pajahati, anavajjaṃ bhāveti, suddhamattānaṃ pariharatī’’ti (a. ni. 7.67).
“远离武器”是指身远离、心远离、依远离这三种远离,这三种远离就是武器。它们的区别是:身远离属于身已远离、乐于出离的人;心远离属于心得清净、达到最极清净的人;依远离属于无依著的人。因为乐于这三种远离,所以对任何事物都不害怕。因此,它也是从“依止”的意义上被称为武器。世间与出世间的智慧就是慧武器。拥有它的人,对任何事物都不害怕,也没有任何人害怕他。因此,它同样是从“依止”的意义上被称为武器。巴利
Pavivekāvudhanti ‘‘kāyaviveko cittaviveko upadhiviveko’’ti ayaṃ tividhopi vivekova āvudhaṃ. Tassa nānākaraṇaṃ kāyaviveko vivekaṭṭhakāyānaṃ nekkhammābhiratānaṃ. Cittaviveko ca parisuddhacittānaṃ paramavodānappattānaṃ. Upadhiviveko ca nirupadhīnaṃ puggalānaṃ. Imasmiñhi tividhe viveke abhirato, na kutoci bhāyati. Tasmā ayampi avassayaṭṭhena āvudhanti vutto. Lokiyalokuttarapaññāva āvudhaṃ paññāvudhaṃ. Yassa sā atthi, so na kutoci bhāyati, na cassa koci bhāyati. Tasmā sāpi avassayaṭṭheneva āvudhanti vuttā.
“未知当知根”是指:为了“我要了知先前未知、未解的诸法”而修行的人,在他心中生起的根。这是入流道智的别名。“已知根”是指已经达到了知状态、已经处于明了状态的根。从入流果开始,在六种情形中生起的智,都以此名称呼。“具知根”是指在已具知者——已达到了知作用究竟的诸法——上的根。这是阿拉汉果智的别名。巴利
Anaññātaññassāmītindriyanti ito pubbe anaññātaṃ aviditaṃ dhammaṃ jānissāmīti paṭipannassa uppannaṃ indriyaṃ. Sotāpattimaggañāṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Aññindriyanti aññābhūtaṃ ājānanabhūtaṃ indriyaṃ. Sotāpattiphalato paṭṭhāya chasu ṭhānesu ñāṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Aññātāvindriyanti aññātāvīsu jānanakiccapariyosānappattesu dhammesu indriyaṃ. Arahattaphalañāṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
肉眼就是眼净色。天眼通是依靠光明的智慧。慧眼则是世间与出世间的智慧。巴利
Maṃsacakkhu cakkhupasādo. Dibbacakkhu ālokanissitaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Paññācakkhu lokiyalokuttarapaññā.
在增上戒学等当中,它既是增上戒,又因为应当修学而称为“学”,所以叫增上戒学。另外两项——增上心学和增上慧学——也是同样的道理。在这里,戒就是增上戒,心就是增上心,慧就是增上慧,应当知道有这样的区分——巴利
Adhisīlasikkhādīsu adhisīlañca taṃ sikkhitabbato sikkhā cāti adhisīlasikkhā. Itarasmiṃ dvayepi eseva nayo. Tattha sīlaṃ adhisīlaṃ, cittaṃ adhicittaṃ, paññā adhipaññāti ayaṃ pabhedo veditabbo –
戒,是指五戒和十戒;巴帝摩卡律仪则叫增上戒。八等至是心,以观为基础的禅那则是增上心。业自属智是慧,观慧则是增上慧。因为即使在没有佛出世的时代,五戒和十戒也照样存在,所以它们只是戒;而巴帝摩卡律仪只在佛出世时才出现,所以叫增上戒。心和慧也是同样的道理。另外,如果一个人为了追求涅槃而受持五戒或十戒,这些戒也就是增上戒;他所证入的八等至也就是增上心。或者说,一切世间的戒都只是戒,出世间的才是增上戒。心和慧也是同样的道理。巴利
Sīlaṃ nāma pañcasīladasasīlāni, pātimokkhasaṃvaro adhisīlaṃ nāma. Aṭṭha samāpattiyo cittaṃ, vipassanāpādakajjhānaṃ adhicittaṃ. Kammassakatañāṇaṃ paññā, vipassanāpaññā adhipaññā. Anuppannepi hi buddhuppāde pavattatīti pañcasīladasasīlāni sīlameva, pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ buddhuppādeyeva pavattatīti adhisīlaṃ. Cittapaññāsupi eseva nayo. Apica nibbānaṃ patthayantena samādinnaṃ pañcasīlampi dasasīlampi adhisīlameva. Samāpannā aṭṭha samāpattiyopi adhicittameva. Sabbaṃ vā lokiyaṃ sīlameva, lokuttaraṃ adhisīlaṃ. Cittapaññāsupi eseva nayo.
在种种修习当中,漏尽者的五门身,叫做身修习。八等至叫做心修习。阿拉汉果的智慧叫做慧修习。因为漏尽者的五门身确实已经完全修习好了,他的八等至也不像别人的那样虚弱,而他的智慧因为已经达到了智慧的圆满,所以叫做已修习的智慧。因此才这样说。巴利
Bhāvanāsu khīṇāsavassa pañcadvārikakāyo kāyabhāvanā nāma. Aṭṭha samāpattiyo cittabhāvanā nāma. Arahattaphalapaññā paññābhāvanā nāma. Khīṇāsavassa hi ekanteneva pañcadvārikakāyo subhāvito hoti. Aṭṭha samāpattiyo cassa na aññesaṃ viya dubbalā, tasseva ca paññā bhāvitā nāma hoti paññāvepullapattiyā. Tasmā evaṃ vuttaṃ.
在种种“无上”当中,观属于“见无上”,道属于“行道无上”,果属于“解脱无上”。或者也可以说:果是“见无上”,道是“行道无上”,涅槃是“解脱无上”。又或者说:涅槃就是“见无上”,因为再没有比涅槃更值得见到的法了;道是“行道无上”,果是“解脱无上”。“无上”就是最高、最殊胜的意思。巴利
Anuttariyesu vipassanā dassanānuttariyaṃ maggo paṭipadānussariyaṃ. Phalaṃ vimuttānuttariyaṃ. Phalaṃ vā dassanānuttariyaṃ. Maggo paṭipadānuttariyaṃ. Nibbānaṃ vimuttānuttariyaṃ. Nibbānaṃ vā dassanānuttariyaṃ, tato uttariñhi daṭṭhabbaṃ nāma natthi. Maggo paṭipadānuttariyaṃ. Phalaṃ vimuttānuttariyaṃ. Anuttariyanti uttamaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ.
在各种定当中,初禅的定有寻也有伺。按五分法来说,第二禅的定没有寻,只有伺。其余的定则是没有寻也没有伺。巴利
Samādhīsu paṭhamajjhānasamādhi savitakkasavicāro. Pañcakanayena dutiyajjhānasamādhi avitakkavicāramatto. Seso avitakkaavicāro.
关于空、无相、无愿有三种说法:从来源说,从功德说,从所缘说。
从来源说:有一位比丘以无我而深入,以无我而观见,以无我而出起,他的观就叫做“空”。为什么呢?因为不存在那些会制造“不空”状态的烦恼。以观为来源,道定就叫做“空”;以道为来源,果定就叫做“空”。
另一位比丘以无常而深入,以无常而观见,以无常而出起,他的观就叫做“无相”。为什么呢?因为不存在那些会制造“相”的烦恼。以观为来源,道定就叫做“无相”;以道为来源,果定就叫做“无相”。
还有一位比丘以苦而深入,以苦而观见,以苦而出起,他的观就叫做“无愿”。为什么呢?因为不存在那些会制造“愿求”的烦恼。以观为来源,道定就叫做“无愿”;以道为来源,果定就叫做“无愿”。
这就是从来源说的部分。
从功德说:道定因为远离贪等烦恼而空,所以是“空”;因为没有贪等烦恼的相,所以是“无相”;因为没有贪等烦恼的愿求,所以是“无愿”。
从所缘说:涅槃因为远离贪等烦恼,并且没有贪等烦恼的相和愿求,所以涅槃既是“空”,也是“无相”,也是“无愿”。以涅槃为所缘的道定,就是空、无相、无愿。
这就是从所缘说的部分。巴利
Suññatādīsu tividhā kathā āgamanato, saguṇato, ārammaṇatoti. Āgamanato nāma eko bhikkhu anattato abhinivisitvā anattato disvā anattato vuṭṭhāti, tassa vipassanā suññatā nāma hoti. Kasmā? Asuññatattakārakānaṃ kilesānaṃ abhāvā. Vipassanāgamanena maggasamādhi suññato nāma hoti. Maggāgamanena phalasamādhi suññato nāma. Aparo aniccato abhinivisitvā aniccato disvā aniccato vuṭṭhāti. Tassa vipassanā animittā nāma hoti. Kasmā? Nimittakārakakilesābhāvā. Vipassanāgamanena maggasamādhi animitto nāma hoti. Maggāgamanena phalaṃ animittaṃ nāma. Aparo dukkhato abhinivisitvā dukkhato disvā dukkhato vuṭṭhāti, tassa vipassanā appaṇihitā nāma hoti. Kasmā? Paṇidhikārakakilesābhāvā. Vipassanāgamanena maggasamādhi appaṇihito nāma. Maggāgamanena phalaṃ appaṇihitaṃ nāmāti ayaṃ āgamanato kathā. Maggasamādhi pana rāgādīhi suññatattā suññato, rāganimittādīnaṃ abhāvā animitto, rāgapaṇidhiādīnaṃ abhāvā appaṇihitoti ayaṃ saguṇato kathā. Nibbānaṃ rāgādīhi suññatattā rāgādinimittapaṇidhīnañca abhāvā suññatañceva animittañca appaṇihitañca. Tadārammaṇo maggasamādhi suññato animitto appaṇihito. Ayaṃ ārammaṇato kathā.
“清净”是指能带来清净状态、属于清净修行的那些法。这里详细的解释,应该按照“其中,什么是身清净?就是远离杀生……”这样的方式,从三种善行(身、语、意)的角度来理解。巴利
Soceyyānīti sucibhāvakarā soceyyappaṭipadā dhammā. Vitthāro panettha ‘‘tattha katamaṃ kāyasoceyyaṃ? Pāṇātipātā veramaṇī’’tiādinā nayena vuttānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ vasena veditabbo.
“牟尼性”是指能成就牟尼状态、属于牟尼修行的法。它们的详细解释如下:
其中,什么是身牟尼性?断除三种身恶行是身牟尼性;三种身善行是身牟尼性;以身为所缘的智是身牟尼性;遍知身是身牟尼性;与遍知身相伴的圣道是身牟尼性;断除对身的欲贪是身牟尼性;因为身行灭尽而证入第四禅,是身牟尼性。
其中,什么是语牟尼性?断除四种语恶行是语牟尼性;四种语善行是语牟尼性;以语为所缘的智是语牟尼性;遍知语是语牟尼性;与遍知语相伴的圣道是语牟尼性;断除对语的欲贪是语牟尼性;因为语行灭尽而证入第二禅,是语牟尼性。
其中,什么是意牟尼性?断除三种意恶行是意牟尼性;三种意善行是意牟尼性;以意为所缘的智是意牟尼性;遍知意是意牟尼性;与遍知意相伴的圣道是意牟尼性;断除对意的欲贪是意牟尼性;因为心行灭尽而证入想受灭尽定,是意牟尼性。巴利
Moneyyānīti munibhāvakarā moneyyappaṭipadā dhammā. Tesaṃ vitthāro ‘‘tattha katamaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ? Tividhakāyaduccaritassa pahānaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, tividhaṃ kāyasucaritaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyapariññā kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyapariññāsahagato maggo kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyasmiṃ chandarāgappahānaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyasaṅkhāranirodhā catutthajjhānasamāpatti kāyamoneyyaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ? Catubbidhavacīduccaritassa pahānaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ, catubbidhaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ, vācārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ vācāpariññā vacīmoneyyaṃ pariññāsahagato maggo, vācāya chandarāgappahānaṃ, vacīsaṅkhāranirodhā dutiyajjhānasamāpatti vacīmoneyyaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ manomoneyyaṃ? Tividhamanoduccaritassa pahānaṃ manomoneyyaṃ , tividhaṃ manosucaritaṃ manomoneyyaṃ, manārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ manomoneyyaṃ, manopariññā manomoneyyaṃ. Pariññāsahagato maggo, manasmiṃ chandarāgappahānaṃ , cittasaṅkhāranirodhā saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpatti manomoneyya’’nti (mahāni. 14).
在“善巧”当中,“利”就是增长,“非利”就是不增长。针对每一种具体情况的方法,就是“方便”。对这些情况的了知,就是“善巧”。详细的解释,在《分别论》里已经说过了。巴利
Kosallesu āyoti vuḍḍhi. Apāyoti avuḍḍhi. Tassa tassa kāraṇaṃ upāyo. Tesaṃ pajānanā kosallaṃ. Vitthāro pana vibhaṅge vuttoyeva.
世尊这样说:其中,什么是“利善巧”?当人作意这些法时,未生起的不善法不生起,已生起的不善法灭尽;或者,当人作意这些法时,未生起的善法生起,已生起的善法增长、广大、修习、圆满——在这个过程中,所有的慧、了知……正见,这称为“利善巧”。其中,什么是“非利善巧”?当人作意这些法时,未生起的善法不生起,已生起的善法灭尽;或者,当人作意这些法时,未生起的不善法生起,已生起的不善法增长、广大、修习、圆满——在这个过程中,所有的慧、了知……正见,这称为“非利善巧”。凡与这些相应的慧,都是“方便善巧”。不过,当紧急事务或恐惧发生时,为了对治它们,应当只从对当下生起之因的了知来理解这就是方便善巧。巴利
Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ āyakosallaṃ? Ime dhamme manasikaroto anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā nuppajjanti, uppannā ca akusalā dhammā nirujjhanti. Ime vā pana me dhamme manasikaroto anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti, uppannā ca kusalā dhammā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattantīti, yā tattha paññā pajānanā…pe… sammādiṭṭhi. Idaṃ vuccati āyakosallaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ apāyakosallaṃ? Ime dhamme manasikaroto anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā na uppajjanti, uppannā ca kusalā dhammā nirujjhanti. Ime vā pana me dhamme manasikaroto anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā uppajjanti, uppannā ca akusalā dhammā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattantīti, yā tattha paññā pajānanā…pe… sammādiṭṭhi. Idaṃ vuccati apāyakosallaṃ. Sabbāpi tatrupāyā paññā upāyakosalla’’nti (vibha. 771). Idaṃ pana accāyikakicce vā bhaye vā uppanne tassa tikicchanatthaṃ ṭhānuppattiyā kāraṇajānanavaseneva veditabbaṃ.
所谓“慢”,就是以陶醉的方式生起。其中,无病慢是这样生起的:“我健康无病,已经过了六七十年,连一片诃子都没嚼过,而别人却这里痛那里痛,到处找药吃,除了我以外,还有谁像我这样健康无病呢?”像这样生起的慢,就是无病慢。青春慢是这样生起的:“等我们老了再修福吧,现在还年轻。”依靠年轻而生起的慢,就是青春慢。寿命慢是这样生起的:“我长久地活过来了,我正长久地活着,我将长久地活着;我快乐地活过来了,我正快乐地活着,我将快乐地活着。”像这样生起的慢,就是寿命慢。巴利
Madāti majjanākāravasena pavattamānā. Tesu ‘‘ahaṃ nirogo saṭṭhi vā sattati vā vassāni atikkantāni, na me harītakīkhaṇḍampi khāditapubbaṃ, ime panaññe asukaṃ nāma ṭhānaṃ rujjati, bhesajjaṃ khādāmāti vicaranti, ko añño mādiso nirogo nāmā’’ti evaṃ mānakaraṇaṃ ārogyamado. ‘‘Mahallakakāle puññaṃ karissāma, daharamha tāvā’’ti yobbane ṭhatvā mānakaraṇaṃ yobbanamado. ‘‘Ciraṃ jīviṃ, ciraṃ jīvāmi, ciraṃ jīvissāmi; sukhaṃ jīviṃ, sukhaṃ jīvāmi, sukhaṃ jīvissāmī’’ti evaṃ mānakaraṇaṃ jīvitamado.
在诸增上中,从增上而来,就是增上。如果这样想:“我具有这样的戒、定、慧、解脱,造恶对我并不合适”,把自己当作增上、当作最尊贵,因而不作恶,这叫作自增上。把世间当作增上而不作恶,这叫作世增上。把出世间法当作增上而不作恶,这叫作法增上。巴利
Ādhipateyyesu adhipatito āgataṃ ādhipateyyaṃ. ‘‘Ettakomhi sīlena samādhinā paññāya vimuttiyā, na me etaṃ patirūpa’’nti evaṃ attānaṃ adhipattiṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā pāpassa akaraṇaṃ attādhipateyyaṃ nāma. Lokaṃ adhipatiṃ katvā akaraṇaṃ lokādhipateyyaṃ nāma. Lokuttaradhammaṃ adhipatiṃ katvā akaraṇaṃ dhammādhipateyyaṃ nāma.
论事,就是谈论的起因。或者说“过去的时间”,是指过去的法,意思是过去的诸蕴。另外,在这里还应当依据《言路经》来说明其含义。经中这样说:“比丘们,凡是过去的色,已经灭去、已经变易,对它就有‘曾有’这个名称,有‘曾有’这个施设,有‘曾有’这个称呼;对它没有‘存在’这个名称,也没有‘将来会有’这个名称。”巴利
Kathāvatthūnīti kathākāraṇāni. Atītaṃ vā addhānanti atītaṃ dhammaṃ, atītakkhandheti attho. Apica ‘‘yaṃ, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇataṃ, ‘ahosī’ti tassa saṅkhā, ‘ahosī’ti tassa paññatti ‘ahosī’ti tassa samaññā, na tassa saṅkhā ‘atthī’ti, na tassa saṅkhā ‘bhavissatī’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.62) evaṃ āgatena niruttipathasuttenapettha attho dīpetabbo.
明,就是以刺破黑暗的意思称为明;也是以让人清楚了知的意思称为明。宿住随念智生起的时候,会刺破覆盖宿住的黑暗,同时让宿住变得清楚可知,所以称为明。死生智会刺破覆盖死亡与结生的黑暗,也让它们变得清楚可知,所以称为明。漏尽智会刺破覆盖四圣谛的黑暗,同时让四圣谛法变得清楚可知,所以称为明。巴利
Vijjāti tamavijjhanaṭṭhena vijjā. Viditakaraṇaṭṭhenāpi vijjā. Pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇañhi uppajjamānaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ chādetvā ṭhitaṃ tamaṃ vijjhati, pubbenivāsañca viditaṃ karotīti vijjā. Cutūpapātañāṇaṃ cutipaṭisandhicchādakaṃ tamaṃ vijjhati, tañca viditaṃ karotīti vijjā. Āsavānaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ catusaccacchādakaṃ tamaṃ vijjhati, catusaccadhammañca viditaṃ karotīti vijjā.
在诸住中,八等至是天住,四无量是梵住,果等至是圣住。巴利
Vihāresu aṭṭha samāpattiyo dibbo vihāro. Catasso appamaññā brahmā vihāro. Phalasamāpatti ariyo vihāro.
诸神变在《给瓦塔经》里已经详细讲过了。巴利
Pāṭihāriyāni kevaṭṭasutte vitthāritāneva.
“贤友,这些……”等地方,应当完全按照前面所说的方式去理解。长老这样以六十组三法来解说一百八十个问题,显示了和合之味。巴利
‘‘Ime kho, āvuso’’tiādīsu vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti samasaṭṭhiyā tikānaṃ vasena asītisatapañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
306 306. 这样,先用三法的方式显示了和合之味,现在为了用四法的方式显示,又再次开始开示。其中,“念处四法”前面已经详细解释过了。巴利
306. Iti tikavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni catukkavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha ‘‘satipaṭṭhānacatukkaṃ’’ pubbe vitthāritameva.
在正勤四法中,生起欲,是指生起如下所说的想做之心:那种欲、欲求、想做性、对善法的欲求。努力,就是付出精勤。发勤精进,就是激发精进之力。策励心,就是支撑、提策其心。这是此处的简略解释;详细解释则见于《正勤分别》。巴利
Sammappadhānacatukke chandaṃ janetīti ‘‘yo chando chandikatā kattukamyatā kusalo dhammacchando’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ kattukamyataṃ janeti. Vāyamatīti vāyāmaṃ karoti. Vīriyaṃ ārabhatīti vīriyaṃ janeti. Cittaṃ paggaṇhātīti cittaṃ upatthambheti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo . Vitthāro pana sammappadhānavibhaṅge āgatoyeva.
在四神足中,依靠欲而生起的定,就是欲定。成为精勤的诸行,就是勤行。具足,就是具备那些法。是神通的足,或者已成为神通的足,所以叫神足。其余几个神足也是同样的道理。这里是简略说明,详细的解释在《神足分别》里已经讲过。它的含义在《清净道论》里也有阐明。关于禅那的讨论,《清净道论》里也已经详细说明了。巴利
Iddhipādesu chandaṃ nissāya pavatto samādhi chandasamādhi. Padhānabhūtā saṅkhārā padhānasaṅkhārā. Samannāgatanti tehi dhammehi upetaṃ. Iddhiyā pādaṃ, iddhibhūtaṃ vā pādanti iddhipādaṃ. Sesesupi eseva nayo. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana iddhipādavibhaṅge āgato eva. Visuddhimagge panassa attho dīpito. Jhānakathāpi visuddhimagge vitthāritāva.
307 “为现法安乐住”,就是为了在这同一期生命中获得安乐而住。这里说的是果等至的禅那,以及漏尽者在后来生起的禅那。巴利
307.Diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāyāti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve sukhavihāratthāya. Idha phalasamāpattijhānāni, khīṇāsavassa aparabhāge nibbattitajhānāni ca kathitāni.
作意光明想:不论白天还是夜晚,对太阳、月亮、灯火、摩尼宝珠等的光明,都把它当作光明来作意。确立昼想:这样作意之后,就安立“这是白天”的想法。如昼,夜亦如是:就像白天所见的光明那样,夜里也同样作意它。如夜,昼亦如是:就像夜里所见的光明那样,白天也同样作意它。以此无覆之心:就是以这样敞开、没有遮盖的心。无缠缚:就是完全没有被缠绕束缚。有光辉:就是带着光耀。为证得智见:就是为了获得智见。这段话说了什么?说的是用来驱除昏沉睡眠的光明,或者说是遍作相的光明。这里进一步说明的是什么?是漏尽者的天眼智。而那天眼,不论已经生起还是尚未生起,都是依据他们达到禅那的、有光辉的心来说的,所以说“修习有光辉的心”。巴利
Ālokasaññaṃ manasikarotīti divā vā rattiṃ vā sūriyacandapajjotamaṇiādīnaṃ ālokaṃ ālokoti manasikaroti. Divāsaññaṃ adhiṭṭhātīti evaṃ manasi katvā divātisaññaṃ ṭhapeti. Yathā divā tathā rattinti yathā divā diṭṭho āloko, tatheva taṃ rattiṃ manasikaroti. Yathā rattiṃ tathā divāti yathā rattiṃ āloko diṭṭho, evameva divā manasikaroti. Iti vivaṭena cetasāti evaṃ apihitena cittena. Apariyonaddhenāti samantato anaddhena. Sappabhāsanti saobhāsaṃ. Ñāṇadassanapaṭilābhāyāti ñāṇadassanapaṭilābhatthāya. Iminā kiṃ kathitaṃ? Middhavinodanaāloko kathito parikammaāloko vā. Iminā kiṃ kathitaṃ hoti? Khīṇāsavassa dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ. Tasmiṃ vā āgatepi anāgatepi pādakajjhānasamāpattimeva sandhāya ‘‘sappabhāsaṃ cittaṃ bhāvetī’’ti vuttaṃ.
“为了念与正知”是指:为了成就具备七处善巧的念与正知。在“已知受生起”等说法中,对于漏尽者来说,所依处是已知的,所缘是已知的,所依处和所缘都是已知的。正因为所依处和所缘已知,所以能知道受是这样生起的、这样停留的、这样灭去的。而且,这里不只是说了受,明确提到的想等心所,以及没有明确提到的思等心所,也都是在被了知的情况下生起、停留和灭去的。再者,受的生起是已知的,受的现起也是已知的。由无明集而有受集,由渴爱集而有业集,由触集而有受集。观察生起相的人,就是在观察受蕴的集起。这样,受的生起就是已知的。那么,受的现起怎样才是已知的呢?以无常作意时,了知现起具有灭尽相;以苦作意时,了知现起具有怖畏相;以无我作意时,了知现起具有空相。这样,受的现起就是已知的——从灭尽、怖畏、空的角度来了知。受的灭去怎样才是已知的呢?由无明灭而有受灭……如是,受的灭去就是已知的。应当以这一方式理解这里的含义。巴利
Satisampajaññāyāti sattaṭṭhānikassa satisampajaññassa atthāya. Viditā vedanā uppajjantītiādīsu khīṇāsavassa vatthu viditaṃ hoti ārammaṇaṃ viditaṃ vatthārammaṇaṃ viditaṃ. Vatthārammaṇaviditatāya evaṃ vedanā uppajjanti, evaṃ tiṭṭhanti, evaṃ nirujjhanti. Na kevalañca vedanā eva idha vuttā saññādayopi , avuttā cetanādayopi, viditā ca uppajjanti ceva tiṭṭhanti ca nirujjhanti ca. Api ca vedanāya uppādo vidito hoti, upaṭṭhānaṃ viditaṃ hoti. Avijjāsamudayā vedanāsamudayo, taṇhāsamudayā kammasamudayo, phassasamudayā vedanāyasamudayo. Nibbattilakkhaṇaṃ passantopi vedanākkhandhassa samudayaṃ passati. Evaṃ vedanāya uppādo vidito hoti. Kathaṃ vedanāya upaṭṭhānaṃ viditaṃ hoti? Aniccato manasikaroto khayatūpaṭṭhānaṃ viditaṃ hoti. Dukkhato manasikaroto bhayatūpaṭṭhānaṃ viditaṃ hoti. Anattato manasikaroto suññatūpaṭṭhānaṃ viditaṃ hoti. Evaṃ vedanāya upaṭṭhānaṃ viditaṃ hoti, khayato bhayato suññato jānāti. Kathaṃ vedanāya atthaṅgamo vidito hoti? Avijjānirodhā vedanānirodho.…Pe… evaṃ vedanāya atthaṅgamo vidito hoti. Imināpi nayenettha attho veditabbo.
“像这样是色”等等,只是按照前面所说的方式理解。“贤友,这就是定的修习”,意思是:作为漏尽智基础的禅那定的修习。巴利
Itirūpantiādi vuttanayameva. Ayaṃ āvuso samādhibhāvanāti ayaṃ āsavānaṃ khayañāṇassa pādakajjhānasamādhibhāvanā.
308 “无量”是指不取任何限量,以毫无遗漏地遍满一切的方式(修习),所以叫无量。至于逐词解释,以及这些(无量心)的修习和入定方法,在《清净道论》里已经详细说明了。关于无色(定)的论述,在《清净道论》里也已经详细说明了。巴利
308.Appamaññāti pamāṇaṃ agahetvā anavasesapharaṇavasena appamaññāva. Anupadavaṇṇanā pana bhāvanāsamādhividhānañca etāsaṃ visuddhimagge vitthāritameva. Arūpakathāpi visuddhimagge vitthāritāva.
依凭处,就是所依凭的。审察,就是用智慧去了解。受用,就是用智慧了解之后,只受用应当受用的。它的详细内容,可以按照“经过审察、如理地受用衣服”这样的方式来了知。审察之后忍受某一种,就是用智慧了解之后,只忍受应当忍受的。这里的详细内容,应当按照“经过审察、如理地忍耐寒冷”这样的方式来了知。回避,就是用智慧了解之后,只回避应当回避的。它的详细内容,应当按照“经过审察、如理地避开狂暴的大象”这样的方式来了知。遣除,就是用智慧了解之后,只遣除应当遣除的,把它推开、赶走,不让它进入内心。它的详细内容,应当按照“对已经生起的欲寻不去忍受它”这样的方式来了知。巴利
Apassenānīti apassayāni. Saṅkhāyāti ñāṇena ñatvā. Paṭisevatīti ñāṇena ñatvā sevitabbayuttakameva sevati. Tassa ca vitthāro ‘‘paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cīvaraṃ paribhuñjatī’’tiādinā nayena veditabbo. Saṅkhāyekaṃ adhivāsetīti ñāṇena ñatvā adhivāsetabbayuttakameva adhivāseti. Vitthāro panettha ‘‘paṭisaṅkhā yoniso khamo hoti sītassā’’tiādinā nayena veditabbo. Parivajjetīti ñāṇena ñatvā parivajjetuṃ yuttameva parivajjeti. Tassa vitthāro ‘‘paṭisaṅkhā yoniso caṇḍaṃ hatthiṃ parivajjetī’’tiādinā nayena veditabbo. Vinodetīti ñāṇena ñatvā vinodetabbameva vinodeti, nudati nīharati anto pavisituṃ na deti. Tassa vitthāro ‘‘uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī’’tiādinā nayena veditabbo.
四圣种注释巴利
Ariyavaṃsacatukkavaṇṇanā
309 圣传承,就是诸圣者的传承。比如有刹帝利传承、婆罗门传承、吠舍传承、首陀罗传承、沙门传承、家族传承、王族传承,同样,这第八种圣传承——也就是圣者的传统、圣者的世系——就叫做圣传承。而这一圣传承在所有这些传承当中,就像黑沉香等香在根香等香中一样,被称为最上等。那么,这些传承属于哪些圣者呢?圣者指的是诸佛、独觉佛和如来的弟子,这些圣者的传承就是圣传承。因为在四阿僧祇又十万劫之前,出现了爱作佛、慧作佛、归依作佛、燃灯佛这四位佛陀,他们是圣者,这些圣者的传承就是圣传承。那些佛陀般涅槃之后,又经过一阿僧祇劫,一位名叫孔丹尼亚的佛陀出现……(中略)……在这个劫中,咖咕桑特、果纳嘎玛那、迦叶,以及我们的世尊乔达摩,这四位佛陀出现。这些圣者的传承就是圣传承。此外,过去、未来、现在的一切佛、独觉佛、佛弟子,这些圣者的传承就是圣传承。这些传承应当知道是最初的、最上的;应当知道是久远的、长久流传的;应当知道是名副其实的传承。巴利
309.Ariyavaṃsāti ariyānaṃ vaṃsā. Yathā hi khattiyavaṃso, brāhmaṇavaṃso, vessavaṃso, suddavaṃso, samaṇavaṃso, kulavaṃso, rājavaṃso, evaṃ ayampi aṭṭhamo ariyavaṃso ariyatanti ariyapaveṇī nāma hoti. So kho panāyaṃ ariyavaṃso imesaṃ vaṃsānaṃ mūlagandhādīnaṃ kāḷānusāritagandhādayo viya aggamakkhāyati. Ke pana te ariyā yesaṃ ete vaṃsāti? Ariyā vuccanti buddhā ca paccekabuddhā ca tathāgatasāvakā ca, etesaṃ ariyānaṃ vaṃsāti ariyavaṃsā. Ito pubbe hi satasahassakappādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake taṇhaṅkaro medhaṅkaro saraṇaṅkaro dīpaṅkaroti cattāro buddhā uppannā, te ariyā, tesaṃ ariyānaṃ vaṃsāti ariyavaṃsā. Tesaṃ buddhānaṃ parinibbānato aparabhāge asaṅkhyeyyaṃ atikkamitvā koṇḍañño nāma buddho uppanno…pe… imasmiṃ kappe kakusandho, koṇāgamano, kassapo, amhākaṃ bhagavā gotamoti cattāro buddhā uppannā. Tesaṃ ariyānaṃ vaṃsāti ariyavaṃsā. Apica atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṃ sabbabuddhapaccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ ariyānaṃ vaṃsāti ariyavaṃsā. Te kho panete aggaññā aggāti jānitabbā. Rattaññā dīgharattaṃ pavattāti jānitabbā. Vaṃsaññā vaṃsāti jānitabbā.
古旧,是指不是现在才出现的。它没有被混杂,没有被搅乱,也没有被去掉。过去没有被混杂,是说过去诸佛没有把它混杂掉。会不会有人想“要这些有什么用”,然后把它去掉呢?不会。现在也不被去掉,是说现在也不会被去掉。未来也不被去掉,是说未来诸佛也不会把它去掉。世间有智慧的沙门婆罗门不排斥它,有智慧的沙门婆罗门不指责它、不非难它。巴利
Porāṇāti na adhunuppattikā. Asaṃkiṇṇā avikiṇṇā anapanītā. Asaṃkiṇṇapubbā atītabuddhehi na saṃkiṇṇapubbā. ‘‘Kiṃ imehī’’ti na apanītapubbā? Na saṅkīyantīti idānipi na apanīyanti. Na saṅkīyissantīti anāgatabuddhehipi na apanīyissanti, ye loke viññū samaṇabrāhmaṇā, tehi appaṭikuṭṭhā, samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi aninditā agarahitā.
“他是知足的”:因为对资具知足,所以他是知足的。“以任何一种衣”:无论是厚的、薄的、粗糙的、精美的、结实的、破旧的,随便哪一种都行。意思是,对于如法所得等各种衣,无论得到哪一种,他都知足。关于衣有三种知足:随所得知足、随能力知足、随适宜知足。对于抟食等其他资具,也是同样的道理。它们的详细解说,应依照《沙门果经》中所说的方式来了知。正是针对这三种知足,才说“他是知足的,对于如法所得等各种衣中无论哪一种都知足”。巴利
Santuṭṭho hotīti paccayasantosavasena santuṭṭho hoti. Itarītarena cīvarenāti thūlasukhumalūkhapaṇītathirajiṇṇānaṃ yena kenaci. Atha kho yathāladdhādīnaṃ itarītarena yena kenaci santuṭṭho hotīti attho. Cīvarasmiñhi tayo santosā – yathālābhasantoso, yathābalasantoso, yathāsāruppasantosoti. Piṇḍapātādīsupi eseva nayo. Tesaṃ vitthārakathā sāmaññaphale vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Ime tayo santose sandhāya ‘‘santuṭṭho hoti, itarītarena yathāladdhādīsu yena kenaci cīvarena santuṭṭho hotī’’ti vuttaṃ.
在这里,应当了解衣、衣的来源、粪扫衣、对衣的知足,以及与衣相关的头陀支。其中,“应当了解衣”是指:应当了解亚麻等六种衣,以及细布等六种随顺衣。这十二种是如法的衣。而吉祥草衣、树皮衣、木片衣、人发毯、兽毛毯、粗麻布、皮革、猫头鹰翅膀衣、树皮布、藤布、茅草布、芭蕉布、竹布等,这些是不如法的衣。“衣的来源”是指:从僧团、从别众、从亲戚、从朋友、从自己的财物,以及粪扫衣,这样六种来源;也应当根据八种论母,了解八种来源。“粪扫衣”是指应当了解二十三种粪扫衣:冢间衣、店前衣、路边衣、垃圾堆衣、产秽衣、沐浴衣、渡口衣、送去又带回的衣、火烧衣、牛嚼衣、白蚁啃过的衣、老鼠啃过的衣、断边衣、断缘衣、旗幡衣、塔衣、沙门衣、海漂衣、灌顶衣、路上行人留下的衣、风吹来的衣、神通所变的衣、天授衣。巴利
Ettha ca cīvaraṃ jānitabbaṃ, cīvarakkhettaṃ jānitabbaṃ, paṃsukūlaṃ jānitabbaṃ, cīvarasantoso jānitabbo, cīvarapaṭisaṃyuttāni dhutaṅgāni jānitabbāni. Tattha cīvaraṃ jānitabbanti khomādīni cha cīvarāni dukūlādīni cha anulomacīvarāni jānitabbāni. Imāni dvādasa kappiyacīvarāni. Kusacīraṃ vākacīraṃ phalakacīraṃ kesakambalaṃ vāḷakambalaṃ potthako cammaṃ ulūkapakkhaṃ rukkhadussaṃ latādussaṃ erakadussaṃ kadalidussaṃ veḷudussanti evamādīni pana akappiyacīvarāni. Cīvarakkhettanti ‘‘saṅghato vā gaṇato vā ñātito vā mittato vā attano vā dhanena paṃsukūlaṃ vā’’ti evaṃ uppajjanato cha khettāni, aṭṭhannañca mātikānaṃ vasena aṭṭha khettāni jānitabbāni. Paṃsukūlanti sosānikaṃ, pāpaṇikaṃ, rathiyaṃ saṅkārakūṭakaṃ, sotthiyaṃ, sinānaṃ, titthaṃ, gatapaccāgataṃ, aggidaḍḍhaṃ, gokhāyitaṃ upacikakhāyitaṃ, undūrakhāyitaṃ, antacchinnaṃ, dasācchinnaṃ, dhajāhaṭaṃ, thūpaṃ, samaṇacīvaraṃ, sāmuddiyaṃ, ābhisekiyaṃ, panthikaṃ, vātāhaṭaṃ, iddhimayaṃ, devadattiyanti tevīsati paṃsukūlāni veditabbāni.
这里,“产秽衣”是指擦胎血的布。“送往还衣”是指盖过尸体、送到墓地后又带回来的布。“旗幡衣”是指把旗子升起来后,从那里取回来的布。“塔衣”是指在蚁丘上供养过的布。“海漂衣”是指被海浪冲到岸上的布。“路者衣”是指走在路上的人因为害怕盗贼,用石头捶打后披覆的布。“神通衣”是指“善来比丘”所得的布。其余的都很清楚。巴利
Ettha ca sotthiyanti gabbhamalaharaṇaṃ. Gatapaccāgatanti matakasarīraṃ pārupitvā susānaṃ netvā ānītacīvaraṃ. Dhajāhaṭanti dhajaṃ ussāpetvā tato ānītaṃ. Thūpanti vammike pūjitacīvaraṃ . Sāmuddiyanti samuddavīcīhi thalaṃ pāpitaṃ. Panthikanti panthaṃ gacchantehi corabhayena pāsāṇehi koṭṭetvā pārutacīvaraṃ. Iddhimayanti ehibhikkhucīvaraṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
关于衣的知足有二十种:思择的知足、前往的知足、寻求的知足、获得的知足、适量接受的知足、避免贪求的知足、随所得的知足、随体力知足、随适合知足、水的知足、洗涤的知足、制作的知足、量度的知足、线的知足、缝制的知足、染色的知足、作净的知足、受用的知足、避免贮藏的知足、舍离的知足。巴利
Cīvarasantosoti vīsati cīvarasantosā, vitakkasantoso, gamanasantoso, pariyesanasantoso, paṭilābhasantoso, mattappaṭiggahaṇasantoso, loluppavivajjanasantoso, yathālābhasantoso, yathābalasantoso, yathāsāruppasantoso, udakasantoso, dhovanasantoso, karaṇasantoso, parimāṇasantoso, suttasantoso, sibbanasantoso, rajanasantoso, kappasantoso, paribhogasantoso, sannidhiparivajjanasantoso, vissajjanasantosoti.
在这里,一位受用施主布料(便服)的比丘在雨季安居三个月结束后,可以花大约一个月的时间来思惟。因为他在自恣之后,在衣月(迦絺那月)期间制作衣服。而粪扫衣比丘只需半个月就能完成。这样,大约一个月或半个月的思惟,就是“思惟知足”。而一位以思惟知足为满足的比丘,应当像那位住在东部分断王领村的粪扫衣长老一样。巴利
Tattha sādakabhikkhunā temāsaṃ nibaddhavāsaṃ vasitvā ekamāsamattaṃ vitakketuṃ vaṭṭati. So hi pavāretvā cīvaramāse cīvaraṃ karoti. Paṃsukūliko aḍḍhamāseneva karoti. Iti māsaḍḍhamāsamattaṃ vitakkanaṃ vitakkasantoso. Vitakkasantosena pana santuṭṭhena bhikkhunā pācīnakkhaṇḍarājivāsikapaṃsukūlikattherasadisena bhavitabbaṃ.
据说,那位长老来到支提山精舍,想要礼拜塔庙。他礼拜塔庙后心想:“我的僧衣破了,到人多居住的地方应该能得到。”于是他前往大寺,拜见僧团长老,问明住处后就在那里住下。第二天,他拿了僧衣,去向长老顶礼。长老问:“贤友,有什么事?”他说:“尊者,我要去村口。”长老说:“贤友,我也要去。”他说:“萨度,尊者。”他走着走着,在大菩提门的门楼那里停下来,心想:“在有福德的人居住的地方,应该能得到合意的僧衣吧。”但随即又想:“我的念头不清净。”于是就从那里折返。第二天,他从芒果园附近折返;第三天,从大塔庙的北门折返;第四天,他来到长老身边。长老心想:“这位比丘的念头恐怕不清净。”于是拿起僧衣,和他一起边走边问问题,进入了村庄。那天夜里,有一个人因为内急,把粪便拉在一块布上,然后把布丢在垃圾堆里。那位粪扫衣长老看见那块布上爬满了绿蝇,就合掌致敬。大长老问:“贤友,你为什么向垃圾堆合掌?”他回答:“尊者,我不是向垃圾堆合掌,我是向我的父亲十力如来合掌。这块粪扫衣,曾经裹过女仆的尸体然后被丢弃,要抖掉上面杯口大小的虫子,从坟场取来,这是很难做到的,尊者。”大长老心想:“粪扫衣比丘的念头是清净的。”那位粪扫衣长老也站在原地,增长观智,证得三种果位,然后拿起那块布做成僧衣披上,前往东方分断王领村,证得了最上果——阿拉汉果。巴利
Thero kira cetiyapabbatavihāre cetiyaṃ vandissāmīti āgato cetiyaṃ vanditvā cintesi ‘‘mayhaṃ cīvaraṃ jiṇṇaṃ bahūnaṃ vasanaṭṭhāne labhissāmī’’ti. So mahāvihāraṃ gantvā saṅghattheraṃ disvā vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pucchitvā tattha vuttho punadivase cīvaraṃ ādāya āgantvā theraṃ vandi. Thero kiṃ āvusoti āha. Gāmadvāraṃ, bhante, gamissāmīti. Ahampāvuso, gamissāmīti. Sādhu, bhanteti gacchanto mahābodhidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhatvā puññavantānaṃ vasanaṭṭhāne manāpaṃ labhissāmīti cintetvā aparisuddho me vitakkoti tatova paṭinivatti. Punadivase ambaṅgaṇasamīpato, punadivase mahācetiyassa uttaradvārato, tatheva paṭinivattitvā catutthadivase therassa santikaṃ agamāsi. Thero imassa bhikkhuno vitakko na parisuddho bhavissatīti cīvaraṃ gahetvā tena saddhiṃyeva pañhaṃ pucchamāno gāmaṃ pāvisi. Tañca rattiṃ eko manusso uccārapalibuddho sāṭakeyeva vaccaṃ katvā taṃ saṅkāraṭṭhāne chaḍḍesi. Paṃsukūlikatthero taṃ nīlamakkhikāhi samparikiṇṇaṃ disvā añjaliṃ paggahesi. Mahāthero ‘‘kiṃ, āvuso, saṅkāraṭṭhānassa añjaliṃ paggaṇhāsī’’ti? ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhante, saṅkāraṭṭhānassa añjaliṃ paggaṇhāmi, mayhaṃ pitu dasabalassa paggaṇhāmi, puṇṇadāsiyā sarīraṃ pārupitvā chaḍḍitaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ tumbamatte pāṇake vidhunitvā susānato gaṇhantena dukkaraṃ kataṃ, bhante’’ti. Mahāthero ‘‘parisuddho vitakko paṃsukūlikassā’’ti cintesi. Paṃsukūlikattheropi tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne ṭhito vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā tīṇi phalāni patto taṃ sāṭakaṃ gahetvā cīvaraṃ katvā pārupitvā pācīnakkhaṇḍarājiṃ gantvā aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇi.
为了袈裟而出门时,心里不去盘算“我能在哪里得到”,而是把业处放在第一位就走,这就叫前往的知足。巴利
Cīvaratthāya gacchantassa pana ‘‘kattha labhissāmī’’ti acintetvā kammaṭṭhānasīseneva gamanaṃ gamanasantoso nāma.
不过,当他在寻求的时候,不跟随便哪个人结伴去寻求,而是带上一位有惭愧心、品行端正的比丘一起去寻求,这就叫寻求的知足。巴利
Pariyesantassa pana yena vā tena vā saddhiṃ apariyesitvā lajjiṃ pesalaṃ bhikkhuṃ gahetvā pariyesanaṃ pariyesanasantoso nāma.
他这样寻求时,远远看见有人送来袈裟,不会先想“这件会合意,那件不合意”,而是无论粗细好坏,得到什么就满足于什么,这就叫获得之知足。巴利
Evaṃ pariyesantassa āhariyamānaṃ cīvaraṃ dūrato disvā ‘‘etaṃ manāpaṃ bhavissati, etaṃ amanāpa’’nti evaṃ avitakketvā thūlasukhumādīsu yathāladdheneva santussanaṃ paṭilābhasantoso nāma.
即使是这样得到袈裟而接受的人,也会想“这么多够做双层,这么多够做单层”,只以自己够用的量就感到满足,这叫作适量受取之知足。巴利
Evaṃ laddhaṃ gaṇhantassāpi ‘‘ettakaṃ dupaṭṭassa bhavissati, ettakaṃ ekapaṭṭassā’’ti attano pahonakamatteneva santussanaṃ mattappaṭiggahaṇasantoso nāma.
比丘在寻找袈裟时,不去盘算“我要在某户人家门口得到合意的袈裟”,而是挨家挨户依次而行,这就叫舍离贪求的知足。巴利
Cīvaraṃ pariyesantassa pana ‘‘asukassa gharadvāre manāpaṃ labhissāmī’’ti acintetvā dvārapaṭipāṭiyā caraṇaṃ loluppavivajjanasantoso nāma.
对粗糙或精美的资具,能靠随便得到的任何东西维持生活,就依着所得而活,这叫作随得知足。巴利
Lūkhapaṇītesu yena kenaci yāpetuṃ sakkontassa yathāladdheneva yāpanaṃ yathālābhasantoso nāma.
了解了自己的力量后,能靠什么维持生活,就靠那个来维持,这叫作随力知足。巴利
Attano thāmaṃ jānitvā yena yāpetuṃ sakkoti, tena yāpanaṃ yathābalasantoso nāma.
把合自己心意的东西送给别人,自己靠随便什么方式维持生活,这就叫随适合知足。巴利
Manāpaṃ aññassa datvā attano yena kenaci yāpanaṃ yathāsāruppasantoso nāma.
不先去挑“哪里的水合意、哪里的水不合意”,只要是有水可以用来洗,就拿它来洗,这就叫“水知足”。不过,像黄泥水、赭石水、烂树叶汁这类脏水,还是应该避免使用。巴利
‘‘Kattha udakaṃ manāpaṃ, kattha amanāpa’’nti avicāretvā yena kenaci dhovanupagena udakena dhovanaṃ udakasantoso nāma. Paṇḍumattikagerukapūtipaṇṇarasakiliṭṭhāni pana udakāni vajjetuṃ vaṭṭati.
洗的时候,用杵之类的工具把污垢打掉,再用手揉搓来洗,这就叫“洗濯知足”。同样地,如果这样还是洗不干净,可以把树叶放进去,用热水来洗,也是可以的。巴利
Dhovantassa pana muggarādīhi apaharitvā hatthehi madditvā dhovanaṃ dhovanasantoso nāma. Tathā asujjhantaṃ paṇṇāni pakkhipitvā tāpitaudakenāpi dhovituṃ vaṭṭati.
像这样洗干净之后,做的时候不去计较“这个粗、那个细”,不因此起烦恼,只按刚好够用的标准来做,这就叫制作知足。巴利
Evaṃ dhovitvā karontassa idaṃ thūlaṃ, idaṃ sukhumanti akopetvā pahonakanīhāreneva karaṇaṃ karaṇasantoso nāma.
只把布裁剪成刚好能遮住三轮的量,这就叫定量知足。巴利
Timaṇḍalappaṭicchādanamattasseva karaṇaṃ parimāṇasantoso nāma.
为了做袈裟,不去盘算“我要去找合意的线”,无论在街道等处还是在神祠里,取来后放在脚边的任何线,都拿来做,这就叫线知足。巴利
Cīvarakaraṇatthāya pana manāpasuttaṃ pariyesissāmīti avicāretvā rathikādīsu vā devaṭṭhāne vā āharitvā pādamūle vā ṭhapitaṃ yaṃkiñcideva suttaṃ gahetvā karaṇaṃ suttasantoso nāma.
缝制袈裟时,如果针脚只有一指宽,就不该连缝七针。因为这样做的话,即使有比丘不肯来帮忙,也不构成违犯义务。如果针脚有三指宽,就该连缝七针。这样做的话,即使对方是路过的比丘,也有义务来帮忙;如果不肯帮忙,就构成违犯义务。这就叫缝纫知足。巴利
Kusibandhanakāle pana aṅgulamatte sattavāre na vijjhitabbaṃ, evaṃ karontassa hi yo bhikkhu sahāyo na hoti, tassa vattabhedopi natthi. Tivaṅgulamatte pana sattavāre vijjhitabbaṃ, evaṃ karontassa maggapaṭipannenāpi sahāyena bhavitabbaṃ. Yo na hoti, tassa vattabhedo. Ayaṃ sibbanasantoso nāma.
不过,在染色时,不应该去找黑沼泽泥之类的染料来染。凡是能得到月棱皮之类的染料,就用它来染。如果得不到,就可以捡人们丢在树林里的树皮,或者比丘们煮染后倒掉的染料渣来染,这就叫染色知足。巴利
Rajantena pana kāḷakacchakādīni pariyesantena na rajitabbaṃ. Somavakkalādīsu yaṃ labhati, tena rajitabbaṃ. Alabhantena pana manussehi araññe vākaṃ gahetvā chaḍḍitarajanaṃ vā bhikkhūhi pacitvā chaḍḍitakasaṭaṃ vā gahetvā rajitabbaṃ, ayaṃ rajanasantoso nāma.
无论是取青泥、黑泥还是褐色的染料,只要所造的净相连坐在象背上的人也能看见,这就叫“作净知足”。巴利
Nīlakaddamakāḷasāmesu yaṃkiñci gahetvā hatthipiṭṭhe nisinnassa paññāyamānakapakaraṇaṃ kappasantoso nāma.
仅仅为了遮蔽羞处而受用(衣布),这就叫受用知足。巴利
Hirikopīnapaṭicchādanamattavasena paribhuñjanaṃ paribhogasantoso nāma.
得到布料之后,如果弄不到线、针或裁缝,就可以把它放着;如果弄得到,就不该放着。即使已经做成衣,如果想送给弟子等人,而他们还没到,也可以一直放到他们来。他们一到,就该给出去。如果给不出去,就应当决意为自己所有。如果还有别的衣,也可以把覆卧具决意为自己所有。因为只有没有决意的物品才算储存,已经决意的不算储存,玛哈斯瓦长老这样说。这就叫舍离储存知足。巴利
Dussaṃ pana labhitvā suttaṃ vā sūciṃ vā kārakaṃ vā alabhantena ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati, labhantena na vaṭṭati. Katampi sace antevāsikādīnaṃ dātukāmo hoti, te ca asannihitā yāva āgamanā ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. Āgatamattesu dātabbaṃ. Dātuṃ asakkontena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Aññasmiṃ cīvare sati paccattharaṇampi adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭati. Anadhiṭṭhitameva hi sannidhi hoti. Adhiṭṭhitaṃ na hotīti mahāsīvatthero āha. Ayaṃ sannidhiparivajjanasantoso nāma.
施舍的时候,不应该看着对方的脸给。要立足于可忆念的法来施舍,这就叫作施舍知足。巴利
Vissajjantena pana na mukhaṃ oloketvā dātabbaṃ. Sāraṇīyadhamme ṭhatvā vissajjitabbanti ayaṃ vissajjanasantoso nāma.
和袈裟有关的头陀支,就是粪扫衣支和三衣支。这两支的详细说明,应该从《清净道论》里了解。这样,一位比丘在圆满“袈裟知足”这一大圣种姓时,就守护着这两项头陀支。守护这两项头陀支,他就是因“袈裟知足”这一大圣种姓而知足的人。巴利
Cīvarapaṭisaṃyuttāni dhutaṅgāni nāma paṃsukūlikaṅgañceva tecīvarikaṅgañca. Tesaṃ vitthārakathā visuddhimaggato veditabbā. Iti cīvarasantosamahāariyavaṃsaṃ pūrayamāno bhikkhu imāni dve dhutaṅgāni gopeti. Imāni gopento cīvarasantosamahāariyavaṃsena santuṭṭho hoti.
“称赞者”是指:有一种人自己知足,却不称赞知足;有一种人自己不知足,却称赞知足;有一种人自己既不知足,也不称赞知足;有一种人自己既知足,又称赞知足。为了指出最后这一种人,才说“对随得袈裟的知足也加以称赞”。巴利
Vaṇṇavādīti eko santuṭṭho hoti, santosassa vaṇṇaṃ na katheti, eko na santuṭṭho hoti, santosassa vaṇṇaṃ katheti, eko neva santuṭṭho hoti, na santosassa vaṇṇaṃ katheti, eko santuṭṭho ceva hoti, santosassa ca vaṇṇaṃ katheti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī’’ti vuttaṃ.
邪求,是指种种不同形态的邪求,包括充当信使、受派往来、四处奔波等。非适宜,就是不合宜。未得时,就是还没有得到的时候。譬如有人想:“我怎样才能得到袈裟呢?”他和有福德的比丘们在一起时,心怀矫诈,内心却惶恐不安、忧惧紧张;而知足的比丘,即使没有得到袈裟,也不会这样忧惧。已得时,就是通过如法、正当的方式得到。不贪著,就是远离了贪欲的执著。不沉迷,就是没有陷入强烈渴爱所造成的迷醉。不浸染,就是没有被渴爱所笼罩和缠缚。见过患,就是见到邪求之犯戒过患,以及贪求受用中的过患。出离慧,就是了知如“仅仅为了防寒”等开示中所说的出离本身。巴利
Anesananti dūteyyapahinagamanānuyogappabhedaṃ nānappakāraṃ anesanaṃ. Appatirūpanti ayuttaṃ. Aladdhā cāti alabhitvā. Yathā ekacco ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho cīvaraṃ labhissāmī’’ti. Puññavantehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ ekato hutvā kohaññaṃ karonto uttasati paritasati, santuṭṭho bhikkhu evaṃ aladdhā cīvaraṃ na paritasati. Laddhā cāti dhammena samena labhitvā. Agadhitoti vigatalobhagiddho. Amucchitoti adhimattataṇhāya mucchaṃ anāpanno. Anajjhāpannoti taṇhāya anotthato apariyonaddho. Ādīnavadassāvīti anesanāpattiyañca gedhitaparibhoge ca ādīnavaṃ passamāno. Nissaraṇapaññoti ‘‘yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāyā’’ti vuttaṃ nissaraṇameva pajānanto.
对任何得来的衣服都知足,就是不管拿到什么样的衣服都感到满足。不抬高自己,就是不会这样自夸:“我是穿粪扫衣的人,我受达上时就接受了粪扫衣这一头陀支,有谁能跟我比?”不贬低别人,就是不会这样贬损他人:“这些别的比丘不是穿粪扫衣的”,或者说“他们连粪扫衣这一支都没有。”所谓在这方面善巧,就是对那衣服的知足,或者对赞叹等事情,善巧、能干、聪慧。不懒惰,就是在持续用功中不松懈。正知正念,就是具备正知和正念。立于圣种,就是安住于圣种之中。巴利
Itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyāti yena kenaci cīvarena santuṭṭhiyā. Nevattānukkaṃsetīti ‘‘ahaṃ paṃsukūliko mayā upasampadamāḷeyeva paṃsukūlikaṅgaṃ gahitaṃ, ko mayā sadiso atthī’’ti attukkaṃsanaṃ na karoti. Na paraṃ vambhetīti ‘‘ime panaññe bhikkhū na paṃsukūlikā’’ti vā ‘‘paṃsukūlikaṅgamattampi etesaṃ natthī’’ti vā evaṃ paraṃ na vambheti. Yo hi tattha dakkhoti yo tasmiṃ cīvarasantose, vaṇṇavādādīsu vā dakkho cheko byatto. Analasoti sātaccakiriyāya ālasiyavirahito. Sampajāno paṭissatoti sampajānapaññāya ceva satiyā ca yutto. Ariyavaṃse ṭhitoti ariyavaṃse patiṭṭhito.
“以任何得到的团食”:就是以任何一种团食。这里也应当了解团食。应当了解团食的来源处、团食知足,以及与团食相关的头陀支。其中,“团食”就是米饭、麦粥、炒粉、鱼、肉、乳、酪、生酥、熟酥、油、蜜、糖浆、稀粥、嚼食、啖食、舔食这十六种。巴利
Itarītarena piṇḍapātenāti yena kenaci piṇḍapātena. Etthāpi piṇḍapāto jānitabbo. Piṇḍapātakkhettaṃ jānitabbaṃ, piṇḍapātasantoso jānitabbo, piṇḍapātapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhutaṅgaṃ jānitabbaṃ. Tattha piṇḍapātoti ‘‘odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ, khīraṃ, dadhi, sappi, navanītaṃ, telaṃ, madhu, phāṇitaṃ, yāgu, khādanīyaṃ, sāyanīyaṃ, lehanīya’’nti soḷasa piṇḍapātā.
团食田是指:僧团食、指定食、邀请食、筹签食、半月食、伍波萨他食、伍波萨他次日食、客比丘食、出行比丘食、病比丘食、看护病者食、常任食、寮房食、轮次食、精舍食,这十五种团食田。巴利
Piṇḍapātakkhettanti saṅghabhattaṃ, uddesabhattaṃ, nimantanaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ, āgantukabhattaṃ, gamikabhattaṃ, gilānabhattaṃ, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ, dhurabhattaṃ, kuṭibhattaṃ, vārabhattaṃ, vihārabhattanti pannarasa piṇḍapātakkhettāni.
团食知足,是指对团食的寻思知足、前往知足、寻求知足、获得知足、接受知足、接受有节制知足、避免贪求知足、随所得知足、随体力知足、随适合知足、助益知足、限量知足、受用知足、避免储存知足、施舍知足,这十五种知足。巴利
Piṇḍapātasantosoti piṇḍapāte vitakkasantoso, gamanasantoso, pariyesanasantoso paṭilābhasantoso, paṭiggahaṇasantoso, mattappaṭiggahaṇasantoso, loluppavivajjanasantoso, yathālābhasantoso, yathābalasantoso, yathāsāruppasantoso, upakārasantoso, parimāṇasantoso, paribhogasantoso, sannidhiparivajjanasantoso, vissajjanasantosoti pannarasa santosā.
其中,一位善巧的比丘漱完口后,作思惟。但如果和僧众一起乞食,傍晚去侍奉长老时,只应这样想:“明天我们去哪个村子托钵呢?在某某村,尊者。”只想到这个程度,从那时起就不应再继续想了。如果是独自修行的人,则应站在思惟的场所作思惟。若此后还继续想下去,就会从圣种退堕,成为局外人。这就叫“寻之知足”。巴利
Tattha sādako bhikkhu mukhaṃ dhovitvā vitakketi. Piṇḍapātikena pana gaṇena saddhiṃ caratā sāyaṃ therūpaṭṭhānakāle ‘‘sve kattha piṇḍāya carissāmāti asukagāme, bhante’’ti, ettakaṃ cintetvā tato paṭṭhāya na vitakketabbaṃ. Ekacārikena vitakkamāḷake ṭhatvā vitakketabbaṃ. Tato paraṃ vitakkento ariyavaṃsā cuto hoti paribāhiro. Ayaṃ vitakkasantoso nāma.
去村里托钵时,不要先想“我能在哪里得到食物”,而应该把业处当作首要的事,一路保持着它走。这就叫“前往的知足”。巴利
Piṇḍāya pavisantena ‘‘kuhiṃ labhissāmī’’ti acintetvā kammaṭṭhānasīsena gantabbaṃ. Ayaṃ gamanasantoso nāma.
寻找时,不要碰到谁就接受谁,而应当只选择有惭耻心、行为端正的人,然后去寻求。这就是所谓的寻求知足。巴利
Pariyesantena yaṃ vā taṃ vā agahetvā lajjiṃ pesalameva gahetvā pariyesitabbaṃ. Ayaṃ pariyesanasantoso nāma.
远远看到有人把食物端过来时,不该生起“这个合我意,这个不合我意”的念头。这就是所谓的“所得知足”。巴利
Dūratova āhariyamānaṃ disvā ‘‘etaṃ manāpaṃ, etaṃ amanāpa’’nti cittaṃ na uppādetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ paṭilābhasantoso nāma.
不去想“我要拿这个合意的,不要那个不合意的”,不管得到什么,只取刚好能维持生活的那一点,这就叫接受的满足。巴利
‘‘Imaṃ manāpaṃ gaṇhissāmi, imaṃ amanāpaṃ na gaṇhissāmī’’ti acintetvā yaṃkiñci yāpanamattaṃ gahetabbameva, ayaṃ paṭiggahaṇasantoso nāma.
这里,如果可供布施的东西很多,而布施的人只想给一点,那就只取一点。可供布施的东西很多,布施的人也愿意多给,那就按适当的量来取。可供布施的东西不多,布施的人也只想给一点,那就只取一点。可供布施的东西不多,但布施的人愿意多给,那就按适当的量来取。因为在接受东西的时候,如果不知道适当的量,就会弄脏人们的净信,糟蹋信众所施之物,不能护持教法,连对刚生产完的母亲,也无法赢得她的心。所以,只有知道了适当的量之后再接受,这才叫“接受有节制的满足”。巴利
Ettha pana deyyadhammo bahu, dāyako appaṃ dātukāmo, appaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Deyyadhammo bahu, dāyakopi bahuṃ dātukāmo, pamāṇeneva gahetabbaṃ. Deyyadhammo na bahu, dāyakopi appaṃ dātukāmo, appaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Deyyadhammo na bahu, dāyako pana bahuṃ dātukāmo, pamāṇena gahetabbaṃ. Paṭiggahaṇasmiñhi mattaṃ ajānanto manussānaṃ pasādaṃ makkheti, saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti, sāsanaṃ na karoti, vijātamātuyāpi cittaṃ gahetuṃ na sakkoti. Iti mattaṃ jānitvāva paṭiggahetabbanti ayaṃ mattappaṭiggahaṇasantoso nāma.
不要只去有信心的人家,而应该按门户顺序挨家挨户地走。这就叫“避免贪求的知足”。“随得知足”等,则完全按照讲袈裟那段里说的那样。巴利
Saddhakulāniyeva agantvā dvārappaṭipāṭiyā gantabbaṃ. Ayaṃ loluppavivajjanasantoso nāma. Yathālābhasantosādayo cīvare vuttanayā eva.
吃完钵食后,心里明白“我要行持沙门法”,带着这样的认知去受用,这就叫“恩惠知足”。巴利
Piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā samaṇadhammaṃ anupālessāmīti evaṃ upakāraṃ ñatvā paribhuñjanaṃ upakārasantoso nāma.
别人把钵盛满食物带来,不应该直接接过来。如果现场有未受具足戒的人,就让他拿着钵;如果没有,就让人把食物取出来,只接受够吃的量。这就叫限量知足。巴利
Pattaṃ pūretvā ānītaṃ na paṭiggahetabbaṃ, anupasampanne sati tena gāhāpetabbaṃ, asati harāpetvā paṭiggahaṇamattaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ parimāṇasantoso nāma.
以“消除饥饿就是这里的出离”这样的方式来受用,这叫作受用知足。巴利
‘‘Jighacchāya paṭivinodanaṃ idamettha nissaraṇa’’nti evaṃ paribhuñjanaṃ paribhogasantoso nāma.
把东西存起来就不该再拿来用,这叫作回避储存的知足。巴利
Nidahitvā na paribhuñjitabbanti ayaṃ sannidhiparivajjanasantoso nāma.
不盯着施主的脸看,而应安住在值得忆念的法上,然后来分配。这就叫作“分配知足”。巴利
Mukhaṃ anoloketvā sāraṇīyadhamme ṭhitena vissajjetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ vissajjanasantoso nāma.
和乞食有关的头陀支有五种:乞食支、次第乞食支、一座食支、一钵食支、时后不食支。它们的详细解说在《清净道论》里已经讲过。这样,比丘在圆满“乞食知足”这一大圣族时,就守护这五种头陀支。守护这五种头陀支时,他就因为乞食知足这一大圣族而知足。至于“称赞者”等,也应按照前面所说的方式去理解。巴利
Piṇḍapātapaṭisaṃyuttāni pana pañca dhutaṅgāni – piṇḍapātikaṅgaṃ, sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ, ekāsanikaṅgaṃ , pattapiṇḍikaṅgaṃ, khalupacchābhattikaṅganti. Tesaṃ vitthārakathā visuddhimagge vuttā. Iti piṇḍapātasantosamahāariyavaṃsaṃ pūrayamāno bhikkhu imāni pañca dhutaṅgāni gopeti. Imāni gopento piṇḍapātasantosamahāariyavaṃsena santuṭṭho hoti. ‘‘Vaṇṇavādī’’tiādīni vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
说到“坐卧具”,这里应当了解坐卧具本身,应当了解坐卧具的来源,应当了解对坐卧具的知足,应当了解与坐卧具相关的头陀支。其中,“坐卧具”是指:床、椅凳、褥垫、枕头、精舍、半覆屋、楼阁、高楼、洞窟、山洞、望楼、厅堂、竹林丛、树下,或者比丘们回去居住的任何地方——这十五种就是坐卧具。巴利
Senāsanenāti idha senāsanaṃ jānitabbaṃ, senāsanakkhettaṃ jānitabbaṃ, senāsanasantoso jānitabbo, senāsanapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhutaṅgaṃ jānitabbaṃ. Tattha senāsananti mañco, pīṭhaṃ, bhisi, bimbohanaṃ, vihāro, aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṃ, guhā, leṇaṃ, aṭṭo, māḷo , veḷugumbo, rukkhamūlaṃ, yattha vā pana bhikkhū paṭikkamantīti imāni pannarasa senāsanāni.
坐卧具田是指六种来源:从僧团、从团体、从亲戚、从朋友、从自己的财物,或者粪扫坐卧具。巴利
Senāsanakkhettanti ‘‘saṅghato vā gaṇato vā ñātito vā mittato vā attano vā dhanena paṃsukūlaṃ vā’’ti cha khettāni.
坐卧具知足,是指对坐卧具方面的寻知足等十五种知足。这些也应依照团食部分所说的方式来了知。而与坐卧具相关的头陀支有五种:阿兰若住支、树下住支、露地住支、冢间住支、随得坐卧具支。它们的详细解说见于《清净道论》。比丘这样圆满坐卧具知足这一大圣族时,就护持这五种头陀支。护持这五种头陀支,他就以坐卧具知足的大圣族而成为知足者。巴利
Senāsanasantosoti senāsane vitakkasantosādayo pannarasa santosā. Te piṇḍapāte vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Senāsanapaṭisaṃyuttāni pana pañca dhutaṅgāni – āraññikaṅgaṃ, rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ, abbhokāsikaṅgaṃ, sosānikaṅgaṃ, yathāsantatikaṅganti. Tesaṃ vitthārakathā visuddhimagge vuttā. Iti senāsanasantosamahāariyavaṃsaṃ pūrayamāno bhikkhu imāni pañca dhutaṅgāni gopeti. Imāni gopento senāsanasantosamahāariyavaṃsena santuṭṭho hoti.
不过,病缘其实已经包含在团食这一项里了。在这里,只要按照所得的、能力所及的、适合自己的来知足,就应该感到满足。常坐不卧的头陀支,归属于以修习为乐的圣种。经里也这样说过:巴利
Gilānapaccayo pana piṇḍapāteyeva paviṭṭho. Tattha yathālābhayathābalayathāsāruppasantoseneva santussitabbaṃ. Nesajjikaṅgaṃ bhāvanārāmaariyavaṃsaṃ bhajati. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
“ 在坐卧处说了五种,在食物依止方面说了五种;
一种与精进相应,两种依衣服而住。”巴利
‘‘Pañca senāsane vuttā, pañca āhāranissitā; Eko vīriyasaṃyutto, dve ca cīvaranissitā’’ti.
尊者法将舍利弗长老,像铺开大地、填满大海、撑满虚空一样,先讲了第一种圣种——对衣服知足;接着像让月亮升起、让太阳跃上天空一样,讲了第二种圣种——对食物知足;然后像举起须弥山一样,讲了第三种圣种——对住处知足。现在,为了讲说以千种方式庄严的第四种圣种——乐于修习的圣种,他又进一步这样开始说法:贤友,比丘乐于断除……巴利
Iti āyasmā dhammasenāpati sāriputtatthero pathaviṃ pattharamāno viya sāgarakucchiṃ pūrayamāno viya ākāsaṃ vitthārayamāno viya ca paṭhamaṃ cīvarasantosaṃ ariyavaṃsaṃ kathetvā candaṃ uṭṭhāpento viya sūriyaṃ ullaṅghento viya ca dutiyaṃ piṇḍapātasantosaṃ kathetvā sineruṃ ukkhipento viya tatiyaṃ senāsanasantosaṃ ariyavaṃsaṃ kathetvā idāni sahassanayappaṭimaṇḍitaṃ catutthaṃ bhāvanārāmaṃ ariyavaṃsaṃ kathetuṃ puna caparaṃ āvuso bhikkhu pahānārāmo hotīti desanaṃ ārabhi.
在这里,“乐处”即“所乐之处”,意思是欢喜。对于五种断来说,有乐处,所以叫“以断为乐处”。他断除欲贪时感到喜悦,修习出离时感到喜悦,断除嗔恨时感到喜悦……乃至断除一切烦恼时感到喜悦,修习阿拉汉道时感到喜悦。像这样在断除中感到喜悦,就叫“乐于断除”。同样地,对于修习来说,有乐处,所以叫“以修习为乐处”;在修习中感到喜悦,就叫“乐于修习”。巴利
Tattha āramanaṃ ārāmo, abhiratīti attho. Pañcavidhe pahāne ārāmo assāti pahānārāmo. Kāmacchandaṃ pajahanto ramati, nekkhammaṃ bhāvento ramati, byāpādaṃ pajahanto ramati…pe… sabbakilese pajahanto ramati, arahattamaggaṃ bhāvento ramatīti evaṃ pahāne ratoti pahānarato. Vuttanayeneva bhāvanāya ārāmo assāti bhāvanārāmo. Bhāvanāya ratoti bhāvanārato.
在这四种圣种当中,前面三种按照十三头陀支和四种资具知足来说,整部律藏就已经讲完了。而“乐于修习”这一种则涵盖了其余两藏。比丘在讲解这个“乐于修习”的圣种时,应当依据《无碍解道》中的“出离品”来讲解,应当依据《长部》中《十上经》的理趣来讲解,应当依据《中部》中《念处经》的理趣来讲解,应当依据《阿毗达摩》中释义的理趣来讲解。巴利
Imesu pana catūsu ariyavaṃsesu purimehi tīhi terasannaṃ dhutaṅgānaṃ catupaccayasantosassa ca vasena sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ kathitaṃ hoti. Bhāvanārāmena avasesaṃ piṭakadvayaṃ. Imaṃ pana bhāvanārāmataṃ ariyavaṃsaṃ kathentena bhikkhunā paṭisambhidāmagge nekkhammapāḷiyā kathetabbo. Dīghanikāye dasuttarasuttantapariyāyena kathetabbo. Majjhimanikāye satipaṭṭhānasuttantapariyāyena kathetabbo. Abhidhamme niddesapariyāyena kathetabbo.
在这里,依《无碍解道》的“出离品”来说:他修习出离时感到欢喜,断除欲贪时感到欢喜;修习无嗔时感到欢喜,断除嗔时感到欢喜;修习光明想时感到欢喜,断除昏沉睡眠时感到欢喜;修习无散乱时感到欢喜,断除掉举时感到欢喜;修习法决定时感到欢喜,断除疑时感到欢喜;修习智时感到欢喜,断除无明时感到欢喜;修习欢悦时感到欢喜,断除不乐时感到欢喜;修习初禅时感到欢喜,断除五盖时感到欢喜;修习第二禅时感到欢喜,断除寻与伺时感到欢喜;修习第三禅时感到欢喜,断除喜时感到欢喜;修习第四禅时感到欢喜,断除乐与苦时感到欢喜;修习空无边处定时感到欢喜,断除色想、有对想、种种想时感到欢喜;修习识无边处定时……中略……修习非想非非想处定时感到欢喜,断除无所有处想时感到欢喜。巴利
Tattha paṭisambhidāmagge nekkhammapāḷiyāti so nekkhammaṃ bhāvento ramati, kāmacchandaṃ pajahanto ramati. Abyāpādaṃ byāpādaṃ. Ālokasaññaṃ, thinamiddhaṃ. Avikkhepaṃ uddhaccaṃ. Dhammavavatthānaṃ, vicikicchaṃ. Ñāṇaṃ, avijjaṃ. Pāmojjaṃ, aratiṃ. Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, pañca nīvaraṇe. Dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, vitakkavicāre. Tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, pītiṃ. Catutthaṃ jhānaṃ, sukhadukkhe. Ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ bhāvento ramati, rūpasaññaṃ paṭighasaññaṃ nānattasaññaṃ pajahanto ramati. Viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ bhāvento ramati, ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ pajahanto ramati.
修习无常随观的人,乐在其中;他舍断常想,乐在其中。修习苦随观,舍断乐想。修习无我随观,舍断我想。修习厌离随观,舍断喜贪。修习离欲随观,舍断贪。修习灭随观,舍断集。修习弃舍随观,舍断执取。修习尽灭随观,舍断密集想。修习衰灭随观,舍断造作。修习变易随观,舍断恒常想。修习无相随观,舍断相。修习无愿随观,舍断愿求。修习空随观,舍断执著。修习增上慧法观,舍断执取核心的执著。修习如实知见,舍断痴迷的执著。修习过患随观,舍断爱著的执著。修习反思随观,舍断不反思。修习转离随观,舍断结缚的执著。修习入流道,舍断与见俱在的烦恼。修习一来道,舍断粗重烦恼。修习不来道,舍断微细随伴的烦恼。修习阿拉汉道的人,乐在其中;他舍断一切烦恼,乐在其中。应当依照这样的方式,按《无碍解道》中的出离品来解说。巴利
Aniccānupassanaṃ bhāvento ramati, niccasaññaṃ pajahanto ramati. Dukkhānupassanaṃ, sukhasaññaṃ. Anattānupassanaṃ, attasaññaṃ. Nibbidānupassanaṃ, nandiṃ. Virāgānupassanaṃ, rāgaṃ. Nirodhānupassanaṃ, samudayaṃ. Paṭinissaggānupassanaṃ, ādānaṃ. Khayānupassanaṃ, ghanasaññaṃ. Vayānupassanaṃ, āyūhanaṃ. Vipariṇāmānupassanaṃ, dhuvasaññaṃ. Animittānupassanaṃ, nimittaṃ. Apaṇihitānupassanaṃ, paṇidhiṃ. Suññatānupassanaṃ abhinivesaṃ. Adhipaññādhammavipassanaṃ, sārādānābhinivesaṃ. Yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ, sammohābhinivesaṃ. Ādīnavānupassanaṃ, ālayābhinivesaṃ. Paṭisaṅkhānupassanaṃ, appaṭisaṅkhaṃ. Vivaṭṭānupassanaṃ, saṃyogābhinivesaṃ. Sotāpattimaggaṃ , diṭṭhekaṭṭhe kilese. Sakadāgāmimaggaṃ, oḷārike kilese. Anāgāmimaggaṃ, aṇusahagate kilese. Arahattamaggaṃ bhāvento ramati, sabbakilese pajahanto ramatīti evaṃ paṭisambhidāmagge nekkhammapāḷiyā kathetabbo.
按照长部《十上经》的方式来说:修习一种法而欢喜,断除一种法而欢喜……乃至……修习十种法而欢喜,断除十种法而欢喜。修习哪一种法而欢喜呢?与喜俱行的身至念。修习这一种法而欢喜。断除哪一种法而欢喜呢?我慢。断除这一种法而欢喜。修习哪两种法……乃至……修习哪十种法而欢喜呢?十遍处。修习这十种法而欢喜。断除哪十种法而欢喜呢?十邪。断除这十种法而欢喜。比丘们,比丘就是这样成为乐于修习的人。应当依照长部《十上经》的方式这样解说。巴利
Dīghanikāyedasuttarasuttantapariyāyenāti ekaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvento ramati, ekaṃ dhammaṃ pajahanto ramati…pe… dasa dhamme bhāvento ramati, dasa dhamme pajahanto ramati. Katamaṃ ekaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvento ramati? Kāyagatāsatiṃ sātasahagataṃ. Imaṃ ekaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvento ramati. Katamaṃ ekaṃ dhammaṃ pajahanto ramati? Asmimānaṃ. Imaṃ ekaṃ dhammaṃ pajahanto ramati. Katame dve dhamme…pe… katame dasa dhamme bhāvento ramati? Dasa kasiṇāyatanāni. Ime dasa dhamme bhāvento ramati. Katame dasa dhamme pajahanto ramati? Dasa micchatte. Ime dasa dhamme pajahanto ramati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhāvanārāmo hotīti evaṃ dīghanikāye dasuttarasuttantapariyāyena kathetabbo.
依中部《念处经》的方法来说:比丘们,这是一条唯一的道路,能让众生清净,能超越愁悲,能灭除苦忧,能证达正道,能现证涅槃,也就是四念处。哪四种呢?比丘们,在这里,比丘于身随观身而住……于受随观受……于心随观心……于法随观法……或者,他的念现前,有诸法,仅仅达到智与忆念的程度,他无所依而住,不执取世间任何事物。比丘们,比丘这样就是乐于修习、以修习为乐,乐于断除、以断除为乐。再者,比丘们,比丘在行走时,了知我在行走……再者,比丘们,就像比丘看到被抛弃在坟场的尸体……已经腐烂成碎末。他把这个身体与之比较:此身也有这样的性质,也会变成这样,无法超越。这样,他于内身随观身而住……比丘们,比丘这样就是乐于修习。应当依中部《念处经》的方法这样来解说。巴利
Majjhimanikāye satipaṭṭhānasuttantapariyāyenāti ekāyano, bhikkhave, maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā, sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya, dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya, ñāyassa adhigamāya, nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya yadidaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati… vedanāsu vedanānupassī… citte cittānupassī… dhammesu dhammānupassī… ‘atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhāvanārāmo hoti bhāvanārato, pahānārāmo hoti pahānarato. Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gacchanto vā gacchāmīti pajānāti…pe… puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ…pe… pūtīni cuṇṇakajātāni. So imameva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati, ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatītoti. Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati…pe… evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhāvanārāmo hotīti evaṃ majjhimanikāye satipaṭṭhānasuttantapariyāyena kathetabbo.
依《阿毗达摩》的解说方式来说:他观一切有为法为无常、为苦、为病、为疮……乃至为有杂染之法,因而感到欢喜。诸比丘,这样的比丘就是乐于修习的人——应当依这种解说方式来宣说。巴利
Abhidhamme niddesapariyāyenāti sabbepi saṅkhate aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato…pe… saṃkilesikadhammato passanto ramati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhāvanārāmo hotīti evaṃ niddesapariyāyena kathetabbo.
不自我称赞:即使我修观照无常、苦、无我已经六十年或七十年,也不会这样想:“有谁能和我一样?”——他不这样称赞自己。不贬低他人:他不会这样贬低别人:“那些人连一点点观照无常、苦的修行都没有,怎么就这样放着业处到处游荡?”——他不这样贬低他人。其余部分和前面所说的一样。巴利
Nevaattānukkaṃsetīti ajja me saṭṭhi vā sattati vā vassāni aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattāti vipassanāya kammaṃ karontassa, ko mayā sadiso atthīti evaṃ attukkaṃsanaṃ na karoti. Na paraṃ vambhetīti aniccaṃ dukkhanti vipassanāmattakampi natthi, kiṃ ime vissaṭṭhakammaṭṭhānā carantīti evaṃ paraṃ vambhanaṃ na karoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
310 “精勤”是指最上等的精进。防护精勤,是指防护眼等根门时生起的精进。断除精勤,是指断除欲寻等时生起的精进。修习精勤,是指修习觉支时生起的精进。随护精勤,是指随护定相时生起的精进。巴利
310.Padhānānīti uttamavīriyāni. Saṃvarapadhānanti cakkhādīni saṃvarantassa uppannavīriyaṃ. Pahānapadhānanti kāmavitakkādayo pajahantassa uppannavīriyaṃ. Bhāvanāpadhānanti bojjhaṅge bhāventassa uppannavīriyaṃ. Anurakkhaṇāpadhānanti samādhinimittaṃ anurakkhantassa uppannavīriyaṃ.
在“依远离”等语中,远离、离贪、灭这三个都是涅槃的名称。涅槃因为远离了生存的执取,所以叫远离;依靠涅槃,贪等烦恼得以远离,所以叫离贪;因为止息,所以叫灭。因此,“依远离”等语,是从所缘或应当证得的角度说依止涅槃。“转向舍遣”中,有两种舍:遍舍舍和投入舍。其中,观以彼分断的方式舍断烦恼和诸蕴,是遍舍舍;道以涅槃为所缘而投入涅槃,是投入舍。所以“转向舍遣”的意思是:正在修习的念觉支这样转向舍,达到观的阶段和道的阶段而修习。这就是这里的含义。其余文句也是同样的道理。巴利
Vivekanissitantiādīsu viveko virāgo nirodhoti tīṇipi nibbānassa nāmāni. Nibbānañhi upadhivivekattā viveko. Taṃ āgamma rāgādayo virajjantīti virāgo. Nirujjhantīti nirodho. Tasmā ‘‘vivekanissita’’ntiādīsu ārammaṇavasena adhigantabbavasena vā nibbānanissitanti attho. Vossaggapariṇāminti ettha dve vossaggā pariccāgavossaggo ca pakkhandanavossaggo ca. Tattha vipassanā tadaṅgavasena kilese ca khandhe ca pariccajatīti pariccāgavossaggo. Maggo ārammaṇavasena nibbānaṃ pakkhandatīti pakkhandanavossaggo. Tasmā vossaggapariṇāminti yathā bhāviyamāno satisambojjhaṅgo vossaggatthāya pariṇamati, vipassanābhāvañca maggabhāvañca pāpuṇāti, evaṃ bhāvetīti ayamettha attho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo.
“善好”就是殊胜、好的意思。“定相”说的是通过骨想等修行所证得的定本身。“随护”是指清除贪、嗔、痴这些障碍定的法,从而守护定。这里只提到了骨想等五种想。但在这个地方,应该把十种不净都展开来详细讲说。它们的详细解释在《清净道论》里已经说过了。巴利
Bhadrakanti bhaddakaṃ. Samādhinimittaṃ vuccati aṭṭhikasaññādivasena adhigato samādhiyeva. Anurakkhatīti samādhiparibandhakadhamme rāgadosamohe sodhento rakkhati. Ettha ca aṭṭhikasaññādikā pañceva saññā vuttā. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne dasapi asubhāni vitthāretvā kathetabbāni. Tesaṃ vitthāro visuddhimagge vuttoyeva.
“法中智”是指以一次通达而了知四谛法,也就是在四谛之中对灭谛法生起的智。正如经中所说:“其中,什么是法中智?就是对四道、四果的智。”(《分别论》796)
“随转智”是指已经现前见到四谛之后,像现在这样推知过去和未来也同样如此:这五取蕴就是苦谛,这渴爱就是集谛,这灭就是灭谛,这道就是道谛——这样随顺那智而转起的智。因此说:“他以这法——已知、已见、已证、已了知、已通达,而推类过去与未来。”
“他心智”是指辨别他人心念的智。正如经中所说:“其中,什么是他心智?在这里,比丘以自己的心了知其他有情、其他众生的心。”(《分别论》796)应当详细解说。
除了这三种智以外,其余的都叫“世俗智”。正如经中所说:“其中,什么是世俗智?除了法中智,除了随转智,除了他心智,其余的就是世俗智。”(《分别论》796)巴利
Dhamme ñāṇanti ekapaṭivedhavasena catusaccadhamme ñāṇaṃ catusaccabbhantare nirodhasacce dhamme ñāṇañca . Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ dhamme ñāṇaṃ? Catūsu maggesu catūsu phalesu ñāṇa’’nti (vibha. 796). Anvaye ñāṇanti cattāri saccāni paccakkhato disvā yathā idāni, evaṃ atītepi anāgatepi imeva pañcakkhandhā dukkhasaccaṃ, ayameva taṇhā samudayasaccaṃ, ayameva nirodho nirodhasaccaṃ, ayameva maggo maggasaccanti evaṃ tassa ñāṇassa anugatiyaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘so iminā dhammena ñātena diṭṭhena pattena viditena pariyogāḷhena atītānāgatena nayaṃ netī’’ti. Pariye ñāṇanti paresaṃ cittaparicchede ñāṇaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ pariye ñāṇaṃ? Idha bhikkhu parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca jānātī’’ti (vibha. 796) vitthāretabbaṃ. Ṭhapetvā pana imāni tīṇi ñāṇāni avasesaṃ sammutiñāṇaṃ nāma. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ sammutiñāṇaṃ? Ṭhapetvā dhamme ñāṇaṃ ṭhapetvā anvaye ñāṇaṃ ṭhapetvā paricchede ñāṇaṃ avasesaṃ sammutiñāṇa’’nti (vibha. 796).
通过苦智等证得阿拉汉果,让一位比丘得以出离,这里讲的是四谛业处。其中,两谛属于轮回流转,两谛属于还灭。众生对流转有执著,对还灭则没有。对前两谛,要先在师长身边学得教理,然后才去修习;对后两谛,则是通过听闻“灭谛是可爱、可喜、悦意的,道谛是可爱、可喜、悦意的”这样的方式来修习。在前两谛上,学习、请问、听闻、记持、思惟和通达都适用;在后两谛上,听闻和通达就适用。他以三种作用通达三谛,以一种所缘通达一谛。有两谛因为难以见到而甚深,另两谛则因为甚深而难以见到。巴利
Dukkhe ñāṇādīhi arahattaṃ pāpetvā ekassa bhikkhuno niggamanaṃ catusaccakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathitaṃ. Tattha dve saccāni vaṭṭaṃ, dve vivaṭṭaṃ, vaṭṭe abhiniveso hoti, no vivaṭṭe. Dvīsu saccesu ācariyasantike pariyattiṃ uggahetvā kammaṃ karoti, dvīsu saccesu ‘‘nirodhasaccaṃ nāma iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpaṃ, maggasaccaṃ nāma iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpa’’nti savanavasena kammaṃ karoti. Dvīsu saccesu uggahaparipucchāsavanadhāraṇasammasanapaṭivedho vaṭṭati, dvīsu savanapaṭivedho vaṭṭati. Tīṇi kiccavasena paṭivijjhati, ekaṃ ārammaṇavasena. Dve saccāni duddasattā gambhīrāni, dve gambhīrattā duddasāni.
入流支等四类注释巴利
Sotāpattiyaṅgādicatukkavaṇṇanā
311 入流支,就是入流的支分,意思是获得入流道的原因。亲近善士,是指亲近佛陀等善士。听闻正法,是指听闻适合自己的三藏教法。如理作意,是指从无常等角度作意。法随法行,是指修习作为出世间法之随法的前行道。巴利
311.Sotāpattiyaṅgānīti sotāpattiyā aṅgāni, sotāpattimaggassa paṭilābhakāraṇānīti attho. Sappurisasaṃsevoti buddhādīnaṃ sappurisānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā sevanaṃ. Saddhammassavananti sappāyassa tepiṭakadhammassa savanaṃ. Yonisomanasikāroti aniccādivasena manasikāro. Dhammānudhammappaṭipattīti lokuttaradhammassa anudhammabhūtāya pubbabhāgapaṭipattiyā paṭipajjanaṃ.
“不动净信”即是不动摇的净信。“彼世尊即是……”这些内容在《清净道论》里已经详细解释了。果、界、食四类,字面意思本身就很清楚。不过在这里还要知道:由于所缘对象有粗有细,这些法也有粗、细之分。巴利
Aveccappasādenāti acalappasādena. ‘‘Itipi so bhagavā’’tiādīni visuddhimagge vitthāritāni. Phaladhātuāhāracatukkāni uttānatthāneva. Apicettha lūkhapaṇītavatthuvasena oḷārikasukhumatā veditabbā.
“识住”是指识安住于这些当中,所以叫识住。这是就所缘的安住来说的。“依色”是指已经依附于色。因为在五蕴有的生命里,行作识是依着色蕴而安住的,就是针对这个说的。“以色为所缘”是指以色蕴为活动范围、以色为依托而安住。“以喜乐润泽”是指与贪相应,只被相应的喜乐所润泽。其余的是从亲依止缘的角度说的。“生长、增长、广大”:像这样持续运转六十年乃至七十年,就叫作生长、增长、广大。在“依受”等当中,道理也是一样。不过,这三句说的是四蕴有当中的行作识。应当知道,它是以尽其寿命而持续运转的方式,称为生长、增长、广大。但因为教说以四种方式出现,所以没有说“依识”。如果那样说,就可能产生迷惑:“这里面哪个是业识,哪个是果报识?”因此也没有说。“非道行”等已经详细解释过了。巴利
Viññāṇaṭṭhitiyoti viññāṇaṃ etāsu tiṭṭhatīti viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo. Ārammaṇaṭṭhitivasenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Rūpūpāyanti rūpaṃ upagataṃ hutvā. Pañcavokārabhavasmiñhi abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ rūpakkhandhaṃ nissāya tiṭṭhati. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Rūpārammaṇanti rūpakkhandhagocaraṃ rūpapatiṭṭhitaṃ hutvā. Nandūpasecananti lobhasahagataṃ sampayuttanandiyāva upasittaṃ hutvā. Itaraṃ upanissayakoṭiyā. Vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjatīti saṭṭhipi sattatipi vassāni evaṃ pavattamānaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjati. Vedanūpāyādīsupi eseva nayo. Imehi pana tīhi padehi catuvokārabhave abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Tassa yāvatāyukaṃ pavattanavasena vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanā veditabbā. Catukkavasena pana desanāya āgatattā viññāṇūpāyanti na vuttaṃ. Evaṃ vuccamāne ca ‘‘katamaṃ nu kho ettha kammaviññāṇaṃ, katamaṃ vipākaviññāṇa’’nti sammoho bhaveyya, tasmāpi na vuttaṃ. Agatigamanāni vitthāritāneva.
“以衣为因”:在这里,因为衣服的缘故,生起“我将得到合意的衣服”这个念头。“如是,以有与无为因”:这里的“iti(如是)”是表示指示的虚词。意思是:就像以衣服等为因一样,同样也以有与无为因。而这里的“有与无”,指的是那些上等和更上等的油、蜂蜜、糖浆等物品。应当知道,正是为了断除这四种渴爱的生起,才依次开示了四种圣种。关于道的四支,前面已经说过。在“不堪忍”等中:努力修行的时候,如果不能忍受寒冷等,就是“不堪忍”;能忍受,就是“堪忍”;调伏诸根,就是“调伏”;按照“不忍受已生起的贪欲寻”等方法平息诸寻,就是“平息”。巴利
Cīvarahetūti tattha manāpaṃ cīvaraṃ labhissāmīti cīvarakāraṇā uppajjati. Iti bhavābhavahetūti ettha itīti nidassanatthe nipāto. Yathā cīvarādihetu, evaṃ bhavābhavahetūpīti attho. Bhavābhavoti cettha paṇītapaṇītatarāni telamadhuphāṇitādīni adhippetāni. Imesaṃ pana catunnaṃ taṇhuppādānaṃ pahānatthāya paṭipāṭiyāva cattāro ariyavaṃsā desitāti veditabbā. Paṭipadācatukkaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. Akkhamādīsu padhānakaraṇakāle sītādīni na khamatīti akkhamā. Khamatīti khamā. Indriyadamanaṃ damā. ‘‘Uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī’’tiādinā nayena vitakkasamanaṃ samā.
“法句”就是法的分类。无贪欲被称为法句,也就是无贪,或者以无贪为主导所证得的禅那、观、道、果、涅槃。无嗔恚被称为法句,也就是无嗔,或者以慈心为主导所证得的禅那等。正念被称为法句,也就是善安立的念,或者以念为主导所证得的禅那等。正定被称为法句,也就是等至,或者以八等至所证得的禅那、观、道、果、涅槃。又或者,依十种不净所证得的禅那等,是无贪欲法句;依四梵住所证得的,是无嗔恚法句;依十随念和食厌逆想所证得的,是正念法句;依十遍处和入出息念所证得的,是正定法句。巴利
Dhammapadānīti dhammakoṭṭhāsāni. Anabhijjhā dhammapadaṃ nāma alobho vā alobhasīsena adhigatajjhānavipassanāmaggaphalanibbānāni vā. Abyāpādo dhammapadaṃ nāma akopo vā mettāsīsena adhigatajjhānādīni vā. Sammāsati dhammapadaṃ nāma suppaṭṭhitasati vā satisīsena adhigatajjhānādīni vā. Sammāsamādhi dhammapadaṃ nāma samāpatti vā aṭṭhasamāpattivasena adhigatajjhānavipassanāmaggaphalanibbānāni vā. Dasāsubhavasena vā adhigatajjhānādīni anabhijjhā dhammapadaṃ. Catubrahmavihāravasena adhigatāni abyāpādo dhammapadaṃ. Dasānussatiāhārepaṭikūlasaññāvasena adhigatāni sammāsati dhammapadaṃ. Dasakasiṇaānāpānavasena adhigatāni sammāsamādhi dhammapadanti.
在四种法之受持中,第一是裸形者的修行方式。第二是:烦恼炽盛的人虽然无法证得阿拉汉果,即使泪流满面、哭泣不止,也仍然坚持修习清净的梵行。第三是在诸欲中沉溺放纵。第四是:即使得不到四种资具,也能依靠禅那和观而具足安乐,修习教法中的梵行。巴利
Dhammasamādānesu paṭhamaṃ acelakapaṭipadā. Dutiyaṃ tibbakilesassa arahattaṃ gahetuṃ asakkontassa assumukhassāpi rudato parisuddhabrahmacariyacaraṇaṃ. Tatiyaṃ kāmesu pātabyatā. Catutthaṃ cattāro paccaye alabhamānassāpi jhānavipassanāvasena sukhasamaṅgino sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ.
法蕴:在这里,“蕴”是功德的意思,“蕴”就是聚集。戒蕴就是戒的功德。而这里指的是果位上的戒。其余几句也是同样的道理。这样一来,在四个地方所说的,都只是果位。巴利
Dhammakkhandhāti ettha guṇaṭṭho khandhaṭṭho. Sīlakkhandhoti sīlaguṇo. Ettha ca phalasīlaṃ adhippetaṃ. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Iti catūsupi ṭhānesu phalameva vuttaṃ.
“力”:因为能支撑、因为不可动摇,所以叫力。应当知道,它们不会被懈怠等对立面所动摇。这一切都是就止观之道来说的,说的只是世间与出世间的力。巴利
Balānīti upatthambhanaṭṭhena akampiyaṭṭhena ca balāni. Tesaṃ paṭipakkhehi kosajjādīhi akampaniyatā veditabbā. Sabbānipi samathavipassanāmaggavasena lokiyalokuttarāneva kathitāni.
关于“决意”这个词,这里的“adhi”只是一个前缀。从含义上说,他们依靠它而安住,或者在其中安住;又或者,那个安住本身就是那些具有种种功德之人的决意。慧就是决意,所以叫“慧决意”。在这里应当知道:第一项说的是最高果位的慧,第二项说的是真实语,第三项说的是舍弃财物,第四项说的是烦恼的寂灭。通过第一项,从“业是自己所有”的慧或者观慧开始说起,一直说到果位的慧。通过第二项,从真实语开始说起,一直说到究竟真理,也就是涅槃。通过第三项,从舍弃财物开始说起,一直说到以最高之道舍弃烦恼。通过第四项,从以等至镇伏的烦恼开始说起,一直说到以最高之道寂灭烦恼。或者,仅凭“慧决意”这一项,说的就是阿拉汉果的慧,其余几项说的是究竟真理。又或者,仅凭“真实决意”这一项,说的就是究竟真理,其余几项说的是阿拉汉的慧——这是鼠惧长老说的。巴利
Adhiṭṭhānānīti ettha adhīti upasaggamattaṃ. Atthato pana tena vā tiṭṭhanti, tattha vā tiṭṭhanti, ṭhānameva vā taṃtaṃguṇādhikānaṃ purisānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, paññāva adhiṭṭhānaṃ paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Ettha ca paṭhamena aggaphalapaññā. Dutiyena vacīsaccaṃ. Tatiyena āmisapariccāgo. Catutthena kilesūpasamo kathitoti veditabbo. Paṭhamena ca kammassakatapaññaṃ vipassanāpaññaṃ vā ādiṃ katvā phalapaññā kathitā. Dutiyena vacīsaccaṃ ādiṃ katvā paramatthasaccaṃ nibbānaṃ. Tatiyena āmisapariccāgaṃ ādiṃ katvā aggamaggena kilesapariccāgo. Catutthena samāpattivikkhambhite kilese ādiṃ katvā aggamaggena kilesavūpasamo. Paññādhiṭṭhānena vā ekena arahattaphalapaññā kathitā. Sesehi paramatthasaccaṃ. Saccādhiṭṭhānena vā ekena paramatthasaccaṃ kathitaṃ. Sesehi arahattapaññāti mūsikābhayatthero āha.
关于答问等四类的注释巴利
Pañhabyākaraṇādicatukkavaṇṇanā
312 关于答问的说明,在《大教法经》的讨论中已经详细解释过了。巴利
312.Pañhabyākaraṇāni mahāpadesakathāya vitthāritāneva.
黑,就是黑暗的十不善业道业。黑报,因为投生在恶趣,所以是黑暗的果报。白,就是白净的十善业道业。白报,因为投生在天界,所以是白净的果报。黑白,就是混合的业。黑白报,就是苦乐相杂的果报。造了混合业之后,由于不善业而投生在畜生道中的吉祥象等处,当善业成熟时就体验到快乐;由于善业而投生在王族等中,当不善业成熟时就体验到痛苦。非黑非白,指的是能令业灭尽的四种道智。如果它是黑的,就应当产生黑的果报;如果它是白的,就应当产生白的果报;然而它并不产生这两种果报,所以具有非黑非白之报的性质,因此称为非黑非白,这就是这里所说的含义。巴利
Kaṇhanti kāḷakaṃ dasaakusalakammapathakammaṃ. Kaṇhavipākanti apāye nibbattanato kāḷakavipākaṃ. Sukkanti paṇḍaraṃ kusalakammapathakammaṃ. Sukkavipākanti sagge nibbattanato paṇḍaravipākaṃ. Kaṇhasukkanti missakakammaṃ. Kaṇhasukkavipākanti sukhadukkhavipākaṃ. Missakakammañhi katvā akusalena tiracchānayoniyaṃ maṅgalahatthiṭṭhānādīsu uppanno kusalena pavatte sukhaṃ vedayati. Kusalena rājakulepi nibbatto akusalena pavatte dukkhaṃ vedayati. Akaṇhaasukkanti kammakkhayakaraṃ catumaggañāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tañhi yadi kaṇhaṃ bhaveyya, kaṇhavipākaṃ dadeyya. Yadi sukkaṃ bhaveyya, sukkavipākaṃ dadeyya. Ubhayavipākassa pana adānato akaṇhāsukkavipākattā akaṇhaṃ asukkanti ayamettha attho.
应当亲自证得,就是通过现前亲证和获得而应当证得。以眼,就是以天眼。以身,就是以与心同时生起的名身。以慧,就是以阿拉汉果智。巴利
Sacchikaraṇīyāti paccakkhakaraṇena ceva paṭilābhena ca sacchikātabbā. Cakkhunāti dibbacakkhunā. Kāyenāti sahajātanāmakāyena. Paññāyāti arahattaphalañāṇena.
暴流:在轮回中冲落众生、使他们沉没,所以叫暴流。其中,对五种欲的贪是欲暴流;对色界和无色界存在的欲贪是有暴流;同样,对禅那的贪爱以及和常见相应的贪也是有暴流;六十二种邪见是见暴流。巴利
Oghāti vaṭṭasmiṃ satte ohananti osīdāpentīti oghā. Tattha pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo kāmogho. Rūpārūpabhavesu chandarāgo bhavogho. Tathā jhānanikanti sassatadiṭṭhisahagato ca rāgo. Dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhiyo diṭṭhogho.
它们把众生绑在轮回里,所以叫轭。应当知道,这些轭就像瀑流一样。巴利
Vaṭṭasmiṃ yojentīti yogā. Te oghā viya veditabbā.
脱离轭,就是不再被束缚。其中,不净禅那属于脱离欲轭。以它为基础而证得的不来道,就是彻底脱离欲轭。阿拉汉道称为脱离有轭。入流道称为脱离见轭。阿拉汉道称为脱离无明轭。巴利
Visaṃyojentīti visaññogā. Tattha asubhajjhānaṃ kāmayogavisaṃyogo. Taṃ pādakaṃ katvā adhigato anāgāmimaggo ekanteneva kāmayogavisaññogo nāma. Arahattamaggo bhavayogavisaññogo nāma. Sotāpattimaggo diṭṭhiyogavisaññogo nāma. Arahattamaggo avijjāyogavisaññogo nāma.
结缚,就是按“结”的意义来说的。在轮回中,把名身和色身结缚、绑住、缠住的,就是身结。所谓“只有这个才是真的,别的都是假的”——这样生起的见解执著,就是见执取。巴利
Ganthanavasena ganthā. Vaṭṭasmiṃ nāmakāyañceva rūpakāyañca ganthati bandhati palibundhatīti kāyagantho.Idaṃsaccābhinivesoti idameva saccaṃ, moghamaññanti evaṃ pavatto diṭṭhābhiniveso.
取,就是执持、抓取。欲即是贪,它以抓取之义而成为取,所以叫欲取。见就是邪见,它同样以抓取之义而成为取,所以叫见取。认为以此而得清净,这样对戒律和禁制的抓取,就是戒禁取。认为有“我”,以此来说话并执取,就是我语取。巴利
Upādānānīti ādānaggahaṇāni. Kāmoti rāgo, soyeva gahaṇaṭṭhena upādānanti kāmupādānaṃ. Diṭṭhīti micchādiṭṭhi, sāpi gahaṇaṭṭhena upādānanti diṭṭhupādānaṃ. Iminā suddhīti evaṃ sīlavatānaṃ gahaṇaṃ sīlabbatupādānaṃ. Attāti etena vadati ceva upādiyati cāti attavādupādānaṃ.
“生类”指的是出生的方式类别。在卵里出生的,叫卵生;在胎膜里出生的,叫胎生;在湿气、腐鱼之类的地方出生的,叫湿生——这是对在卧处、腐鱼等地方出生者的称呼。像迅速赶来、忽然投生一样出现的,叫化生。在天界和人间,湿生和化生有这样的差别:湿生出生时又小又弱,化生则一出生就像十六岁的样子。在人间和地居天里,这四种出生方式都能见到。畜生道里,像金翅鸟、龙等也有这些情况。经里说过:“比丘们,在那里,卵生的金翅鸟只抓卵生的龙,不抓胎生、湿生和化生的龙。”从四大王天往上的诸天神,全都是化生;地狱众生也一样。饿鬼道里,四种出生方式都能见到。关于入胎的情况,在《信乐经》里已经讲过了。巴利
Yoniyoti koṭṭhāsā. Aṇḍe jātāti aṇḍajā. Jalābumhi jātāti jalābujā. Saṃsede jātāti saṃsedajā. Sayanasmiṃ pūtimacchādīsu ca nibbattānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vegena āgantvā upapatitā viyāti opapātikā. Tattha devamanussesu saṃsedajaopapātikānaṃ ayaṃ viseso. Saṃsedajā mandā daharā hutvā nibbattanti. Opapātikā soḷasavassuddesikā hutvā. Manussesu hi bhummadevesu ca imā catassopi yoniyo labbhanti. Tathā tiracchānesu supaṇṇanāgādīsu. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘tattha, bhikkhave, aṇḍajā supaṇṇā aṇḍajeva nāge haranti, na jalābuje na saṃsedaje na opapātike’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.393). Cātumahārājikato paṭṭhāya uparidevā opapātikāyeva . Tathā nerayikā. Petesu catassopi labbhanti. Gabbhāvakkantiyo sampasādanīye kathitā eva.
在各类生命形态当中,第一种应当理解为嬉戏腐败一类的天人;第二种是被屠羊人等所杀的羊之类的众生;第三种是意愤怒一类的天人;第四种是从四大王天起往上的诸天神。那些天人确实既不是因自己的思而死,也不是因他人的思而死。巴利
Attabhāvapaṭilābhesu paṭhamo khiḍḍāpadosikavasena veditabbo. Dutiyo orabbhikādīhi ghātiyamānaurabbhādivasena. Tatiyo manopadosikāvasena. Catuttho cātumahārājike upādāya uparisesadevatāvasena. Te hi devā neva attasañcetanāya maranti, na parasañcetanāya.
施清净等四种的注释巴利
Dakkhiṇāvisuddhādicatukkavaṇṇanā
313 这些被称为“施清净”,是因为通过它们,被称为布施的供养得以清净,变得有大果报。巴利
313.Dakkhiṇāvisuddhiyoti dānasaṅkhātā dakkhiṇā visujjhanti mahapphalā honti etāhīti dakkhiṇāvisuddhiyo.
布施因施主而清净,不因受者而清净:这是说,施主持戒,以如法得来的施物布施,而受者破戒。这种布施,就像韦桑德拉大王的布施一样。布施因受者而清净,不因施主而清净:这是说,受者持戒,施主破戒,以非法得来的东西布施。这种布施,就像行刑者的布施一样。既不因施主而清净,也不因受者而清净:这是说,双方都破戒,所施之物也是以非法方式得来的。反过来,第四种情况应当如此理解。巴利
Dāyakato visujjhati, no paṭiggāhakatoti yattha dāyako sīlavā hoti, dhammenuppannaṃ deyyadhammaṃ deti, paṭiggāhako dussīlo. Ayaṃ dakkhiṇā vessantaramahārājassa dakkhiṇāsadisā. Paṭiggāhakatovisujjhati, no dāyakatoti yattha paṭiggāhako sīlavā hoti, dāyako dussīlo, adhammenuppannaṃ deti, ayaṃ dakkhiṇā coraghātakassa dakkhiṇāsadisā. Neva dāyakato visujjhati, no paṭiggāhakatoti yattha ubhopi dussīlā deyyadhammopi adhammena nibbatto. Vipariyāyena catutthā veditabbā.
摄事,就是摄持的原因。这些在前面已经分别说明过了。巴利
Saṅgahavatthūnīti saṅgahakāraṇāni. Tāni heṭṭhā vibhattāneva.
非圣语,就是非圣者、卑劣之人的言语。巴利
Anariyavohārāti anariyānaṃ lāmakānaṃ vohārā.
圣语,就是诸圣者、善士们的言语。巴利
Ariyavohārāti ariyānaṃ sappurisānaṃ vohārā.
“见而说”就是宣称“我已见”。在这里,应当依据能引发各种不同说法的思心所来理解它的含义。巴利
Diṭṭhavāditāti diṭṭhaṃ mayāti evaṃ vāditā. Ettha ca taṃtaṃsamuṭṭhāpakacetanāvasena attho veditabbo.
自苦等四类人的注释巴利
Attantapādicatukkavaṇṇanā
314 在“自苦等”这几类人里,第一种是裸形外道;第二种是屠羊者等当中的某一类;第三种是祭祀者;第四种是在教法里正确行道的人。巴利
314.Attantapādīsu paṭhamo acelako. Dutiyo orabbhikādīsu aññataro. Tatiyo yaññayājako. Catuttho sāsane sammāpaṭipanno.
在“为自利而行”等四种人里,第一种是自己具足戒等德行,却不劝别人修戒等的人,就像具寿瓦咖离长老;第二种是自己不具足戒等德行,却劝别人修戒等的人,就像具寿伍巴南达;第三种是自己既不具足戒等德行,也不劝别人修戒等的人,就像提婆达多;第四种是自己具足戒等德行,也劝别人修戒等的人,就像具寿大迦叶长老。巴利
Attahitāya paṭipannādīsu paṭhamo yo sayaṃ sīlādisampanno, paraṃ sīlādīsu na samādapeti āyasmā vakkalitthero viya. Dutiyo yo attanā na sīlādisampanno, paraṃ sīlādīsu samādapeti āyasmā upanando viya. Tatiyo yo nevattanā sīlādisampanno, paraṃ sīlādīsu na samādapeti devadatto viya. Catuttho yo attanā ca sīlādisampanno parañca sīlādīsu samādapeti āyasmā mahākassapo viya.
在这些词句中,“暗”指的是成为黑暗。“以暗为归宿”是说:他的归宿和去处就是暗本身,所以叫“以暗为归宿”。一切词句的含义都应当这样理解。在这里,第一种人投生在旃陀罗等低贱家庭,生活困苦,所获身命低劣,之后做满三种恶行。第二种人同样生在这样的境遇,之后做满三种善行。第三种人投生在尊贵的刹帝利家庭,饮食丰足,所获身命优越,之后做满三种恶行。第四种人同样生在优越环境中,之后做满三种善行。巴利
Tamādīsu tamoti andhakārabhūto. Tamaparāyaṇoti tamameva paraṃ ayanaṃ gati assāti tamaparāyaṇo. Evaṃ sabbapadesu attho veditabbo. Ettha ca paṭhamo nīce caṇḍālādikule dujjīvite hīnattabhāve nibbattitvā tīṇi duccaritāni paripūreti. Dutiyo tathāvidho hutvā tīṇi sucaritāni paripūreti. Tatiyo uḷāre khattiyakule bahuannapāne sampannattabhāve nibbattitvā tīṇi duccaritāni paripūreti. Catuttho tādisova hutvā tīṇi sucaritāni paripūreti.
“不动沙门”就是沙门中的不动者。“ma”只是连音而已。应当知道,这是指入流者。因为入流者就像因陀罗柱一样,不会被四面来的风动摇,也不会被外道的言论动摇。由于具备不动摇的信仰,所以叫“不动沙门”。经中也这样说:“什么样的人是不动沙门?世间有这样的人,因为彻底断尽三结……”后面还有详细说明。再者,由于贪和嗔已经变得很薄,一来者就叫“莲花沙门”。因此说:“什么样的人是莲花沙门?世间有这样的人,只再来这个世界一次,就彻底结束苦,这样的人就叫莲花沙门。”由于没有贪和嗔,很快就会像花一样绽放,所以不来者就叫“白莲沙门”。因此说:“什么样的人是白莲沙门?世间有这样的人,因为断尽五下分结……这样的人就叫白莲沙门。”而阿拉汉由于一切结缚和烦恼都已不存在,所以在诸沙门中就叫“沙门中最柔软者”。因此说:“什么样的人是沙门中最柔软者?世间有这样的人,因为诸漏已尽……证得并安住其中。这样的人就叫沙门中最柔软者。”巴利
Samaṇamacaloti samaṇaacalo. Ma-kāro padasandhimattaṃ. So sotāpanno veditabbo. Sotāpanno hi catūhi vātehi indakhīlo viya parappavādehi akampiyo. Acalasaddhāya samannāgatoti samaṇamacalo. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘katamo ca puggalo samaṇamacalo? Idhekacco puggalo tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā’’ti (pu. pa. 190) vitthāro. Rāgadosānaṃ pana tanubhūtattā sakadāgāmī samaṇapadumo nāma. Tenāha – ‘‘katamo pana puggalo samaṇapadumo? Idhekacco puggalo sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo samaṇapadumo’’ti (pu. pa. 190). Rāgadosānaṃ abhāvā khippameva pupphissatīti anāgāmī samaṇapuṇḍarīko nāma. Tenāha – ‘‘katamo ca puggalo samaṇapuṇḍarīko? Idhekacco puggalo pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ…pe… ayaṃ vuccati puggalo samaṇapuṇḍarīko’’ti (pu. pa. 190). Arahā pana sabbesampi ganthakārakilesānaṃ abhāvā samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo nāma. Tenāha – ‘‘katamo ca puggalo samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo? Idhekacco āsavānaṃ khayā…pe… upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati puggalo samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo’’ti.
“贤友们,这些……”等等,应当完全按照前面所说的方式连接理解。这位长老这样以五十组四法、共二百个问题来解说,显示了和合之味。巴利
‘‘Ime kho , āvuso’’tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti samapaññāsāya catukkānaṃ vasena dvepañhasatāni kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
315 315. 这样,通过四法的方式显示了和合之义后,现在为了通过五法的方式显示,又开始了新的开示。其中,在五蕴里,色蕴属于世间。其余诸蕴则通于世间与出世间。取蕴只属于世间。至于蕴的详细讨论,在《清净道论》中已经说过。五欲在前面也已经详细解说了。巴利
315. Iti catukkavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni pañcakavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha pañcasu khandhesu rūpakkhandho lokiyo. Sesā lokiyalokuttarā. Upādānakkhandhā lokiyāva. Vitthārato pana khandhakathā visuddhimagge vuttā. Kāmaguṇā heṭṭhā vitthāritāva.
由善行、恶行等所导向、应当前往的地方,就是“趣”。“地狱”的意思是没有喜乐。这里是连着处所一起说诸蕴。接下来对前三种趣,只说了在那里投生所得的诸蕴;到第四种,则连处所也一并说了。巴利
Sukatadukkaṭādīhi gantabbāti gatiyo. Nirayoti nirassādo. Sahokāsena khandhā kathitā. Tato paresu tīsu nibbattā khandhāva vuttā. Catutthe okāsopi.
对住处的悭吝,就是住处悭吝。具有这种悭吝的比丘,看到外来的客比丘时,就说“这里存放着塔庙或僧团的物资”之类的话,连僧团共有的住处也不让用。他死后会投生为饿鬼或巨蟒。对家族的悭吝,就是家族悭吝。具有这种悭吝的比丘,用类似的理由,阻止别人进入自己的护持者家族。对利得的悭吝,就是利得悭吝。具有这种悭吝的比丘,连属于僧团的利得也舍不得,为了让别人得不到,就做各种手脚。对容貌的悭吝,就是容貌悭吝。这里说的容貌,应当理解为既包括身体的相貌,也包括品德名声。对教理法的悭吝,就是法悭吝。具有这种悭吝的比丘,心想“他要是学了这法,就会超过我”,于是不肯教给别人。但如果是为了护持法或护持人而不教,那就不算悭吝。巴利
Āvāse macchariyaṃ āvāsamacchariyaṃ. Tena samannāgato bhikkhu āgantukaṃ disvā ‘‘ettha cetiyassa vā saṅghassa vā parikkhāro ṭhapito’’tiādīni vatvā saṅghikampi āvāsaṃ nivāreti. So kālaṅkatvā peto vā ajagaro vā hutvā nibbattati. Kule macchariyaṃ kulamacchariyaṃ. Tena samannāgato bhikkhu tehi kāraṇehi attano upaṭṭhākakule aññesaṃ pavesanampi nivāreti. Lābhe macchariyaṃ lābhamacchariyaṃ. Tena samannāgato bhikkhu saṅghikampi lābhaṃ maccharāyanto yathā aññe na labhanti, evaṃ karoti. Vaṇṇe macchariyaṃ vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ. Vaṇṇoti cettha sarīravaṇṇopi guṇavaṇṇopi veditabbo. Pariyattidhamme macchariyaṃ dhammamacchariyaṃ. Tena samannāgato bhikkhu ‘‘imaṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā eso maṃ abhibhavissatī’’ti aññassa na deti. Yo pana dhammānuggahena vā puggalānuggahena vā na deti, na taṃ macchariyaṃ.
心被它们阻挡、被它们覆盖,所以叫“盖”。欲贪一旦成为盖,就由阿拉汉道断除。欲贪随眠一旦成为欲贪结,就由不来道断除。昏沉是心的病,睡眠是三种蕴的病,这两者都由阿拉汉道断除。掉举也是这样,由阿拉汉道断除。悔恨由不来道断除。疑由初道断除。巴利
Cittaṃ nivārenti pariyonandhantīti nīvaraṇāni. Kāmacchando nīvaraṇapatto arahattamaggavajjho. Kāmarāgānusayo kāmarāgasaṃyojanapatto anāgāmimaggavajjho. Thinaṃ cittagelaññaṃ . Middhaṃ khandhattayagelaññaṃ. Ubhayampi arahattamaggavajjhaṃ. Tathā uddhaccaṃ. Kukkuccaṃ anāgāmimaggavajjhaṃ. Vicikicchā paṭhamamaggavajjhā.
结就是束缚。不过,在被这些结所束缚的人当中,凡投生在色界和无色界的入流者和一来者,叫作“内缚外眠”,因为他们的结在欲界。凡投生在欲界的不来者,叫作“外缚内眠”,因为他们的结在色界和无色界。凡投生在欲界的入流者和一来者,叫作“内缚内眠”。凡投生在色界和无色界的不来者,叫作“外缚外眠”。漏已尽的人则在任何地方都无所束缚。巴利
Saṃyojanānīti bandhanāni. Tehi pana baddhesu puggalesu rūpārūpabhave nibbattā sotāpannasakadāgāmino antobaddhā bahisayitā nāma. Tesañhi kāmabhave bandhanaṃ. Kāmabhave anāgāmino bahibaddhā antosayitā nāma. Tesañhi rūpārūpabhave bandhanaṃ. Kāmabhave sotāpannasakadāgāmino antobaddhā antosayitā nāma. Rūpārūpabhave anāgāmino bahibaddhā bahisayitā nāma. Khīṇāsavo sabbattha abandhano.
应当修学的那一句就是学处,意思是修学的部分。或者说,为了修学而有的那一句就是学处,意思是达到增上心和增上慧修学的方法。这是这里的简要说明。至于详细说明,在《分别论》的学处分别中已经讲到了。巴利
Sikkhitabbaṃ padaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, sikkhākoṭṭhāsoti attho. Sikkhāya vā padaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, adhicittaadhipaññāsikkhāya adhigamupāyoti attho. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthārato pana sikkhāpadakathā vibhaṅgappakaraṇe sikkhāpadavibhaṅge āgatā eva.
不能处等五法的注释巴利
Abhabbaṭṭhānādipañcakavaṇṇanā
316 贤友,漏已尽的比丘不可能故意杀生等等,只是开示之首;其实入流者等也不可能做这些事。这样说,是在批评凡夫、赞叹漏已尽者。所谓凡夫,就是该受责备的,甚至会做出杀母等恶行;而漏已尽者则是值得称赞的,连蝼蚁之类的小生命也不会杀害。巴利
316. ‘‘Abhabbo, āvuso, khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇa’’ntiādi desanāsīsameva, sotāpannādayopi pana abhabbā. Puthujjanakhīṇāsavānaṃ nindāpasaṃsatthampi evaṃ vuttaṃ. Puthujjano nāma gārayho, mātughātādīnipi karoti . Khīṇāsavo pana pāsaṃso, kunthakipillikaghātādīnipi na karotīti.
在灾祸中散坏,所以叫灾祸,意思是它抛弃、摧毁利益与安乐。亲属的灾祸就是亲属灾祸,意思是因盗贼、疾病、恐惧等而使亲属毁灭。财富的灾祸就是财富灾祸,意思是因国王、盗贼等而使财富毁灭。疾病本身就是灾祸,就是疾病灾祸。因为疾病确实会离散、摧毁健康,所以叫灾祸。戒的灾祸就是戒灾祸,这是对恶戒的称呼。已生起的、正在毁坏正见的邪见本身就是灾祸,就是见灾祸。在这里,亲属灾祸等前三种既不是不善,也不被三相所摄。戒灾祸和见灾祸这两种是不善,被三相所摄。正因为如此,经中才说:“贤友,并非因为亲属灾祸……”等等。巴利
Byasanesu viyassatīti byasanaṃ, hitasukhaṃ khipati viddhaṃsetīti attho. Ñātīnaṃ byasanaṃ ñātibyasanaṃ, corarogabhayādīhi ñātivināsoti attho. Bhogānaṃ byasanaṃ bhogabyasanaṃ, rājacorādivasena bhogavināsoti attho. Rogo eva byasanaṃ rogabyasanaṃ. Rogo hi ārogyaṃ byasati vināsetīti byasanaṃ, sīlassa byasanaṃ sīlabyasanaṃ. Dussīlyassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Sammādiṭṭhiṃ vināsayamānā uppannā diṭṭhi eva byasanaṃ diṭṭhibyasanaṃ. Ettha ca ñātibyasanādīni tīṇi neva akusalāni na tilakkhaṇāhatāni. Sīladiṭṭhibyasanadvayaṃ akusalaṃ tilakkhaṇāhataṃ. Teneva ‘‘nāvuso, sattā ñātibyasanahetu vā’’tiādimāha.
亲属成就是指亲属众多、圆满、人数兴旺。财富成就也是同样的道理。健康的成就是指健康圆满,也就是长期不生病。戒成就和见成就也同样如此。在这里,亲属成就等前三者不是善法,不被三相所摄。戒成就和见成就是善法,被三相所摄。正因为如此,经中才说:“贤友,众生并不是因为亲属成就……”等等。巴利
Ñātisampadāti ñātīnaṃ sampadā pāripūrī bahubhāvo. Bhogasampadāyapi eseva nayo. Ārogyassa sampadā ārogyasampadā. Pāripūrī dīgharattaṃ arogatā. Sīladiṭṭhisampadāsupi eseva nayo . Idhāpi ñātisampadādayo no kusalā, na tilakkhaṇāhatā. Sīladiṭṭhisampadā kusalā, tilakkhaṇāhatā. Teneva ‘‘nāvuso, sattā ñātisampadāhetu vā’’tiādimāha.
关于戒的败坏和戒的成就的解说,在《大般涅槃经》里已经详细讲过了。巴利
Sīlavipattisīlasampattikathā mahāparinibbāne vitthāritāva.
“举罪者”是指用四种举罪事来举罪的人:指出事、指出罪、拒绝共住、拒绝如法行。“我将适时而说,非非时而说”——这里说的“时”,是针对被举罪者的时机说的,不是针对举罪者说的。因为举罪他人时,不应该在集会中、伍波萨他堂或自恣堂时、座堂或食堂等处举罪。应该在白天坐在坐处之时,先请求说:“请尊者给个方便,我想向尊者陈说。”这样请得机会之后再举罪。但如果经过观察了解,知道那个人是个轻率的人,会说不实的话来败坏比丘们的名声,那么对这个人,即使没有请机会,也应当举罪。“如实”就是真实、如其实际。“柔软”就是温和、柔和。“以饶益心”就是心里怀着想让对方得利益、得安乐的意思。巴利
Codakenāti vatthusaṃsandassanā, āpattisaṃsandassanā, saṃvāsappaṭikkhepo, sāmīcippaṭikkhepoti catūhi codanāvatthūhi codayamānena. Kālena vakkhāmi no akālenāti ettha cuditakassa kālo kathito, na codakassa. Paraṃ codentena hi parisamajjhe vā uposathapavāraṇagge vā āsanasālābhojanasālādīsu vā na codetabbaṃ. Divāṭṭhāne nisinnakāle ‘‘karotāyasmā okāsaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmantaṃ vattukāmo’’ti evaṃ okāsaṃ kāretvā codetabbaṃ. Puggalaṃ pana upaparikkhitvā yo lolapuggalo abhūtaṃ vatvā bhikkhūnaṃ ayasaṃ āropeti, so okāsakammaṃ vināpi codetabbo. Bhūtenāti tacchena sabhāvena. Saṇhenāti maṭṭhena mudukena. Atthasañhitenāti atthakāmatāya hitakāmatāya upetena.
五勤支的注释巴利
Padhāniyaṅgapañcakavaṇṇanā
317 “勤支”:“勤”说的是精勤努力;具有勤的人就是“勤行者”,勤行比丘的支分就是勤支。“有信”:就是具备信。这信有四种:来处信、证得信、信解信、净信。其中,一切知菩萨的信,因为是从誓愿而来的,所以叫来处信;圣弟子的信,因为是通过证悟而得到的,所以叫证得信;说到佛、法、僧时,以不动摇的状态来信受,这叫信解信;生起清净的信心,这叫净信。这里指的是信解信。“觉”:就是第四道智。他深信这是如来所善通达的。这只是开示的开头,不过以这个支来说,指的是对三宝的信。因为对佛等有强大净信的人,他的精勤才能成就。“少病”:就是没有病。“少恼”:就是没有痛苦。“消化均衡”:指业生的火界能均衡地消化食物。不太冷不太热:消化偏寒的人怕冷,消化偏热的人怕热,这些人的精勤不能成就。只有消化适中的人才能成就,所以说“中等的、堪任精勤的”。“能如实显露自己”:就是能如实显露自己的过失。“能导向生灭”:指能够观察、辨别诸法的生起和灭去,这里说的是执取五十相的生灭智。“圣”:就是极为清净。“能摧破”:能摧破以前从未被摧破的贪蕴等。“正导向苦尽”:因为以彼分断的方式已断除烦恼,所以对于那那苦的尽,能导向那那苦的尽。如此,以所有这些词句所说的唯是毗婆奢那慧。愚昧者的精勤确实不能成就。巴利
317.Padhāniyaṅgānīti padhānaṃ vuccati padahanaṃ, padhānamassa atthīti padhāniyo, padhāniyassa bhikkhuno aṅgāni padhāniyaṅgāni. Saddhoti saddhāya samannāgato. Saddhā panesā āgamanasaddhā, adhigamanasaddhā, okappanasaddhā, pasādasaddhāti catubbidhā. Tattha sabbaññubodhisattānaṃ saddhā abhinīhārato āgatattā āgamanasaddhā nāma. Ariyasāvakānaṃ paṭivedhena adhigatattā adhigamanasaddhā nāma. Buddho dhammo saṅghoti vutte acalabhāvena okappanaṃ okappanasaddhā nāma. Pasāduppatti pasādasaddhā nāma. Idha okappanasaddhā adhippetā. Bodhinti catutthamaggañāṇaṃ. Taṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ tathāgatenāti saddahati. Desanāsīsameva cetaṃ, iminā pana aṅgena tīsupi ratanesu saddhā adhippetā. Yassa hi buddhādīsu pasādo balavā, tassa padhānavīriyaṃ ijjhati. Appābādhoti arogo. Appātaṅkoti niddukkho. Samavepākiniyāti samavipācanīyā. Gahaṇiyāti kammajatejodhātuyā. Nātisītāya nāccuṇhāyāti atisītagahaṇiko sītabhīrū hoti, accuṇhagahaṇiko uṇhabhīrū hoti, tesaṃ padhānaṃ na ijjhati. Majjhimagahaṇikassa ijjhati. Tenāha – ‘‘majjhimāya padhānakkhamāyā’’ti. Yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikattāti yathābhūtaṃ attano aguṇaṃ pakāsetā. Udayatthagāminiyāti udayañca atthaṅgamañca gantuṃ paricchindituṃ samatthāya, etena paññāsalakkhaṇapariggāhakaṃ udayabbayañāṇaṃ vuttaṃ . Ariyāyāti parisuddhāya. Nibbedhikāyāti anibbiddhapubbe lobhakkhandhādayo nibbijjhituṃ samatthāya. Sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyāti tadaṅgavasena kilesānaṃ pahīnattā yaṃ yaṃ dukkhaṃ khīyati, tassa tassa dukkhassa khayagāminiyā. Iti sabbehi imehi padehi vipassanāpaññāva kathitā. Duppaññassa hi padhānaṃ na ijjhati.
净居天等五种的注释巴利
Suddhāvāsādipañcakavaṇṇanā
318 净居天:因为清净者曾住在这里、现在住在这里、将来也会住在这里,所以叫净居天。清净者,就是远离烦恼污垢的不来者和漏尽者。至于无热天等(各天的名称含义),该说明的内容在《大本经》里已经讲过了。巴利
318.Suddhāvāsāti suddhā idha āvasiṃsu āvasanti āvasissanti vāti suddhāvāsā. Suddhāti kilesamalarahitā anāgāmikhīṇāsavā. Avihātiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ mahāpadāne vuttameva.
在不来者当中,还没有超过寿命的一半,就在中途证得烦恼般涅槃、证得阿拉汉果的,名叫“中般涅槃者”。超过寿命的一半、越过中段之后才证得的,名叫“生般涅槃者”。不靠加行、不用努力、不感到疲惫,轻松安乐地证得的,名叫“无行般涅槃者”。需要加行、需要努力、感到疲惫,辛苦地证得的,名叫“有行般涅槃者”。这四种在五净居天里都能证得。至于“上流至色究竟天者”,这里应当知道有四种情况:从无热天开始,依次经过其余四层天界,上生到色究竟天才般涅槃的,名叫“上流至色究竟天者”。从无热天往生到第二层、第三层或第四层天界就般涅槃的,名叫“上流但不到色究竟天者”。从欲界直接投生到色究竟天而般涅槃的,名叫“非上流而到色究竟天者”。在下方四层天界中,于各处受生而般涅槃的,名叫“非上流亦非到色究竟天者”。巴利
Anāgāmīsu āyuno majjhaṃ anatikkamitvā antarāva kilesaparinibbānaṃ arahattaṃ patto antarāparinibbāyī nāma. Majjhaṃ upahacca atikkamitvā patto upahaccaparinibbāyī nāma. Asaṅkhārena appayogena akilamanto sukhena patto asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī nāma. Sasaṅkhārena sappayogena kilamanto dukkhena patto sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī nāma. Ime cattāro pañcasupi suddhāvāsesu labbhanti. Uddhaṃsotoakaniṭṭhagāmīti ettha pana catukkaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yo hi avihāto paṭṭhāya cattāro devaloke sodhetvā akaniṭṭhaṃ gantvā parinibbāyati, ayaṃ uddhaṃsoto akaniṭṭhagāmī nāma. Yo avihāto dutiyaṃ vā tatiyaṃ vā catutthaṃ vā devalokaṃ gantvā parinibbāyati, ayaṃ uddhaṃsoto na akaniṭṭhagāmī nāma. Yo kāmabhavato akaniṭṭhesu nibbattitvā parinibbāyati, ayaṃ na uddhaṃsoto akaniṭṭhagāmī nāma. Yo heṭṭhā catūsu devalokesu tattha tattheva nibbattitvā parinibbāyati, ayaṃ na uddhaṃsoto na akaniṭṭhagāmī nāmāti.
心荒芜五法注释巴利
Cetokhilapañcakavaṇṇanā
319 心荒芜,就是心的僵硬状态。对导师有疑惑,就是对佛陀的身体或功德有疑惑。对身体疑惑时,会这样想:所谓具足三十二种大人殊胜相的身体,到底是有还是没有?对功德疑惑时,会这样想:所谓能了知过去、未来、现在的一切知智,到底是有还是没有?为了策励,就是为了发起精进。为了修习,就是为了反复地修习。为了持续,就是为了不间断地实行。为了勤行,就是为了精勤努力。这是第一种心荒芜,也就是对导师疑惑这种第一种心的僵硬状态。对法,就是对教理之法和证悟之法。对教理之法疑惑时,会这样想:人们说有三藏佛语、八万四千法蕴,这到底是有还是没有?对证悟之法疑惑时,会这样想:人们说道是观智的等流,果是道的等流,舍弃一切行是涅槃,这些到底是有还是没有?对僧有疑惑,就是会这样想:依照善行道者等语句,有如此行道的四位住于道者、四位住于果者,由这八种人组成的僧团,到底是有还是没有?对学处疑惑时,会这样想:人们说有增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学,这些到底是有还是没有?这是第五种,也就是对同梵行者起瞋心这种第五种心的僵硬状态,是心的污秽状态、心的僵硬如桩状态。巴利
319.Cetokhilāti cittassa thaddhabhāvā. Satthari kaṅkhatīti satthu sarīre vā guṇe vā kaṅkhati. Sarīre kaṅkhamāno ‘‘dvattiṃsamahāpurisavaralakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ nāma sarīraṃ atthi nu kho natthī’’ti kaṅkhati. Guṇe kaṅkhamāno ‘‘atītānāgatapaccuppannajānanasamatthaṃ sabbaññutañāṇaṃ atthi nu kho natthī’’ti kaṅkhati. Ātappāyāti vīriyakaraṇatthāya. Anuyogāyāti punappunaṃ yogāya. Sātaccāyāti satatakiriyāya. Padhānāyāti padahanatthāya. Ayaṃ paṭhamo cetokhiloti ayaṃ satthari vicikicchāsaṅkhāto paṭhamo cittassa thaddhabhāvo. Dhammeti pariyattidhamme ca paṭivedhadhamme ca. Pariyattidhamme kaṅkhamāno ‘‘tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassānīti vadanti, atthi nu kho etaṃ natthī’’ti kaṅkhati. Paṭivedhadhamme kaṅkhamāno ‘‘vipassanānissando maggo nāma, magganissando phalaṃ nāma, sabbasaṅkhārapaṭinissaggo nibbānaṃ nāmāti vadanti, taṃ atthi nu kho natthī’’ti kaṅkhati. Saṅghe kaṅkhatīti ‘‘ujuppaṭipannotiādīnaṃ padānaṃ vasena evarūpaṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno cattāro maggaṭṭhā cattāro phalaṭṭhāti aṭṭhannaṃ puggalānaṃ samūhabhūto saṅgho nāma atthi nu kho natthī’’ti kaṅkhati. Sikkhāya kaṅkhamāno ‘‘adhisīlasikkhā nāma, adhicittaadhipaññāsikkhā nāmāti vadanti , sā atthi nu kho natthī’’ti kaṅkhati. Ayaṃ pañcamoti ayaṃ sabrahmacārīsu kopasaṅkhāto pañcamo cittassa thaddhabhāvo kacavarabhāvo khāṇukabhāvo.
心之系缚等五法的注释巴利
Cetasovinibandhādipañcakavaṇṇanā
320 心之系缚:就是把心绑住,像攥在拳头里一样抓住,所以叫心之系缚。于诸欲:包括事欲和烦恼欲。于自身:就是对自己的身体。于外色:就是对外在的色。足量:想要多少就有多少。满腹:就是填饱肚子;因为那肚子被填满,所以叫满腹。床座乐:就是床和椅子的舒适。卧侧乐:就是躺着翻身时,右侧卧、左侧卧所生起的快乐,这样生起的乐。睡眠乐:就是睡眠的快乐。随行:就是投入、致力于而安住。希愿:就是渴望、发愿之后。以此梵行:就是凭远离淫欲的梵行。或成为天人:或成为有大威力的天人。或成为某位天人:或在少威力的诸天神中成为某一位。巴利
320.Cetasovinibandhāti cittaṃ bandhitvā muṭṭhiyaṃ katvā viya gaṇhantīti cetasovinibandhā. Kāmeti vatthukāmepi kilesakāmepi. Kāyeti attano kāye. Rūpeti bahiddhārūpe. Yāvadatthanti yattakaṃ icchati, tattakaṃ. Udarāvadehakanti udarapūraṃ. Tañhi udaraṃ avadehanato ‘‘udarāvadehaka’’nti vuccati. Seyyasukhanti mañcapīṭhasukhaṃ. Passasukhanti yathā samparivattakaṃ sayantassa dakkhiṇapassavāmapassānaṃ sukhaṃ hoti, evaṃ uppannaṃ sukhaṃ. Middhasukhanti niddāsukhaṃ. Anuyuttoti yuttappayutto viharati. Paṇidhāyāti patthayitvā. Brahmacariyenāti methunaviratibrahmacariyena. Devo vā bhavissāmīti mahesakkhadevo vā bhavissāmi. Devaññataro vāti appesakkhadevesu vā aññataro.
在五根的第一组里,说的都只是世间法。在第二组里,第一、第二、第四是世间法,第三和第五是世间与出世间法。在第三组里,按止、观、道来说,是世间与出世间法。巴利
Indriyesu paṭhamapañcake lokiyāneva kathitāni. Dutiyapañcake paṭhamadutiyacatutthāni lokiyāni, tatiyapañcamāni lokiyalokuttarāni. Tatiyapañcake samathavipassanāmaggavasena lokiyalokuttarāni.
出离五法的注释巴利
Nissaraṇiyapañcakavaṇṇanā
321 “出离”是指已经脱离、已经解开。“于界”是指自性空。“作意诸欲”的意思是:对于作意诸欲的人,从不净禅那出定后,就像拿着解毒药去检验毒一样,为了审察而把心投向欲的方向。“不跳入”是指不进入。“不清净”是指不生起净信。“不安住”是指不确立。“不解脱”是指不信解。然而,就像把鸡毛或腱索扔进火里,它会蜷缩、卷曲、反转而不舒展;同样,心也蜷缩而不舒展。“然于出离”:这里“出离”是指在十种不净中的初禅。当他作意它时,心就跳入。“他的那个心”:他的那个不净禅心。“善行”:因为已行于所行境,所以是善行。“善修”:因为不会退失,所以是善修。“善出”:即从欲中良好地出离。“善解脱”:即从欲中完善地解脱。“由欲为缘的诸漏”:指以欲为因的四种漏。“恼害”指苦。“热恼”指欲贪的焦灼。“他不感受那种受”:他不感受那种欲受以及恼害、热恼的受。这被称为诸欲的出离:因为这不净禅那已从欲中脱离,所以叫做诸欲的出离。然而,如果有人以这禅那为基础,观照诸行,证得第三道,以不来果见到涅槃后,了知“再也没有诸欲”,他的这心就是究竟出离。其余各句的理解方式也都如此。巴利
321.Nissaraṇiyāti nissaṭā visaññuttā. Dhātuyoti attasuññasabhāvā. Kāme manasikarototi kāme manasikarontassa, asubhajjhānato vuṭṭhāya agadaṃ gahetvā visaṃ vīmaṃsanto viya vīmaṃsanatthaṃ kāmābhimukhaṃ cittaṃ pesentassāti attho. Na pakkhandatīti na pavisati. Na pasīdatīti pasādaṃ nāpajjati. Nasantiṭṭhatīti na patiṭṭhati. Na vimuccatīti nādhimuccati. Yathā pana kukkuṭapattaṃ vā nhārudaddulaṃ vā aggimhi pakkhittaṃ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati na sampasāriyati; evaṃ patilīyati na pasāriyati. Nekkhammaṃ kho panāti idha nekkhammaṃ nāma dasasu asubhesu paṭhamajjhānaṃ, tadassa manasikaroto cittaṃ pakkhandati. Tassa taṃ cittanti tassa taṃ asubhajjhānacittaṃ. Sugatanti gocare gatattā suṭṭhu gataṃ. Subhāvitanti ahānabhāgiyattā suṭṭhu bhāvitaṃ. Suvuṭṭhitanti kāmato suṭṭhu vuṭṭhitaṃ. Suvimuttanti kāmehi suṭṭhu vimuttaṃ. Kāmapaccayā āsavā nāma kāmahetukā cattāro āsavā. Vighātāti dukkhā. Pariḷāhāti kāmarāgapariḷāhā. Na so taṃ vedanaṃ vedetīti so taṃ kāmavedanaṃ vighātapariḷāhavedanañca na vedayati. Idamakkhātaṃ kāmānaṃ nissaraṇanti idaṃ asubhajjhānaṃ kāmehi nissaṭattā kāmānaṃ nissaraṇanti akkhātaṃ. Yo pana taṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā saṅkhāre sammasanto tatiyaṃ maggaṃ patvā anāgāmiphalena nibbānaṃ disvā puna kāmā nāma natthīti jānāti, tassa cittaṃ accantanissaraṇameva. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo.
不过,这里有一个差别:在第二组里,慈心禅那被称为嗔恚的出离;在第三组里,悲心禅那被称为伤害的出离;在第四组里,无色界禅那被称为色的出离。而在这里,究竟的出离应当配合阿拉汉果来理解。巴利
Ayaṃ pana viseso, dutiyavāre mettājhānāni byāpādassa nissaraṇaṃ nāma. Tatiyavāre karuṇājhānāni vihiṃsāya nissaraṇaṃ nāma. Catutthavāre arūpajjhānāni rūpānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ nāma. Accantanissaraṇe cettha arahattaphalaṃ yojetabbaṃ.
在第五组中,“作意有身”是指:纯观行者已经把握了纯粹的行法,证得阿拉汉果,从果等至出定之后,为了审察而将心投向五取蕴。所谓“这被称为有身的出离”,意思是:这位比丘以阿拉汉道和阿拉汉果见到涅槃并安住其中,之后生起了“再也没有有身”的阿拉汉果等至心,这就被称为有身的出离。巴利
Pañcamavāre sakkāyaṃ manasikarototi suddhasaṅkhāre pariggaṇhitvā arahattaṃ pattassa sukkhavipassakassa phalasamāpattito vuṭṭhāya vīmaṃsanatthaṃ pañcupādānakkhandhābhimukhaṃ cittaṃ pesentassa. Idamakkhātaṃ sakkāyanissaraṇanti idaṃ arahattamaggena ca phalena ca nibbānaṃ disvā ṭhitassa bhikkhuno puna sakkāyo natthīti uppannaṃ arahattaphalasamāpatticittaṃ sakkāyassa nissaraṇanti akkhātaṃ.
解脱处的五法注释巴利
Vimuttāyatanapañcakavaṇṇanā
322 “解脱处”是指能让人解脱的原因。“了知义”是指明白经文含义的人。“了知法”是指明白经文本身的人。“欢悦”是指初生微弱的喜。“喜”是指表现为满足状态的强烈喜。“身”是指名身得以轻安。“领受乐”是指获得乐。“心入定”是指以阿拉汉果定而入定。这个人听闻此法时,在已到或未到的各个阶段,了知禅那、观、道、果;他这样了知时,喜就生起。他不让这喜中途退失,成为近行业处者,增长观之后证得阿拉汉果。正是针对这一点才说“心入定”。其余诸项也是同样的道理。但这里有差别:“定相”是指在三十八种所缘中,某一种定本身就是定相。“善受持”等句中,是指在阿阇梨跟前学习业处的人,已善加受持。“善作意”是指已善加审察。“以慧善通达”是指由慧已清晰现证。“于彼法”是指于彼业处之教法。巴利
322.Vimuttāyatanānīti vimuccanakāraṇāni. Atthapaṭisaṃvedinoti pāḷiatthaṃ jānantassa. Dhammapaṭisaṃvedinoti pāḷiṃ jānantassa. Pāmojjanti taruṇapīti. Pītīti tuṭṭhākārabhūtā balavapīti. Kāyoti nāmakāyo paṭipassambhati. Sukhaṃ vedayatīti sukhaṃ paṭilabhati. Cittaṃ samādhiyatīti arahattaphalasamādhinā samādhiyati. Ayañhi taṃ dhammaṃ suṇanto āgatāgataṭṭhāne jhānavipassanāmaggaphalāni jānāti, tassa evaṃ jānato pīti uppajjati. So tassā pītiyā antarā osakkituṃ na dento upacārakammaṭṭhāniko hutvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘cittaṃ samādhiyatī’’ti. Sesesupi eseva nayo . Ayaṃ pana viseso, samādhinimittanti aṭṭhatiṃsāya ārammaṇesu aññataro samādhiyeva samādhinimittaṃ. Suggahitaṃ hotītiādīsu ācariyasantike kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhantena suṭṭhu gahitaṃ hoti. Suṭṭhu manasikatanti suṭṭhu upadhāritaṃ. Suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāyāti paññāya suṭṭhu paccakkhaṃ kataṃ. Tasmiṃ dhammeti tasmiṃ kammaṭṭhānapāḷidhamme.
能令解脱成熟:解脱称为阿拉汉果,能令它成熟,所以叫能令解脱成熟。无常想:在无常随观智中生起的想。于无常中的苦想:在苦随观智中生起的想。于苦中的无我想:在无我随观智中生起的想。舍断想:在舍断随观智中生起的想。离贪想:在离贪随观智中生起的想。巴利
Vimuttiparipācanīyāti vimutti vuccati arahattaṃ, taṃ paripācentīti vimuttiparipācanīyā. Aniccasaññāti aniccānupassanāñāṇe uppannasaññā. Anicce dukkhasaññāti dukkhānupassanāñāṇe uppannasaññā. Dukkhe anattasaññāti anattānupassanāñāṇe uppannasaññā. Pahānasaññāti pahānānupassanāñāṇe uppannasaññā. Virāgasaññāti virāgānupassanāñāṇe uppannasaññā.
“贤友,这些……”等等,应当完全按照前面说过的方式连接起来。这样,长老以二十六个五法组来讲说一百三十问时,显示了和合之味。巴利
‘‘Ime kho āvuso’’tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti chabbīsatiyā pañcakānaṃ vasena tiṃsasatapañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
323 323. 这样以五法门显示了和合之味后,现在为了以六法门显示,又开始了说法。其中,内处就是内六处;外处就是相对于内六处之外而存在的诸处。若要详细解释,处的讨论在《清净之道》中已经说过了。识身就是识的集合。眼识就是依止眼净色的善、不善异熟识。一切处都应这样理解。眼触就是依眼而生的触。耳触等也是这样。意触就是除去这十种触之外的一切触。受的六法也应当依照这个方法了知。色想就是以色为所缘而生起的想。依照这个方法,其余的想也应当了知。思的六法也是这样。渴爱的六法也是同理。巴利
323. Iti pañcakavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni chakkavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha ajjhattikānīti ajjhattajjhattikāni. Bāhirānīti tato ajjhattajjhattato bahibhūtāni. Vitthārato pana āyatanakathā visuddhimagge kathitāva. Viññāṇakāyāti viññāṇasamūhā. Cakkhuviññāṇanti cakkhupasādanissitaṃ kusalākusalavipākaviññāṇaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha. Cakkhusamphassoti cakkhunissito samphasso. Sotasamphassādīsupi eseva nayo. Manosamphassoti ime dasa samphasse ṭhapetvā seso sabbo manosamphasso nāma. Vedanāchakkampi eteneva nayena veditabbaṃ. Rūpasaññāti rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannā saññā. Etenupāyena sesāpi veditabbā. Cetanāchakkepi eseva nayo. Tathā taṇhāchakke.
“无敬”是指缺乏恭敬。“不顺从”是指没有顺从、行为不谦卑。在这里,如果有一位比丘,在导师还在世时,三个时段都不去侍奉;导师没穿鞋经行时,他穿着鞋经行;导师在低处经行时,他在高处经行;导师住在下面时,他住在上面;在拜见导师的地方,他把衣披在双肩上,撑伞,穿鞋,洗澡,或者大小便。导师般涅槃后,他不去礼拜佛塔;在能看见佛塔的地方,他做出在拜见导师的地方所说的那一整套行为,这就叫“对导师无敬”。如果有人听到法鼓声、大众聚集听法时,不恭敬地前去,不恭敬地听法,坐在那里交谈,不恭敬地受持,也不读诵,这就叫“对法无敬”。如果有人没被上座比丘邀请就说法、入座、回答问题;走路时推挤上座比丘;站着、坐着时,用衣或手抱膝而坐;在僧众中间把衣披在双肩上;撑伞,穿鞋,这就叫“对僧无敬”。因为即使只对一位比丘做出不敬,也就已经是对僧不敬了。三学没有圆满,就叫“对学无敬”。不修习不放逸的特征,就叫“对不放逸无敬”。不做两种款待,就叫“对款待无敬”。六种敬应当从所说的反面来理解。巴利
Agāravoti gāravavirahito. Appatissoti appatissayo anīcavutti. Ettha pana yo bhikkhu satthari dharamāne tīsu kālesu upaṭṭhānaṃ na yāti. Satthari anupāhane caṅkamante saupāhano caṅkamati, nīce caṅkamante ucce caṅkamati, heṭṭhā vasante upari vasati, satthudassanaṭṭhāne ubho aṃse pārupati, chattaṃ dhāreti, upāhanaṃ dhāreti, nahāyati, uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā karoti. Parinibbute pana cetiyaṃ vandituṃ na gacchati, cetiyassa paññāyanaṭṭhāne satthudassanaṭṭhāne vuttaṃ sabbaṃ karoti, ayaṃ satthari agāravo nāma. Yo pana dhammassavane saṃghuṭṭhe sakkaccaṃ na gacchati, sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ na suṇāti, samullapanto nisīdati, sakkaccaṃ na gaṇhāti, na vāceti, ayaṃ dhamme agāravo nāma. Yo pana therena bhikkhunā anajjhiṭṭho dhammaṃ deseti, nisīdati, pañhaṃ katheti, vuḍḍhe bhikkhū ghaṭṭento gacchati, tiṭṭhati, nisīdati, dussapallatthikaṃ vā hatthapallatthikaṃ vā karoti, saṅghamajjhe ubho aṃse pārupati, chattupāhanaṃ dhāreti, ayaṃ saṅghe agāravo nāma. Ekabhikkhusmimpi hi agārave kate saṅghe agāravo katova hoti. Tisso sikkhā pana apūrayamānova sikkhāya agāravo nāma. Appamādalakkhaṇaṃ ananubrūhayamāno appamāde agāravo nāma. Duvidhampi paṭisanthāraṃ akaronto paṭisanthāre agāravo nāma. Cha gāravā vuttappaṭipakkhavasena veditabbā.
与喜悦相应的伺,就是“喜悦伺察”。能引生喜悦的因,就是“喜悦处”。以寻去思惟之后,再以伺去界定,就是“伺察”。一切处都是同样的道理。忧的伺察也应当这样理解,舍的伺察同样如此。“六和法”前面已经详细说过。而“见和同者”这一句,在《憍赏弥经》中说的是第一道,在这里则是指四道全部。巴利
Somanassūpavicārāti somanassasampayuttā vicārā. Somanassaṭṭhāniyanti somanassakāraṇabhūtaṃ. Upavicaratīti vitakkena vitakketvā vicārena paricchindati. Esa nayo sabbattha. Domanassūpavicārāpi evameva veditabbā. Tathā upekkhūpavicārā. Sāraṇīyadhammā heṭṭhā vitthāritā. Diṭṭhisāmaññagatoti iminā pana padena kosambakasutte paṭhamamaggo kathito. Idha cattāropi maggā.
诤论根本六法的注释巴利
Vivādamūlachakkavaṇṇanā
325 诤论的根源,就是诤论的根本。有忿怒,是指被具有发怒特征的忿怒所支配。有怨恨,是指被具有不舍弃怨仇这一特征的怨恨所支配。为了诸天神与人的不利和痛苦:两位比丘的诤论,怎么会给诸天神与人带来不利和痛苦呢?就像《憍赏弥犍度》里说的那样:当两位比丘陷入诤论时,在那个精舍里,他们的弟子们也跟着诤论。比丘尼僧团接受他们的教导,也跟着诤论。接着,护持他们的在家侍者也跟着诤论。然后,人们的护法天神分成了两派。其中,拥护正法者的护法天神站在正法一边,拥护非正法者的护法天神站在非正法一边。接着,护法天神的朋友——地居天神也分裂了。这样一层一层传上去,直到梵天界,除了圣弟子以外,所有的天与人全都分成了两派。而且,执持非正法的一方往往比执持正法的一方更多。于是人们就想:“多数人接受的就是对的”,便舍弃正法,多数人反而执取非正法。他们以非正法为先而说,结果投生到恶趣。这样一来,两位比丘的诤论,就给诸天神与人带来了不利和痛苦。巴利
325.Vivādamūlānīti vivādassa mūlāni. Kodhanoti kujjhanalakkhaṇena kodhena samannāgato. Upanāhīti veraappaṭinissaggalakkhaṇena upanāhena samannāgato. Ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānanti dvinnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vivādo kathaṃ devamanussānaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattati. Kosambakakkhandhake viya dvīsu bhikkhūsu vivādaṃ āpannesu tasmiṃ vihāre tesaṃ antevāsikā vivadanti. Tesaṃ ovādaṃ gaṇhanto bhikkhunisaṅgho vivadati. Tato tesaṃ upaṭṭhākā vivadanti. Atha manussānaṃ ārakkhadevatā dve koṭṭhāsā honti. Tattha dhammavādīnaṃ ārakkhadevatā dhammavādiniyo honti adhammavādīnaṃ adhammavādiniyo. Tato ārakkhadevatānaṃ mittā bhummā devatā bhijjanti. Evaṃ paramparā yāva brahmalokā ṭhapetvā ariyasāvake sabbe devamanussā dve koṭṭhāsā honti. Dhammavādīhi pana adhammavādinova bahutarā honti. Tato ‘‘yaṃ bahukehi gahitaṃ, taṃ taccha’’nti dhammaṃ vissajjetvā bahutarāva adhammaṃ gaṇhanti. Te adhammaṃ purakkhatvā vadantā apāyesu nibbattanti. Evaṃ dvinnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vivādo devamanussānaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya hoti.
“内”是说你们自己内部的僧众。“外”是说别人的僧众。巴利
Ajjhattaṃ vāti tumhākaṃ abbhantaraparisāya. Bahiddhā vāti paresaṃ parisāya.
“贬损者”是指具有贬损他人功德这种特征的贬损心态的人。“顽固自大者”是指具有一味争胜这种特征的顽固自大心态的人。“嫉妒者”是指对他人所得的恭敬等生起嫉妒,具有这种嫉妒特征的人。“吝啬者”是指对住处等怀有吝啬的人。“狡诈者”是指伪善的人。“虚伪者”是指掩盖自己所做恶行的人。“恶欲者”是指自己没有真实功德却想得到他人认可,也就是破戒的人。“邪见者”是指持“什么都没有”“没有因缘”“没有业果作用”这类主张的人。“执取己见者”是指只执著自己的见解不放的人。“顽固坚持者”是指紧紧抓住不放的人。“难以放弃者”是指没办法让他放下已经执取的东西的人。巴利
Makkhīti paresaṃ guṇamakkhanalakkhaṇena makkhena samannāgato. Paḷāsīti yugaggāhalakkhaṇena paḷāsena samannāgato. Issukīti parasakkārādīni issāyanalakkhaṇāya issāya samannāgato. Maccharīti āvāsamacchariyādīhi samannāgato. Saṭhoti kerāṭiko. Māyāvīti katapāpapaṭicchādako. Pāpicchoti asantasambhāvanicchako dussīlo. Micchādiṭṭhīti natthikavādī ahetukavādī akiriyavādī. Sandiṭṭhiparāmāsīti sayaṃ diṭṭhimeva parāmasati. Ādhānaggāhīti daḷhaggāhī. Duppaṭinissaggīti na sakkā hoti gahitaṃ vissajjāpetuṃ.
地界,就是起支撑作用的界。水界,就是起粘合作用的界。火界,就是起成熟作用的界。风界,就是起支撑延展作用的界。空界,就是没有接触作用的界。识界,就是了知作用的界。巴利
Pathavīdhātūti patiṭṭhādhātu. Āpodhātūti ābandhanadhātu. Tejodhātūti paripācanadhātu. Vāyodhātūti vitthambhanadhātu. Ākāsadhātūti asamphuṭṭhadhātu. Viññāṇadhātūti vijānanadhātu.
出离六法的注释巴利
Nissaraṇiyachakkavaṇṇanā
326 关于“出离界”:就是指已经出离了的界。“遍取而后住”:就是遍取、耗尽之后,住于那种状态。“应对他说‘不要这样’”:因为他作了不实的宣称,所以应当对他说“不要这样说”。“这就是慈心解脱”:这慈心解脱,就是嗔恚的出离,意思是从嗔恚中出离。如果有人从慈心的三禅或四禅出定,观照诸行,证到第三道,以第三果见涅槃,知道“再也没有嗔恚了”,他的心就是从嗔恚中彻底出离了。按这个方法,其余各处也应当这样理解。巴利
326.Nissaraṇiyā dhātuyoti nissaṭadhātuyova. Pariyādāya tiṭṭhatīti pariyādiyitvā hāpetvā tiṭṭhati. ‘Mā hevantissa vacanīyo’ti yasmā abhūtaṃ byākaraṇaṃ byākaroti, tasmā mā evaṃ bhaṇīti vattabbo. Yadidaṃ mettācetovimuttīti yā ayaṃ mettācetovimutti, idaṃ nissaraṇaṃ byāpādassa, byāpādato nissaṭāti attho. Yo pana mettāya tikacatukkajjhānato vuṭṭhito saṅkhāre sammasitvā tatiyamaggaṃ patvā ‘‘puna byāpādo natthī’’ti tatiyaphalena nibbānaṃ passati, tassa cittaṃ accantaṃ nissaraṇaṃ byāpādassa. Etenupāyena sabbattha attho veditabbo.
无相心解脱,就是阿拉汉果的定。它之所以被称为“无相”,是因为它没有贪等相、色等相、常等相。随相而行者,是指跟着前面所说的那种种相走的人,所以叫随相而行者。巴利
Animittācetovimuttīti arahattaphalasamāpatti. Sā hi rāganimittādīnañceva rūpanimittādīnañca niccanimittādīnañca abhāvā ‘‘animittā’’ti vuttā. Nimittānusārīti vuttappabhedaṃ nimittaṃ anusaratīti nimittānusārī.
“我是”就是“我慢”。“这就是我”是指在五蕴当中认定“这个就是我”,仅仅凭这一点,就已经被宣说为阿拉汉果位了。“疑之犹豫之箭”就是那作为疑的犹豫之箭。“千万不要对他这样说”:如果在你心中生起了初道所断的疑,那么阿拉汉果位的宣说就是错的,所以要制止他,不让他说不真实的话。“我慢的彻底断除”就是阿拉汉道。因为依靠阿拉汉道和阿拉汉果见到涅槃之后,就不再存在“我是”慢,所以说阿拉汉道是“我慢的彻底断除”。巴利
Asmīti asmimāno. Ayamahamasmīti pañcasu khandhesu ayaṃ nāma ahaṃ asmīti ettāvatā arahattaṃ byākataṃ hoti. Vicikicchākathaṃkathāsallanti vicikicchābhūtaṃ kathaṃkathāsallaṃ. ‘Mā hevantissa vacanīyo’ti sace te paṭhamamaggavajjhā vicikicchā uppajjati, arahattabyākaraṇaṃ micchā hoti, tasmā mā abhūtaṃ bhaṇīti vāretabbo. Asmimānasamugghātoti arahattamaggo. Arahattamaggaphalavasena hi nibbāne diṭṭhe puna asmimāno natthīti arahattamaggo asmimānasamugghātoti vutto.
无上等轮的注释巴利
Anuttariyādichakkavaṇṇanā
327 327. “无上”指最高的、最殊胜的。在“见”当中最殊胜的,就是“见无上”。其余各项也是同样的道理。其中,看见象宝等东西,不算“见无上”;但对一个信心已经坚定的人,因为那份坚定的爱乐,去拜见具足十力者、比丘僧团,或者去看遍处、不净相等任何一种所缘,这才叫“见无上”。听人谈论刹帝利等的功德,不算“闻无上”;但对一个信心已经坚定的人,因为那份坚定的爱乐,去听闻三宝的功德,或者听闻三藏佛语,这才叫“闻无上”。得到摩尼宝等财物,不算“得无上”;而获得七种圣财,这才叫“得无上”。学习象术等技艺,不算“学无上”;而圆满修习三学,这才叫“学无上”。服侍刹帝利等人,不算“侍无上”;而服侍三宝,这才叫“侍无上”。随念刹帝利等的功德,不算“念无上”;而随念三宝的功德,这才叫“念无上”。巴利
327.Anuttariyānīti anuttarāni jeṭṭhakāni. Dassanesu anuttariyaṃ dassanānuttariyaṃ. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Tattha hatthiratanādīnaṃ dassanaṃ na dassanānuttariyaṃ, niviṭṭhasaddhassa pana niviṭṭhapemavasena dasabalassa vā bhikkhusaṅghassa vā kasiṇāsubhanimittādīnaṃ vā aññatarassa dassanaṃ dassanānuttariyaṃ nāma. Khattiyādīnaṃ guṇakathāsavanaṃ na savanānuttariyaṃ, niviṭṭhasaddhassa pana niviṭṭhapemavasena tiṇṇaṃ vā ratanānaṃ guṇakathāsavanaṃ tepiṭakabuddhavacanasavanaṃ vā savanānuttariyaṃ nāma. Maṇiratanādilābho na lābhānuttariyaṃ, sattavidhaariyadhanalābho pana lābhānuttariyaṃ nāma. Hatthisippādisikkhanaṃ na sikkhānuttariyaṃ, sikkhattayapūraṇaṃ pana sikkhānuttariyaṃ nāma. Khattiyādīnaṃ pāricariyā na pāricariyānuttariyaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ pana ratanānaṃ pāricariyā pāricariyānuttariyaṃ nāma. Khattiyādīnaṃ guṇānussaraṇaṃ nānussatānuttariyaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ pana ratanānaṃ guṇānussaraṇaṃ anussatānuttariyaṃ nāma.
随念本身就是随念处。“佛随念”就是随念佛陀的功德。这样随念的人,喜就会生起。他把这喜观为灭尽、观为坏灭而确立之后,就能证得阿拉汉果。这种修法叫做近行业处,在家人也能得到,一切情况都是同样的道理。至于详细的解说,应当依照《清净道论》里所说的方式来了知。巴利
Anussatiyova anussatiṭṭhānāni nāma. Buddhānussatīti buddhassa guṇānussaraṇaṃ. Evaṃ anussarato hi pīti uppajjati. So taṃ pītiṃ khayato vayato paṭṭhapetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti. Upacārakammaṭṭhānaṃ nāmetaṃ gihīnampi labbhati, esa nayo sabbattha. Vitthārakathā panettha visuddhimagge vuttanayeneva veditabbā.
持续安住的六法注释巴利
Satatavihārachakkavaṇṇanā
328 328.“常住处”是指诸漏已尽者的恒常安住方式。“以眼见色之后”是指:当色境出现在眼门的所缘范围时,用眼识看见那个色之后,在速行的刹那,对合意的不贪染,所以不欢喜;对不合意的不瞋恨,所以不忧愁;对既非合意也非不合意的,不让愚痴生起,以舍而住,保持中立,因为具备念所以有念,因为具备正知所以有正知。在其余各句中也同样如此。这样,在六个门中都安住于舍,就是以这来说明六支舍。不过,从“正知”这个说法,可以知道有四种与智相应的心;从“常住处”这个说法,可以知道有八种大心;从“不贪染、不瞋恨”这个说法,可以知道有十种心。如果有人问:那喜悦是怎么得到的?答:由反复修习而得到。巴利
328.Satatavihārāti khīṇāsavassa niccavihārā. Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvāti cakkhudvārārammaṇe āpāthagate taṃ rūpaṃ cakkhuviññāṇena disvā javanakkhaṇe iṭṭhe arajjanto neva sumano hoti, aniṭṭhe adussanto na dummano. Asamapekkhane mohaṃ anuppādento upekkhako viharati majjhatto, satiyā yuttattā sato, sampajaññena yuttattā sampajāno. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Iti chasupi dvāresu upekkhako viharatīti iminā chaḷaṅgupekkhā kathitā. Sampajānoti vacanato pana cattāri ñāṇasampayuttacittāni labbhanti. Satatavihārāti vacanato aṭṭhapi mahācittāni labbhanti arajjanto adussantoti vacanato dasapi cittāni labbhanti. Somanassaṃ kathaṃ labbhatīti ce āsevanato labbhati.
种类六法注释巴利
Abhijātichakkavaṇṇanā
329 “种类”指的是各种出身。“是黑种类的人”,意思是生在黑暗、低贱的家族里。“出生黑法”,就是生起、造作黑暗的十不善法。他造作了这些之后,就投生到地狱。“白法”,意思是:我过去因为没有修过福业,所以生在低贱的家族;现在我要修福业。于是他就生起被称为福的白净法。他凭着这个投生到天界。“非黑非白的涅槃”:如果涅槃是黑的,就会带来黑的果报;如果是白的,就会带来白的果报。因为这两种都不是,所以说是“非黑非白”。这里所说的涅槃,指的是阿拉汉果。这个果是在烦恼完全灭尽时生起的,所以叫涅槃。他出生、生起、证得这个涅槃。“是白种类的人”,意思是生在白色、高贵的家族里。其余的内容按照前面所说的方式理解即可。巴利
329.Abhijātiyoti jātiyo. Kaṇhābhijātiko samānoti kaṇhe nīcakule jāto hutvā. Kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyatīti kāḷakaṃ dasadussīlyadhammaṃ pasavati karoti. So taṃ abhijāyitvā niraye nibbattati. Sukkaṃ dhammanti ahaṃ pubbepi puññānaṃ akatattā nīcakule nibbatto. Idāni puññaṃ karomīti puññasaṅkhātaṃ paṇḍaraṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati. So tena sagge nibbattati. Akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ nibbānanti nibbānañhi sace kaṇhaṃ bhaveyya, kaṇhavipākaṃ dadeyya. Sace sukkaṃ, sukkavipākaṃ dadeyya. Dvinnampi appadānato pana ‘‘akaṇhaṃ asukka’’nti vuttaṃ. Nibbānañca nāma imasmiṃ atthe arahattaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tañhi kilesanibbānante jātattā nibbānaṃ nāma. Taṃ esa abhijāyati pasavati karoti. Sukkābhijātiko samānoti sukke uccakule jāto hutvā. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
顺抉择分六法的注释巴利
Nibbedhabhāgiyachakkavaṇṇanā
“顺抉择分”的意思是:抉择,指的就是涅槃;这些法亲近涅槃、趋向涅槃,所以叫顺抉择分。无常想等法,前面五法那段已经讲过了。在灭随观智当中,那个想就叫作灭想。巴利
Nibbedhabhāgiyāti nibbedho vuccati nibbānaṃ, taṃ bhajanti upagacchantīti nibbedhabhāgiyā. Aniccasaññādayo pañcake vuttā. Nirodhānupassanāñāṇe saññā nirodhasaññā nāma.
贤友,这些……等等,应当完全按照前面所说的方式连接起来。就这样,长老以二十二种六法宣说三千二百个问题,显示了和合的滋味。巴利
‘‘Ime kho, āvuso’’tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti dvāvīsatiyā chakkānaṃ vasena bāttiṃsasatapañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
330 就这样,先用六法说明了和合的本质,现在为了用七法来说明,又再次开始讲说。巴利
330. Iti chakkavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni sattakavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi.
在这里,信本身就是财富,因为它能带来成就,所以叫信财。这个道理适用于所有财富。不过在这里,慧财是最殊胜的。因为依靠智慧,圆满三种善行、五戒、十戒之后,就能往生天界,还能证悟声闻巴拉密智、独觉菩提智和一切知智。由于智慧是获得这些成就的原因,所以说慧是财富。这七种财富是兼摄世间与出世间而说的。关于觉支的讨论,已经讲过了。巴利
Tattha sampattipaṭilābhaṭṭhena saddhāva dhanaṃ saddhādhanaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha. Paññādhanaṃ panettha sabbaseṭṭhaṃ. Paññāya hi ṭhatvā tīṇi sucaritāni pañcasīlāni dasasīlāni pūretvā saggūpagā honti, sāvakapāramīñāṇaṃ, paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ, sabbaññutaññāṇañca paṭivijjhanti. Imāsaṃ sampattīnaṃ paṭilābhakāraṇato paññā ‘‘dhana’’nti vuttā. Sattapi cetāni lokiyalokuttaramissakāneva kathitāni. Bojjhaṅgakathā kathitāva.
“定资具”,即定的助伴。正见等法,其含义与前面所说相同。这七种资具,也同样说是世间与出世间的。巴利
Samādhiparikkhārāti samādhiparivārā. Sammādiṭṭhādīni vuttatthāneva. Imepi satta parikkhārā lokiyalokuttarāva kathitā.
不善之人的法、不善的法,或者低劣的法,就是非正法。反过来,应当知道什么是正法。这里剩下的内容意思都很清楚。不过,在正法当中,信等一切法都是针对观禅者而说的。其中的慧,也分为世间慧和出世间慧。这就是差别所在。巴利
Asataṃ dhammā asantā vā dhammā lāmakā dhammāti asaddhammā. Vipariyāyena saddhammā veditabbā. Sesamettha uttānatthameva. Saddhammesu pana saddhādayo sabbepi vipassakasseva kathitā. Tesupi paññā lokiyalokuttarā. Ayaṃ viseso.
善士们的法,就是善士法。其中,能了知契经、应颂等法的人,叫做法知者。能了知他们所说之义的人,叫做义知者。能这样了知自己——“我具有这样的戒、这样的定、这样的慧”——的人,叫做自知者。在接纳与受用中知道适量的人,叫做知量者。能了知“这是教诫的时候,这是提问的时候,这是修行取证的时候”,这样了知时节的人,叫做时知者。在这里,五年是教诫的时候,十年是提问的时候,但这太紧迫了。所以,十年是教诫的时候,二十年是提问的时候。此后,就应该在修行上下功夫。能了知八种大众的人,叫做众知者。能了知应亲近与不应亲近的人,叫做补特伽罗知者。巴利
Sappurisānaṃ dhammāti sappurisadhammā. Tattha suttageyyādikaṃ dhammaṃ jānātīti dhammaññū. Tassa tasseva bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānātīti atthaññū. ‘‘Ettakomhi sīlena samādhinā paññāyā’’ti evaṃ attānaṃ jānātīti attaññū. Paṭiggahaṇaparibhogesu mattaṃ jānātīti mattaññū. Ayaṃ kālo uddesassa, ayaṃ kālo paripucchāya, ayaṃ kālo yogassa adhigamāyāti evaṃ kālaṃ jānātīti kālaññū. Ettha ca pañca vassāni uddesassa kālo. Dasa paripucchāya. Idaṃ atisambādhaṃ. Dasa vassāni pana uddesassa kālo. Vīsati paripucchāya. Tato paraṃ yoge kammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Aṭṭhavidhaṃ parisaṃ jānātīti parisaññū. Sevitabbāsevitabbaṃ puggalaṃ jānātīti puggalaññū.
331 331. “无十事”就是“无十”等事。所谓“无十比丘、无二十比丘、无三十比丘、无四十比丘、无五十比丘”,这些说法的来源是这样的:据说这个问题是在外道盛行的时候出现的。外道们把十岁时死去的尼干陀称为“无十”。据说他不会再成为十岁的人。不只是十岁,九岁……乃至一岁也不会再有。按照同样的道理,在二十岁等年纪死去的人,他们就说为“无二十、无三十、无四十、无五十”。具寿阿难在村落中游化时听到了这种说法,回到精舍后便禀告世尊。世尊说:巴利
331.Niddasavatthūnīti niddasādivatthūni. Niddaso bhikkhu, nibbīso, nittiṃso, niccattālīso, nippaññāso bhikkhūti evaṃ vacanakāraṇāni. Ayaṃ kira pañho titthiyasamaye uppanno. Titthiyā hi dasavassakāle mataṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ niddasoti vadanti. So kira puna dasavasso na hoti. Na kevalañca dasavassova. Navavassopi…pe… ekavassopi na hoti. Eteneva nayena vīsativassādikālepi mataṃ nibbīso, nittiṃso, niccattālīso, nippaññāsoti vadanti. Āyasmā ānando gāme vicaranto taṃ kathaṃ sutvā vihāraṃ gantvā bhagavato ārocesi. Bhagavā āha –
阿难,这不是外道的叫法,在我这个教法里,这是对漏已尽者的称呼。因为漏已尽的人如果在十岁时已寂灭,就不会再成为十岁。不只是十岁,九岁……乃至一岁,也不会再有。不只是一岁,十个月……乃至一个月,也不会再有。哪怕只有一天、一个时辰,也不会再有。为什么?因为不会再受生。对那些没有二十岁以上等人,也是同样的道理。因此,世尊说:在我这个教法里,这就是对漏已尽者的称呼。巴利
‘‘Na idaṃ, ānanda, titthiyānaṃ adhivacanaṃ mama sāsane khīṇāsavassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Khīṇāsavo hi dasavassakāle parinibbuto puna dasavasso na hoti. Na kevalañca dasavassova, navavassopi…pe… ekavassopi. Na kevalañca ekavassova, dasamāsikopi…pe… ekamāsikopi. Ekadivasikopi. Ekamuhuttopi na hoti eva. Kasmā? Puna paṭisandhiyā abhāvā. Nibbīsādīsupi eseva nayo. Iti bhagavā mama sāsane khīṇāsavassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti –
说完之后,为了说明他凭哪些原因而成为“不再有十岁”等情况,世尊宣说了七种“不再有十岁”的事由。长老也摘出那段教法,在这里说:“贤友,比丘在受持学处上……”其中,“这里”指在这个教法之中。“在受持学处上有强烈的意愿”,是指对圆满三种学处有浓厚的意愿。“对未来在受持学处上也有不离开的爱意”,是指对未来乃至第二天等时候圆满学处,也具备不离开的爱意。“于法审听”,是指对法的仔细听闻,这是观的别名。“于欲调伏”,是指调伏渴爱。“于独处”,是指独自一处的状态。“于精进发起”,是指圆满身体和心的精进。“于念与审慎”,是指具备念和审慎。“于见通达”,是指见到道。其余各处,都应按照前面所说的方式来理解。巴利
Vatvā yehi kāraṇehi so niddaso hoti, tāni dassetuṃ satta niddasavatthūni deseti. Theropi tameva desanaṃ uddharitvā satta niddasavatthūni idhāvuso, bhikkhu, sikkhāsamādānetiādimāha. Tattha idhāti imasmiṃ sāsane. Sikkhāsamādāne tibbacchando hotīti sikkhattayapūraṇe bahalacchando hoti. Āyatiñca sikkhāsamādāne avigatapemoti anāgate punadivasādīsupi sikkhāpūraṇe avigatapemena samannāgato hoti. Dhammanisantiyāti dhammanisāmanāya. Vipassanāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Icchāvinayeti taṇhāvinayane. Paṭisallāneti ekībhāve. Vīriyārambheti kāyikacetasikassa vīriyassa pūraṇe. Satinepakketi satiyañceva nepakkabhāve ca. Diṭṭhipaṭivedheti maggadassane. Sesaṃ sabbattha vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
在各种想当中,与不净随观智相应的想,就是不净想。与过患随观智相应的想,就叫过患想。其余的想,下面已经说过了。七力、七识住、七种人这三组,也都按照前面说过的方式理解。因为没有被断除而潜藏,所以叫随眠。已经变得强盛的欲贪,就是欲贪随眠。这个道理适用于一切情况。七结的含义则很浅显易懂。巴利
Saññāsu asubhānupassanāñāṇe saññā asubhasaññā. Ādīnavānupassanāñāṇe saññā ādīnavasaññā nāma. Sesā heṭṭhā vuttā eva. Balasattakaviññāṇaṭṭhitisattakapuggalasattakāni vuttanayāneva . Appahīnaṭṭhena anusayantīti anusayā. Thāmagato kāmarāgo kāmarāgānusayo. Esa nayo sabbattha. Saṃyojanasattakaṃ uttānatthameva.
七种灭诤法的注释巴利
Adhikaraṇasamathasattakavaṇṇanā
能平息诤事、让诤事止息下来的,就叫灭诤。“一一生起”,是指每一个已经生起的。“诤事”有四种:争论诤事、指责诤事、犯戒诤事、义务诤事。为了止息、为了平息,就是为了止息的目的和平息的目的。应当施行现前毗尼……乃至……如草覆地,这七种灭诤法都应当施行。巴利
Adhikaraṇasamathesu adhikaraṇāni samenti vūpasamentīti adhikaraṇasamathā. Uppannuppannānanti uppannānaṃ uppannānaṃ. Adhikaraṇānanti vivādādhikaraṇaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇaṃ kiccādhikaraṇanti imesaṃ catunnaṃ. Samathāya vūpasamāyāti samathatthañceva vūpasamanatthañca. Sammukhāvinayo dātabbo…pe… tiṇavatthārakoti ime satta samathā dātabbā.
这里说一下判定方式。首先,在诤事中,比丘们就十八事争论“这是法”或“这是非法”,这种争论就叫争论诤事。由于戒坏、行坏、见坏或活命坏而指责、谴责、举罪他人,这就叫指责诤事。论母中列出的五种,加上分别说中的两种,共七种犯戒蕴,这就叫犯戒诤事。僧团进行白等四种甘马,这就叫义务诤事。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayanayo. Adhikaraṇesu tāva dhammoti vā adhammoti vā aṭṭhārasahi vatthūhi vivadantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yo vivādo, idaṃ vivādādhikaraṇaṃ nāma. Sīlavipattiyā vā ācāradiṭṭhiājīvavipattiyā vā anuvadantānaṃ anuvādo upavadanā ceva codanā ca, idaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ nāma. Mātikāya āgatā pañca, vibhaṅge dveti sattapi āpattikkhandhā, idaṃ āpattādhikaraṇaṃ nāma. Saṅghassa apalokanādīnaṃ catunnaṃ kammānaṃ karaṇaṃ, idaṃ kiccādhikaraṇaṃ nāma.
其中,争论类的诤事通过两种灭诤法得到平息,就是现前毗尼和多数决。如果只靠现前毗尼来平息:诤事在哪个精舍生起,就在那个精舍解决,或者去别的地方解决,或者在去的路上解决,或者到了某个地方交给僧团,僧团在那里无法解决时,就由就地推选出来的人作出裁决,这样诤事就平息了。这样平息的时候,其中的僧团现前、法现前、律现前、人现前,这就叫现前毗尼。巴利
Tattha vivādādhikaraṇaṃ dvīhi samathehi sammati sammukhāvinayena ca yebhuyyasikāya ca. Sammukhāvinayeneva sammamānaṃ yasmiṃ vihāre uppannaṃ tasmiṃyeva vā aññattha vūpasametuṃ gacchantānaṃ antarāmagge vā yattha gantvā saṅghassa niyyātitaṃ tattha saṅghena vā saṅghe vūpasametuṃ asakkonte tattheva ubbāhikāya sammatapuggalehi vā vinicchitaṃ sammati. Evaṃ sammamāne ca panetasmiṃ yā saṅghasammukhatā dhammasammukhatā vinayasammukhatā puggalasammukhatā, ayaṃ sammukhāvinayo nāma.
在这里,因参与甘马的僧团和合而现前,即是僧伽现前。所应平息之事本身真实存在,即是法现前。按照所应平息的方式而平息,即是律现前。争论者与所争论的对象,这对立的双方都现前,即是人现前。不过,如果是由被推选的断事人来平息,这里的僧伽现前就不具足了。以上暂且是仅就现前毗尼本身而言的平息。巴利
Tattha ca kārakasaṅghassa saṅghasāmaggivasena sammukhībhāvo saṅghasammukhatā. Sametabbassa vatthuno bhūtatā dhammasammukhatā. Yathā taṃ sametabbaṃ, tatheva sammanaṃ vinayasammukhatā. Yo ca vivadati, yena ca vivadati, tesaṃ ubhinnaṃ atthapaccatthikānaṃ sammukhībhāvo puggalasammukhatā. Ubbāhikāya vūpasame panettha saṅghasammukhatā parihāyati. Evaṃ tāva sammukhāvinayeneva sammati.
如果这样还是不能平息,于是那些被任命为断事人的比丘们说“我们没办法平息”,就把这件事交还给僧团。然后僧团任命一位具足五法的比丘来主持取筹。他通过三种取筹方式——秘密取筹、公开取筹、耳语取筹——中的某一种,让人取筹。在聚集的大众中,如果说法者占多数,就按照那些说法者所说的来平息。这样平息时,这件诤事就是通过现前毗尼和多数决而得到平息的。巴利
Sace panevampi na sammati, atha naṃ ubbāhikāya sammatā bhikkhū ‘‘na mayaṃ sakkoma vūpasametu’’nti saṅghasseva niyyātenti, tato saṅgho pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ salākaggāhāpakaṃ sammannati. Tena guḷhakavivaṭakasakaṇṇajappakesu tīsu salākaggāhesu aññataravasena salākaṃ gāhāpetvā sannipatitaparisāya dhammavādīnaṃ yebhuyyatāya yathā te dhammavādino vadanti, evaṃ vūpasantaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ sammukhāvinayena ca yebhuyyasikāya ca vūpasantaṃ hoti.
其中,现前毗尼的情形如前所述。而以多数决进行的甘马,就叫做多数决。这样,争论诉讼由两种灭诤法平息。指责诉讼由四种灭诤法平息:现前毗尼、忆念毗尼、不痴毗尼和觅罪相毗尼。若仅以现前毗尼平息,则听取指责者与被指责者双方的话:如果没有任何犯戒,就让双方互相道歉;如果有犯戒,就判定“此处即是名为如此之犯戒”,如此裁决而平息。其中,现前毗尼的特征如前所述。然而,当一位漏尽比丘被人以毫无根据的戒行败坏之事诽谤,他请求忆念毗尼,僧团以白四甘马给予他忆念毗尼时,那时就是通过现前毗尼和忆念毗尼而平息。而且,一旦给予了忆念毗尼,此后任何人针对那个人的指责都不能成立。巴利
Tattha sammukhāvinayo vuttanayo eva. Yaṃ pana yebhuyyasikākammassa karaṇaṃ, ayaṃ yebhuyyasikā nāma. Evaṃ vivādādhikaraṇaṃ dvīhi samathehi sammati. Anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ catūhi samathehi sammati – sammukhāvinayena ca sativinayena ca amūḷhavinayena ca tassapāpiyasikāya ca. Sammukhāvinayeneva sammamānaṃ yo ca anuvadati, yañca anuvadati, tesaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā sace kāci āpatti natthi, ubho khamāpetvā, sace atthi, ayaṃ nāmettha āpattīti evaṃ vinicchitaṃ vūpasammati. Tattha sammukhāvinayalakkhaṇaṃ vuttanayameva. Yadā pana khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno amūlikāya sīlavipattiyā anuddhaṃsitassa sativinayaṃ yācamānassa saṅgho ñatticatutthena kammena sativinayaṃ deti, tadā sammukhāvinayena ca sativinayena ca vūpasantaṃ hoti. Dinne pana sativinaye puna tasmiṃ puggale kassaci anuvādo na ruhati.
当一位比丘因为发疯,在疯癫的状态下做出不符合沙门身份的行为,比丘们以“具寿,请回忆,你是否犯了这样的罪”来呵责他。即使他说:“贤友们,那是我发疯时做的,我不记得了。”比丘们仍然继续呵责他。为了不再被呵责,他请求僧团给予“不痴毗尼”。僧团通过白四甘马给予他不痴毗尼。那时,这件事就通过现前毗尼和不痴毗尼得到了平息。然而,一旦给予了不痴毗尼,以后任何人再以这个理由指责那位比丘,这样的指责就不能成立。巴利
Yadā ummattako bhikkhu ummādavasena assāmaṇake ajjhācāre ‘‘saratāyasmā evarūpiṃ āpatti’’nti bhikkhūhi codiyamāno ‘‘ummattakena me , āvuso, etaṃ kataṃ, nāhaṃ taṃ sarāmī’’ti bhaṇantopi bhikkhūhi codiyamānova puna acodanatthāya amūḷhavinayaṃ yācati, saṅgho cassa ñatticatutthena kammena amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, tadā sammukhāvinayena ca amūḷhavinayena ca vūpasantaṃ hoti. Dinne pana amūḷhavinaye puna tasmiṃ puggale kassaci tappaccayā anuvādo na ruhati.
不过,当有人因为犯了巴拉基格或接近巴拉基格的事被举罪时,却用东拉西扯的话来搪塞推脱,由于恶法增盛,这个人其实是个恶人。僧团心里想:如果这个人还没有被彻底断除善根,那么他如法行事之后就能重新回到僧团中来;如果他的善根已经彻底断了,那这个甘马本身就是对他的灭摈。这样想了之后,僧团就用白四甘马对他做“呵责恶比丘甘马”。这时候,这个诤事就通过现前毗尼和呵责恶比丘甘马两种方式平息了。像这样,指责类的诤事由四种灭诤法来平息。犯戒类的诤事由三种灭诤法来平息,就是现前毗尼、自言毗尼和如草覆地。犯戒类的诤事没有只靠现前毗尼就能平息的情况。不过,当一位比丘在另一位比丘面前,或者在僧团当中、在大众当中,发露自己轻微的犯戒时,这时候犯戒类的诤事就通过现前毗尼和自言毗尼而平息。巴利
Yadā pana pārājikena vā pārājikasāmantena vā codiyamānassa aññenaññaṃ paṭicarato pāpussannatāya pāpiyassa puggalassa ‘‘sacāyaṃ acchinnamūlo bhavissati, sammā vattitvā osāraṇaṃ labhissati. Sace chinnamūlo ayamevassa nāsanā bhavissatī’’ti maññamāno saṅgho ñatticatutthena kammena tassapāpiyasikaṃ karoti, tadā sammukhāvinayena ca tassapāpiyasikāya ca vūpasantaṃ hotīti. Evaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ catūhi samathehi sammati. Āpattādhikaraṇaṃ tīhi samathehi sammati sammukhāvinayena ca paṭiññātakaraṇena ca tiṇavatthārakena ca. Tassa sammukhāvinayeneva vūpasamo natthi. Yadā pana ekassa vā bhikkhuno santike saṅghagaṇamajjhesu vā bhikkhu lahukaṃ āpattiṃ deseti, tadā āpattādhikaraṇaṃ sammukhāvinayena ca paṭiññātakaraṇena ca vūpasammati.
在这当中,先说“现前毗尼”:宣说的人以及被宣说的人,双方当面在场,这就是“人现前”。其余的内容和前面所说的一样。巴利
Tattha sammukhāvinaye tāva yo ca deseti, yassa ca deseti, tesaṃ sammukhībhāvo puggalasammukhatā. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
向个人或僧团发露的时候,“僧众现前”就不具足了。不过,如果有人说:“尊者,我犯了某某罪。”接着承认:“是的,我犯了,我看到了。”以这个承认而作“今后应当防护”的处理,就叫作“自言毗尼”。因为在桑喀地谢思等罪中,请求别住等就是承认;给予别住等就是“自言毗尼”。另外,有两派互相争斗的比丘,做了许多不合沙门身份的事,后来生起了惭愧心,心想:“如果我们以这些犯戒的事互相追究,这个争端恐怕会变得很严重。”他们看到互相追究犯戒的过患之后,举行如草覆地甘马时,那时的犯戒诤事就通过“现前毗尼”和“如草覆地”而平息。巴利
Puggalassa gaṇassa ca desanākāle saṅghasammukhatā parihāyati. Yā panettha ahaṃ, bhante, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpannoti ca āma, passāmīti ca paṭiññā, tāya paṭiññāya ‘‘āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’’ti karaṇaṃ, taṃ paṭiññātakaraṇaṃ nāma. Saṅghādisese hi parivāsādiyācanā paṭiññā. Parivāsādīnaṃ dānaṃ paṭiññātakaraṇaṃ nāma. Dve pakkhajātā pana bhaṇḍanakārakā bhikkhū bahuṃ assāmaṇakaṃ ajjhācaritvā puna lajjidhamme uppanne sace mayaṃ imāhi āpattīhi aññamaññaṃ kāressāma, siyāpi taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kakkhaḷattāya saṃvatteyyāti aññamaññaṃ āpattiyā kārāpane dosaṃ disvā yadā tiṇavatthārakakammaṃ karonti, tadā āpattādhikaraṇaṃ sammukhāvinayena ca tiṇavatthārakena ca sammati.
在这里,凡是已经进入伸手可及范围内的比丘,如果没有说“我不认可这件事”来表示反对,甚至已经睡着了,那么除了重罪和与在家众有关的罪之外,其他一切罪都能出罪。这样一来,犯戒诤事就通过三种灭诤法得到平息。义务诤事只通过一种灭诤法平息,也就是单靠现前毗尼。这四种诤事,按各自的情况,通过这七种灭诤法得到平息。因此说:为了已生起的诤事能够止息、平息,应当给予现前毗尼……乃至……如草覆地。这就是此处的判定方法。详细内容在《灭诤犍度》中已经说到,其判定也在《一切善见》中讲过。巴利
Tattha hi yattakā hatthapāsūpagatā ‘‘na metaṃ khamatī’’ti evaṃ diṭṭhāvikammaṃ akatvā niddampi okkantā honti, sabbesaṃ ṭhapetvā thullavajjañca gihipaṭisaṃyuttañca sabbāpattiyo vuṭṭhahanti, evaṃ āpattādhikaraṇaṃ tīhi samathehi sammati. Kiccādhikaraṇaṃ ekena samathena sammati sammukhāvinayeneva. Imāni cattāri adhikaraṇāni yathānurūpaṃ imehi sattahi samathehi sammanti. Tena vuttaṃ – uppannuppannānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ samathāya vūpasamāya sammukhāvinayo dātabbo…pe… tiṇavatthārakoti. Ayamettha vinicchayanayo. Vitthāro pana samathakkhandhake āgatoyeva. Vinicchayopissa samantapāsādikāyaṃ vutto.
“贤友,这些……”等等,应当完全按照前面所说的方式连接起来。就这样,长老依照十四组七法,在讲述九十八个问题时,展示了和合之味。巴利
‘‘Ime kho, āvuso’’tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti cuddasannaṃ sattakānaṃ vasena aṭṭhanavuti pañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
333 333. 这样,先以七种展示了和合的本质,现在为了再以八种来展示,再次开始宣说。其中,邪性是指不真实的、邪的本质。正性是指真实的、正确的本质。巴利
333. Iti sattakavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni aṭṭhakavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha micchattāti ayāthāvā micchāsabhāvā. Sammattāti yāthāvā sammāsabhāvā.
334 懈怠事:就是懈怠、懒惰的人所依止、停留的地方,也就是懈怠的原因,这是它的意思。有应当做的事:就是有缝制袈裟等事务需要去做。不发起精进:就是不发起两种精进。于未得:就是为了得到尚未证得的禅那、观、道、果等法。于未证得:同样是为了证得那些尚未证得的。于未现证:就是为了现证那些尚未现证的。这是第一种:就是“唉,我现在躺下吧”,像这样消沉退缩,就是第一种懈怠事。其余各处也应当按这个方法理解其含义。在“就像浸湿的乌豆一样”这一句里,“浸湿的乌豆”是指浸泡得湿透的乌豆。就像浸湿的乌豆那样沉重,这里取的就是沉重这个意思。病愈而出起:就是生病之后才康复起来。巴利
334.Kusītavatthūnīti kusītassa alasassa vatthūni patiṭṭhā kosajjakāraṇānīti attho. Kammaṃ kattabbaṃ hotīti cīvaravicāraṇādikammaṃ kātabbaṃ hoti. Na vīriyaṃ ārabhatīti duvidhampi vīriyaṃ nārabhati. Appattassāti jhānavipassanāmaggaphaladhammassa appattassa pattiyā. Anadhigatassāti tasseva anadhigatassa adhigamatthāya. Asacchikatassāti tasseva apaccakkhakatassa sacchikaraṇatthāya. Idaṃ paṭhamanti idaṃ handāhaṃ nipajjāmīti evaṃ osīdanaṃ paṭhamaṃ kusītavatthu. Iminā nayena sabbattha attho veditabbo. ‘‘Māsācitaṃ maññe’’ti ettha pana māsācitaṃ nāma tintamāso. Yathā tintamāso garuko hoti, evaṃ garukoti adhippāyo. Gilānā vuṭṭhito hotīti gilāno hutvā pacchā vuṭṭhito hoti.
335 335. “发勤事”是指精进的原因。这些也应依照同样的方法来理解其含义。巴利
335.Ārambhavatthūnīti vīriyakāraṇāni. Tesampi imināva nayena attho veditabbo.
336 336.“布施事”是指布施的原因。“逢遇而施”是指遇到就布施。看见有人来了,只让他稍坐片刻,恭敬款待之后就布施,不会用“我要布施、我要布施”的念头让人劳累。这样一来,这里的“逢遇”就成了布施的一种原因。在“因怖畏而布施”等说法中,也应当知道怖畏等就是布施的原因。其中,“怖畏”是指“这个人不布施、不作为”这样的责备所带来的畏惧,或者是对恶趣的畏惧。“他曾施于我”:因为想到“这个人过去曾给过我这个东西”而布施。“他将施于我”:因为想到“这个人未来会给我这个东西”而布施。“布施是善的”:因为想到布施是善的、美好的,受到佛陀等智者称赞,所以布施。“为了庄严心、资助心而布施”:是为了庄严和资助止观之心而布施。因为布施能使心变得柔软。接受布施的人因为“我得到了”而心变柔软,布施的人也因为“我布施了”而心变柔软,这样对双方的心都使之柔软,因此才说“布施能调伏未调伏者”。正如所说的——巴利
336.Dānavatthūnīti dānakāraṇāni. Āsajja dānaṃ detīti patvā dānaṃ deti. Āgataṃ disvāva muhuttaṃyeva nisīdāpetvā sakkāraṃ katvā dānaṃ deti, dassāmi dassāmīti na kilameti. Iti ettha āsādanaṃ dānakāraṇaṃ nāma hoti. Bhayā dānaṃ detītiādīsupi bhayādīni dānakāraṇānīti veditabbāni. Tattha bhayaṃ nāma ayaṃ adāyako akārakoti garahābhayaṃ vā apāyabhayaṃ vā. Adāsi meti mayhaṃ pubbe esa idaṃ nāma adāsīti deti. Dassati meti anāgate idaṃ nāma dassatīti deti. Sāhu dānanti dānaṃ nāma sādhu sundaraṃ, buddhādīhi paṇḍitehi pasatthanti deti. Cittālaṅkāracittaparikkhāratthaṃ dānaṃ detīti samathavipassanācittassa alaṅkāratthañceva parivāratthañca deti. Dānañhi cittaṃ mudukaṃ karoti. Yena laddhaṃ hoti, sopi laddhaṃ meti muducitto hoti, yena dinnaṃ, sopi dinnaṃ mayāti muducitto hoti, iti ubhinnampi cittaṃ mudukaṃ karoti, teneva ‘‘adantadamanaṃ dāna’’nti vuccati. Yathāha –
“ 能调伏未调伏者的布施,不布施则会败坏已调伏者;
通过布施和亲切的话语,人们受到抬举,也会低头敬礼。”巴利
‘‘Adantadamanaṃ dānaṃ, adānaṃ dantadūsakaṃ; Dānena piyavācāya, unnamanti namanti cā’’ti.
在这八种布施里,心之装饰的布施才是最殊胜的。巴利
Imesu pana aṭṭhasu dānesu cittālaṅkāradānameva uttamaṃ.
337 布施再生,是指以布施为缘而再生。Dahati 是安立的意思。Adhiṭṭhāti 是它的同义词。Bhāveti 是增长的意思。于低劣中解脱,是指在低劣的五种欲乐中解脱。未向上修习,是指从此之后,为了道果而尚未修习。导向往生其处,是指无论以什么愿望造作了善业,都会导向在那里或那里的再生。巴利
337.Dānūpapattiyoti dānapaccayā upapattiyo. Dahatīti ṭhapeti. Adhiṭṭhātīti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Bhāvetīti vaḍḍheti. Hīne vimuttanti hīnesu pañcakāmaguṇesu vimuttaṃ. Uttari abhāvitanti tato uttari maggaphalatthāya abhāvitaṃ. Tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattatīti yaṃ patthetvā kusalaṃ kataṃ, tattha tattha nibbattanatthāya saṃvattati.
“离贪者”是指通过道而彻底断除贪的人,或者通过等至而镇伏了贪的人。仅仅靠布施是不可能往生到梵天界的。不过,布施会成为定心与观心的庄严和随从。因此,以布施使心变得柔软之后,再修习梵住,就能往生到梵天界。所以经文说“离贪者,而非有贪者”。巴利
Vītarāgassāti maggena vā samucchinnarāgassa samāpattiyā vā vikkhambhitarāgassa. Dānamatteneva hi brahmaloke nibbattituṃ na sakkā. Dānaṃ pana samādhivipassanācittassa alaṅkāro parivāro hoti. Tato dānena muducitto brahmavihāre bhāvetvā brahmaloke nibbattati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘vītarāgassa no sarāgassā’’ti.
刹帝利们的团体就是刹帝利众,意思是聚集在一起。这个道理适用于一切处。巴利
Khattiyānaṃ parisā khattiyaparisā, samūhoti attho. Esa nayo sabbattha.
世间的法就是世间法。没有人能摆脱这些法,连诸佛也照样会经历。经中也这样说:“比丘们,有这八种世间法跟着世间转,世间也跟着这八种世间法转。”(《增支部》8.5)
“得与不得”,应该理解为:得来临之时,不得也已来临。称誉等其余几种也是同样的道理。巴利
Lokassa dhammā lokadhammā. Etehi mutto nāma natthi, buddhānampi hontiyeva. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, lokadhammā lokaṃ anuparivattanti, loko ca aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattatī’’ti (a. ni. 8.5). Lābho alābhoti lābhe āgate alābho āgato evāti veditabbo. Yasādīsupi eseva nayo.
338 关于胜处与解脱的解说,前面已经讲过了。巴利
338. Abhibhāyatanavimokkhakathā heṭṭhā kathitā eva.
“贤友,这些……”等等,应当按照前面所说的方式连接起来。这样,这位长老依十一组八聚的体例讲述八十八个问题时,显示了和合之味。巴利
‘‘Ime kho, āvuso’’tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti ekādasannaṃ aṭṭhakānaṃ vasena aṭṭhāsīti pañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
340 340. 这样,先用八种方式显示了和合之味,现在为了用九种方式来显示,又接着开始宣说。其中,“愤恨事”是指愤恨的原因。“结愤恨”是指系缚愤怒,制造并生起愤怒。巴利
340. Iti aṭṭhakavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni navakavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha āghātavatthūnīti āghātakāraṇāni. Āghātaṃ bandhatīti kopaṃ bandhati karoti uppādeti.
这在这里怎么可能得到呢?意思是:希望他不要做那种伤害之事——但对这个人,怎么可能得到呢?凭什么理由能让他不做呢?心里这样想:“别人随自己的心意去伤害他人”,这样想过后,就消除了愤恨。或者另一种理解:如果我去反击、惹他生气,那么这种惹他生气的行为,在这个人身上怎么可能得到呢?凭什么理由能得到呢?这就是意思。也有读作“kuto lābhā”的,意思是:如果我在这里生起愤怒,我这种愤怒的行为从哪里能得到呢?所谓利益又能是什么呢?在这个义理中,“taṃ”只是一个没有实义的小品词。巴利
Taṃ kutettha labbhāti taṃ anatthacaraṇaṃ mā ahosīti etasmiṃ puggale kuto labbhā, kena kāraṇena sakkā laddhuṃ ? Paro nāma parassa attano cittaruciyā anatthaṃ karotīti evaṃ cintetvā āghātaṃ paṭivinodeti. Atha vā sacāhaṃ paṭikopaṃ kareyyaṃ, taṃ kopakaraṇaṃ ettha puggale kuto labbhā, kena kāraṇena laddhabbanti attho. Kuto lābhātipi pāṭho, sacāhaṃ ettha kopaṃ kareyyaṃ, tasmiṃ me kopakaraṇe kuto lābhā, lābhā nāma ke siyunti attho. Imasmiñca atthe tanti nipātamattameva hoti.
341 “有情居”就是指众生的住处,也就是他们居住的地方。其中,净居天也属于有情居,不过因为它并非任何时候都存在,所以没有被列入。净居天就像诸佛的暂时营地,在无数劫中没有佛陀出世的时候,那个地方就是空的。正因为它不是一切时都有,所以这里不把它算进去。至于这里其余应当说明的内容,前面已经讲过了。巴利
341.Sattāvāsāti sattānaṃ āvāsā, vasanaṭṭhānānīti attho. Tattha suddhāvāsāpi sattāvāsova, asabbakālikattā pana na gahitā. Suddhāvāsā hi buddhānaṃ khandhāvārasadisā. Asaṅkhyeyyakappe buddhesu anibbattantesu taṃ ṭhānaṃ suññaṃ hotīti asabbakālikattā na gahitā. Sesamettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva.
342 342. 在无暇之处,法也被宣说,意思是四圣谛之法被宣说。能带来寂止,意思是能使烦恼止息。能带来般涅槃,意思是通过烦恼的般涅槃而带来般涅槃。导向正觉,意思是导向对四种道智的证悟。某一种,指的是无想有或无色有。巴利
342. Akkhaṇesu dhammo ca desiyatīti catusaccadhammo desiyati. Opasamikoti kilesūpasamakaro. Parinibbānikoti kilesaparinibbānena parinibbānāvaho. Sambodhagāmīti catumaggañāṇapaṭivedhagāmī. Aññataranti asaññabhavaṃ vā arūpabhavaṃ vā.
343 依次的住法,是指应当按顺序依次进入的禅定住法。巴利
343.Anupubbavihārāti anupaṭipāṭiyā samāpajjitabbavihārā.
344 依次灭尽,就是按顺序一个接一个地灭。巴利
344.Anupubbanirodhāti anupaṭipāṭiyā nirodhā.
“贤友,这些”等语句,应依前面所说的方法贯连理解。这位长老就这样以六组、每组九个的方式讲解五十四问,显示出和合之味。巴利
‘‘Ime, kho āvuso’’tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti channaṃ navakānaṃ vasena catupaṇṇāsa pañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
345 345. 这样以九法的方式显示了和合味之后,现在为了以十法的方式显示,又开始了新的开示。其中,“作依怙者”是指能为自己建立依怙的法,正如经中所说:“诸比丘,你们应当有依怙而住,不要没有依怙。诸比丘,这十种法就是能作依怙者。”(《增支部》10.18)巴利
345. Iti navakavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni dasakavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha nāthakaraṇāti ‘‘sanāthā, bhikkhave, viharatha mā anāthā, dasa ime, bhikkhave, dhammā nāthakaraṇā’’ti (a. ni. 10.18) evaṃ akkhātā attano patiṭṭhākarā dhammā.
在解释“善友”等词时:具足戒等功德的人是他的朋友,所以叫“善友”。这个人在站立、坐下等时候都和他在一起,所以叫“善同伴”。心和身都只倾向于善友,谦卑随顺,所以叫“善倾向”。“容易受教”,是说跟他交谈很容易,接受教导也很容易。“能忍”,是说当别人用粗重、粗暴、严厉的话对他说时,他能忍受,不生气。“善于右绕受持教诫”,是说有些人被教导时,从左边颠倒而取,或者顶撞回去,或者不听就走开了;他不是这样,而是说:“尊者,请教导我,请教诫我!您们若不教导,还有谁能教导呢?”就这样以正确的方式受持教诫。巴利
Kalyāṇamittotiādīsu sīlādiguṇasampannā kalyāṇā assa mittāti kalyāṇamitto. Te cassa ṭhānanisajjādīsu saha ayanato sahāyāti kalyāṇasahāyo. Cittena ceva kāyena ca kalyāṇamittesu eva sampavaṅko onatoti kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Suvacohotīti sukhena vattabbo hoti sukhena anusāsitabbo. Khamoti gāḷhena pharusena kakkhaḷena vuccamāno khamati, na kuppati. Padakkhiṇaggāhī anusāsaninti yathā ekacco ovadiyamāno vāmato gaṇhāti, paṭippharati vā asuṇanto vā gacchati, evaṃ akatvā ‘‘ovadatha, bhante , anusāsatha, tumhesu anovadantesu ko añño ovadissatī’’ti padakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhāti.
高低之事是指高等的事和低等的事。该做什么事是指说“我该做什么”而要做的工作。其中,所谓高等的事,就是做衣、染色,在塔庙涂灰泥,在伍波萨他堂、塔庙殿、菩提树屋等处应当做的事等等。所谓低等的事,就是洗脚、涂油等细小的工作。适合做那个是指适合去做那个。有能力做是指有能力完成。有能力安排是指有能力筹划处理。巴利
Uccāvacānīti uccāni ca avacāni ca. Kiṃ karaṇīyānīti kiṃ karomīti evaṃ vatvā kattabbakammāni. Tattha uccakammāni nāma cīvarassa karaṇaṃ rajanaṃ cetiye sudhākammaṃ uposathāgāracetiyagharabodhiyagharesu kattabbanti evamādi. Avacakammaṃ nāma pādadhovanamakkhanādikhuddakakammaṃ. Tatrupāyāyāti tatrupagamanīyā. Alaṃ kātunti kātuṃ samattho hoti. Alaṃ saṃvidhātunti vicāretuṃ samattho.
对法有欲、有贪爱,就是“法欲者”,意思是喜爱三藏佛语。“乐说法者”,是指别人说法时恭敬聆听,自己也乐于为他人说法。在“于阿毗达摩、于阿毗毗奈耶”这一句中,应知有四组:这里“法”指经藏,“阿毗达摩”指七部论,“律”指两部分别,“阿毗毗奈耶”指犍度和附随。或者另一种说法:经藏和论藏都算是“法”,道与果是“阿毗达摩”,整部律藏是“律”,能止息烦恼的因是“阿毗毗奈耶”。这样,于这一切——法、阿毗达摩、律、阿毗毗奈耶——之中,“广大喜悦”就是拥有极多的喜悦。巴利
Dhamme assa kāmo sinehoti dhammakāmo, tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ piyāyatīti attho. Piyasamudāhāroti parasmiṃ kathente sakkaccaṃ suṇāti, sayañca paresaṃ desetukāmo hotīti attho. ‘‘Abhidhamme abhivinaye’’ti ettha dhammo abhidhammo, vinayo abhivinayoti catukkaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tattha dhammoti suttantapiṭakaṃ. Abhidhammoti satta pakaraṇāni. Vinayoti ubhatovibhaṅgā. Abhivinayoti khandhakaparivārā. Atha vā suttantapiṭakampi abhidhammapiṭakampi dhammo eva. Maggaphalāni abhidhammo. Sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ vinayo. Kilesavūpasamakāraṇaṃ abhivinayo. Iti sabbasmimpi ettha dhamme abhidhamme vinaye abhivinaye ca. Uḷārapāmojjoti bahulapāmojjo hotīti attho.
在“诸善法”这一说法里,这是依格表示原因,意思是:以四地所摄的善法为因,为了证得这些善法而不舍弃责任、不懈怠。巴利
Kusalesudhammesūti kāraṇatthe bhummaṃ, catubhūmakakusaladhammakāraṇā, tesaṃ adhigamatthāya anikkhittadhuro hotīti attho.
346 346. 十遍处中,因为遍满一切,所以叫“遍”。以这些遍为所缘的诸法,因为具有田地的意义,或者具有依止的意义,所以叫“处”。“上”是指朝向虚空的上方。“下”是指朝向大地的下方。“四方”是指像划定田地的范围那样,向四周界定遍满。因为有些人只向上扩展遍,有些人只向下扩展,有些人则向四面八方扩展。或者,就像想看色的人扩展光明那样,他凭这样那样的方式如此扩展。因此说:“一人了知地遍,向上、向下、四方。”这里说的“无二”,是为了说明它不会变成别的状态。就像进入水中的人,四面八方全都是水,没有别的;同样,地遍就只是地遍,不会与其他遍混杂。这个道理适用于一切遍。“无量”是就它遍满无量而说的。因为以心遍满它时,是遍满整体,不会执取“这是它的开始,这是它的中间”这样的限量。“识遍处”在这里是指在除去遍之后的虚空中生起的识。在那里,应当知道:依遍而说,是在除去遍的虚空中;依除去遍的虚空而说,是在那里生起的识中,有向上、向下、四方。这是这里的简要说明。不过,这些地遍等,依照业处修习的方法,在《清净道论》中已经详细说过。巴利
346. Kasiṇadasake sakalaṭṭhena kasiṇāni. Tadārammaṇānaṃ dhammānaṃ khettaṭṭhena vā adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena vā āyatanāni. Uddhanti upari gaganatalābhimukhaṃ. Adhoti heṭṭhā bhūmitalābhimukhaṃ. Tiriyanti khettamaṇḍalamiva samantā paricchinditvā. Ekacco hi uddhameva kasiṇaṃ vaḍḍheti, ekacco adho, ekacco samantato. Tena tena vā kāraṇena evaṃ pasāreti ālokamiva rūpadassanakāmo. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pathavīkasiṇameko sañjānāti uddhaṃ adho tiriya’’nti. Advayanti idaṃ pana ekassa aññabhāvānupagamanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Yathā hi udakaṃ paviṭṭhassa sabbadisāsu udakameva hoti, na aññaṃ, evameva pathavīkasiṇaṃ pathavīkasiṇameva hoti , natthi tassa añño kasiṇasambhedoti. Esa nayo sabbattha. Appamāṇanti idaṃ tassa tassa pharaṇaappamāṇavasena vuttaṃ. Tañhi cetasā pharanto sakalameva pharati, na ‘‘ayamassa ādi, idaṃ majjha’’nti pamāṇaṃ gaṇhātīti. Viññāṇakasiṇanti cettha kasiṇugghāṭimākāse pavattaviññāṇaṃ. Tattha kasiṇavasena kasiṇugghāṭimākāse kasiṇugghāṭimākāsavasena tattha pavattaviññāṇe uddhaṃ adho tiriyatā veditabbā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Kammaṭṭhānabhāvanānayena panetāni pathavīkasiṇādīni vitthārato visuddhimagge vuttāneva.
十不善业道的注释巴利
Akusalakammapathadasakavaṇṇanā
347 347. 在诸业道当中,业本身就是通向上善趣和恶趣的道路,所以称为业道。在这些业道里,杀生、不与取、妄语等四种,已经在《梵网经》中详细说明了。关于欲邪行,这里的欲,是指淫欲的行为,或者淫欲的对象。邪行,是指一向受到呵责的低劣行为。从特相来说,怀着违反正法的意图,通过身门发起,违越不可行淫之处的思,就是欲邪行。巴利
347. Kammapathesu kammāneva sugatiduggatīnaṃ pathabhūtattā kammapathā nāma. Tesu pāṇātipāto adinnādānaṃ musāvādādayo ca cattāro brahmajāle vitthāritā eva. Kāmesumicchācāroti ettha pana kāmesūti methunasamācāresu methunavatthūsu vā. Micchācāroti ekantanindito lāmakācāro. Lakkhaṇato pana asaddhammādhippāyena kāyadvārappavattā agamanīyaṭṭhānavītikkamacetanā kāmesumicchācāro.
在这里,“不可行处”对男子来说,首先是指由母亲守护、父亲守护、父母守护、兄弟守护、姐妹守护、亲族守护、宗族守护、法守护、有主守护、刑罚守护的女子,这十种就是母护女等十类。财买女、自愿同居女、财居女、衣居女、水触女、卸担女、婢女兼妻子、佣工兼妻子、旗护女、暂嫁女,这十种就是财买女等十类,合计二十种。对女子来说,有主守护女和刑罚守护女这两种,以及财买女等十种,这十二种女人之外的其他男子,就是她们的不可行处。这就是“不可行处”。而这种欲邪行,如果对象是缺乏戒德等功德的不可行处,罪过较轻;如果对象具足戒德等功德,罪过就极重。它具备四个条件:是不可行处的对象、对那对象生起行淫的心、行淫的加行方便、以道入道并忍受。其中,加行只由自己亲手去做。巴利
Tattha agamanīyaṭṭhānaṃ nāma purisānaṃ tāva māturakkhitā, piturakkhitā, mātāpiturakkhitā, bhāturakkhitā, bhaginirakkhitā, ñātirakkhitā, gottarakkhitā, dhammarakkhitā, sārakkhā, saparidaṇḍāti māturakkhitādayo dasa. Dhanakkītā, chandavāsinī, bhogavāsinī, paṭavāsinī, odapattakinī, obhatacumbaṭā, dāsī ca bhariyā ca, kammakārī ca bhariyā ca, dhajāhaṭā, muhuttikāti etā dhanakkītādayo dasāti vīsati. Itthīsu pana dvinnaṃ sārakkhasaparidaṇḍānaṃ dasannañca dhanakkītādīnanti dvādasannaṃ itthīnaṃ aññe purisā. Idaṃ agamanīyaṭṭhānaṃ nāma. So panesa micchācāro sīlādiguṇarahite agamanīyaṭṭhāne appasāvajjo. Sīlādiguṇasampanne mahāsāvajjo. Tassa cattāro sambhārā agamanīyavatthu, tasmiṃ sevanacittaṃ, sevanappayogo, maggenamaggappaṭipattiadhivāsananti. Eko payogo sāhatthiko eva.
贪欲之所以叫“贪欲”,是因为它朝向别人的财物,随着心倾向那边而活动。它的特相就是像这样盘算:“啊,但愿这变成我的!”就像不与取一样,这种贪欲也有小罪过和大罪过之分。它有两个构成条件:别人的财物,以及把它归到自己名下的念头。因为,即使对别人的财物生起了贪爱,只要还没有起“啊,但愿这变成我的”这种把它归给自己的念头,就还不算构成业道。巴利
Abhijjhāyatīti abhijjhā, parabhaṇḍābhimukhī hutvā tanninnatāya pavattatīti attho. Sā ‘‘aho vata idaṃ mamassā’’ti evaṃ parabhaṇḍābhijjhāyanalakkhaṇā adinnādānaṃ viya appasāvajjā mahāsāvajjā ca. Tassā dve sambhārā parabhaṇḍaṃ, attano pariṇāmanañca. Parabhaṇḍavatthuke hi lobhe uppannepi na tāva kammapathabhedo hoti, yāva ‘‘aho vatīdaṃ mamassā’’ti attano na pariṇāmeti.
破坏利益与安乐,故名嗔恨。它的特相是内心怀着毁灭他人的恶意,和粗恶语一样,罪过有轻有重。它有两个构成条件:以其他有情为对象,以及内心想着要毁灭对方。因为,即使对其他有情生起了愤怒,只要还没有想到“啊,但愿他断灭、毁灭!”这样希望他毁灭,就还不算构成业道。巴利
Hitasukhaṃ byāpādayatīti byāpādo. So paraṃ vināsāya manopadosalakkhaṇo pharusāvācā viya appasāvajjo mahāsāvajjo ca. Tassa dve sambhārā parasatto ca, tassa vināsacintā ca. Parasattavatthuke hi kodhe uppannepi na tāva kammapathabhedo hoti, yāva ‘‘aho vatāyaṃ ucchijjheyya vinasseyyā’’ti tassa vināsaṃ na cinteti.
因为不能如实把握对象,所以错误地看,这就叫邪见。它的特征是以“没有布施”等说法颠倒地看事情。就像杂秽语一样,邪见也有过失轻和过失重的区别。再者,不定的邪见过失轻,决定的邪见过失重。它有两个构成条件:一是对所缘事物的执取方式颠倒,二是它按照自己执取的方式那样显现出来。巴利
Yathābhuccagahaṇābhāvena micchā passatīti micchādiṭṭhi. Sā ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādinā nayena viparītadassanalakkhaṇā. Samphappalāpo viya appasāvajjā mahāsāvajjā ca. Apica aniyatā appasāvajjā, niyatā mahāsāvajjā. Tassā dve sambhārā vatthuno ca gahitākāraviparītatā, yathā ca taṃ gaṇhāti, tathābhāvena tassūpaṭṭhānanti.
对这十种不善业道,应当从五个方面来分析和判定:法、部分、所缘、受、根。巴利
Imesaṃ pana dasannaṃ akusalakammapathānaṃ dhammato koṭṭhāsato ārammaṇato vedanāto mūlatoti pañcahākārehi vinicchayo veditabbo.
在这里,就“法”而言:在这些之中,按顺序只有七项是思之法;贪欲等三项则是与思相应的。巴利
Tattha dhammatoti etesu hi paṭipāṭiyā satta cetanādhammāva honti. Abhijjhādayo tayo cetanāsampayuttā.
从“部分”来说:依次前七项加上邪见,这八项只是业道,不是根本。贪欲和嗔恚则既是业道,也是根本。因为贪欲到达根本时,就是贪不善根;嗔恚就是嗔不善根。巴利
Koṭṭhāsatoti paṭipāṭiyā satta, micchādiṭṭhi cāti ime aṭṭha kammapathā eva honti, no mūlāni. Abhijjhābyāpādā kammapathā ceva mūlāni ca. Abhijjhā hi mūlaṃ patvā lobho akusalamūlaṃ hoti. Byāpādo doso akusalamūlaṃ hoti.
就所缘来说:杀生以命根为所缘,所以是行所缘。不与取或者以有情为所缘,或者以行所缘。邪淫依触来说,是行所缘,也有人说“以有情为所缘”。妄语或者以有情为所缘,或者以行所缘,离间语也一样。粗恶语只以有情为所缘。杂秽语依所见、所闻、所觉、所知来说,或者以有情为所缘,或者以行所缘。贪欲也一样。嗔恚只以有情为所缘。邪见依三地诸法来说,是以行为所缘。巴利
Ārammaṇatoti pāṇātipāto jīvitindriyārammaṇato saṅkhārārammaṇo hoti. Adinnādānaṃ sattārammaṇaṃ vā saṅkhārārammaṇaṃ vā, micchācāro phoṭṭhabbavasena saṅkhārārammaṇo. ‘‘Sattārammaṇo’’tipi eke. Musāvādo sattārammaṇo vā saṅkhārārammaṇo vā, tathā pisuṇavācā. Pharusavācā sattārammaṇāva. Samphappalāpo diṭṭhasutamutaviññātavasena sattārammaṇo vā saṅkhārārammaṇo vā. Tathā abhijjhā. Byāpādo sattārammaṇova. Micchādiṭṭhi tebhūmakadhammavasena saṅkhārārammaṇā.
从受的角度来说:杀生是苦受。虽然国王看见盗贼时,可能笑着下令“去,把他杀了”,但真正作出决定时的思心所,仍然与苦受相应。不与取有三种受。邪淫依乐受和舍受,所以有两种受;但在决定心里并没有舍受。妄语有三种受,离间语也一样。粗恶语是苦受。杂秽语有三种受。贪欲依乐受和舍受,所以有两种受,邪见也一样。嗔恚是苦受。巴利
Vedanātoti pāṇātipāto dukkhavedano hoti. Kiñcāpi hi rājāno coraṃ disvā hasamānāpi ‘‘gacchatha naṃ ghātethā’’ti vadanti, sanniṭṭhāpakacetanā pana dukkhasampayuttāva hoti. Adinnādānaṃ tivedanaṃ. Micchācāro sukhamajjhattavasena dvivedano. Sanniṭṭhāpakacitte pana majjhattavedano na hoti. Musāvādo tivedano. Tathā pisuṇavācā. Pharusavācā dukkhavedanā. Samphappalāpo tivedano. Abhijjhā sukhamajjhattavasena dvivedanā tathā micchādiṭṭhi. Byāpādo dukkhavedano.
从根来看:杀生以嗔和痴为根,所以有两个根。不与取或者以嗔和痴为根,或者以贪和痴为根。邪淫以贪和痴为根。妄语或者以嗔和痴为根,或者以贪和痴为根,离间语和杂秽语也一样。粗恶语以嗔和痴为根。贪欲只以痴为根,所以只有一个根,嗔恚也一样。邪见以贪和痴为根,所以有两个根。巴利
Mūlatoti pāṇātipāto dosamohavasena dvimūlako hoti. Adinnādānaṃ dosamohavasena vā lobhamohavasena vā. Micchācāro lobhamohavasena. Musāvādo dosamohavasena vā lobhamohavasena vā tathā pisuṇavācā samphappalāpo ca. Pharusavācā dosamohavasena. Abhijjhā mohavasena ekamūlā. Tathā byāpādo. Micchādiṭṭhi lobhamohavasena dvimūlāti.
十善业道的注释巴利
Kusalakammapathadasakavaṇṇanā
不杀生等戒,应当从受持离、现前离和正断离这三种方式来理解。巴利
Pāṇātipātā veramaṇiādīni samādānasampattasamucchedavirativasena veditabbāni.
从法的角度来看,在这些(善业道)当中,按顺序,前七项也都有思心所和离心所。最后三项则只与思心所相应。巴利
Dhammato pana etesupi paṭipāṭiyā satta cetanāpi vattanti viratiyopi. Ante tayo cetanāsampayuttāva.
从部分来说,按顺序,前七项只是业道,不是根本;最后三项既是业道,也是根本。因为无贪欲到达根本时,就是无贪善根;无嗔到达根本时,就是无嗔善根;正见到达根本时,就是无痴善根。巴利
Koṭṭhāsatoti paṭipāṭiyā satta kammapathā eva, no mūlāni. Ante tayo kammapathā ceva mūlāni ca. Anabhijjhā hi mūlaṃ patvā alobho kusalamūlaṃ hoti. Abyāpādo adoso kusalamūlaṃ. Sammādiṭṭhi amoho kusalamūlaṃ.
从所缘来看,杀生等不善业道的所缘,就是这些善业道的所缘。因为所谓“离”,针对的正是那些应当避免的事。然而,就像以涅槃为所缘的圣道能断除烦恼一样,应当知道:这些以命根等为所缘的业道,也能断除杀生等恶戒。巴利
Ārammaṇatoti pāṇātipātādīnaṃ ārammaṇāneva etesaṃ ārammaṇāni. Vītikkamitabbatoyeva hi veramaṇī nāma hoti. Yathā pana nibbānārammaṇo ariyamaggo kilese pajahati, evaṃ jīvitindriyādiārammaṇāpete kammapathā pāṇātipātādīni dussīlyāni pajahantīti veditabbā.
从受的角度来说:所有善法要么是乐受,要么是舍受。因为当善法现前时,并不存在所谓的苦受。巴利
Vedanātoti sabbe sukhavedanā honti majjhattavedanā vā. Kusalaṃ patvā hi dukkhavedanā nāma natthi.
从根来说:依次第,以智相应之心而离(杀生等)者,依无贪、无嗔、无痴而有三根;以智不相应之心而离者,则有二根。无贪,以智相应之心而离者,有二根;以智不相应之心而离者,则有一根。然而,无贪本身并不成为自己的根。无嗔也是同样的道理。正见依无贪、无嗔而只有二根。巴利
Mūlatoti paṭipāṭiyā satta ñāṇasampayuttacittena viramantassa alobhaadosaamohavasena timūlāni honti, ñāṇavippayuttacittena viramantassa dvimūlāni. Anabhijjhā ñāṇasampayuttacittena viramantassa dvimūlā, ñāṇavippayuttacittena ekamūlā. Alobho pana attanāva attano mūlaṃ na hoti. Abyāpādepi eseva nayo. Sammādiṭṭhi alobhādosavasena dvimūlā evāti.
圣住十法的注释巴利
Ariyavāsadasakavaṇṇanā
348 圣者住处:因为圣者们已经住过、正在住、将来也会住在这里面,所以叫圣者住处。五支已断者:漏已尽的人以五种支分都断除了的状态,已经安住、正在安住、将来也会安住;因此,这种五支已断的状态,因为是圣者的住处,就说为圣者住处。其余各处也都是同样的道理。巴利
348.Ariyavāsāti ariyā eva vasiṃsu vasanti vasissanti etesūti ariyavāsā. Pañcaṅgavippahīnoti pañcahi aṅgehi vippayuttova hutvā khīṇāsavo avasi vasati vasissatīti tasmā ayaṃ pañcaṅgavippahīnatā, ariyassa vāsattā ariyavāsoti vutto. Esa nayo sabbattha.
贤友,比丘就是这样具足六支的:他具足六支舍。什么是六支舍呢?就是智等。说到“智”时,从作用上可以得到四种与智相应的心。说到“常恒住”时,可以得到八种大心。说到“没有染着、没有忿恼”时,可以得到十种心。喜悦则是通过反复修习而获得的。巴利
Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu chaḷaṅgasamannāgato hotīti chaḷaṅgupekkhāya samannāgato hoti. Chaḷaṅgupekkhā nāma keti? Ñāṇādayo. ‘‘Ñāṇa’’nti vutte kiriyato cattāri ñāṇasampayuttacittāni labbhanti. ‘‘Satatavihāro’’ti vutte aṭṭha mahācittāni. ‘‘Rajjanadussanaṃ natthī’’ti vutte dasa cittāni labbhanti. Somanassaṃ āsevanavasena labbhati.
以念守护的心:对漏尽者来说,念在三个门的一切时候都成办守护的作用。正因如此,他被描述为:无论行走、站立、坐着或清醒,恒常不断地有智见现前。巴利
Satārakkhena cetasāti khīṇāsavassa hi tīsu dvāresu sabbakālaṃ sati ārakkhakiccaṃ sādheti . Tenevassa ‘‘carato ca tiṭṭhato ca suttassa ca jāgarassa ca satataṃ samitaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hotī’’ti vuccati.
“众多沙门婆罗门”是指很多沙门和婆罗门。这里,沙门指走上出家道路的人,婆罗门指那些说“bho”的人。“众多各别的谛”是指许多各自分开的真理,意思是:各自执取“只有这个见解是真理,只有这个见解是真理”,这样一个个被执取的许多真理。“被击倒”是指被摧毁。“被彻底击倒”是指被完全摧毁。“被丢弃”是指被抛开。“被吐出”是指被呕出。“被解脱”是指被断除束缚。“被断除”是指被舍弃。“被完全弃舍”是指舍弃到不再浮现在心中。所有这些,都是表达所执取之物已被抛弃的同义词。巴利
Puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇānanti bahūnaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ. Ettha ca samaṇāti pabbajjupagatā. Brāhmaṇāti bhovādino. Puthupaccekasaccānīti bahūni pāṭekkasaccāni, idameva dassanaṃ saccaṃ, idameva dassanaṃ saccanti evaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ gahitāni bahūni saccānīti attho. Nunnānīti nihatāni. Paṇunnānīti suṭṭhu nihatāni. Cattānīti vissaṭṭhāni. Vantānīti vamitāni. Muttānīti chinnabandhanāni katāni. Pahīnānīti pajahitāni. Paṭinissaṭṭhānīti yathā na puna cittaṃ āruhanti, evaṃ paṭinissajjitāni. Sabbāneva tāni gahitaggahaṇassa vissaṭṭhabhāvavevacanāni.
在这里,“无缺”就是没有减少;“舍”就是舍弃。正确地没有缺减、舍弃了种种寻求,就是“舍断诸寻求而无缺失者”,意思是正确地舍弃了一切寻求。“心离贪而解脱”等语句,则说明了道的作用已经完成。巴利
Samavayasaṭṭhesanoti ettha avayāti anūnā. Saṭṭhāti vissaṭṭhā. Sammā avayā saṭṭhā esanā assāti samavayasaṭṭhesano. Sammā vissaṭṭhasabbaesanoti attho. Rāgā cittaṃ vimuttantiādīhi maggassa kiccanipphatti kathitā.
通过“我已断贪”等语句,以省察的方式说明了果。巴利
Rāgome pahīnotiādīhi paccavekkhaṇāya phalaṃ kathitaṃ.
无学十法的注释巴利
Asekkhadhammadasakavaṇṇanā
无学的正见等,全部都是与果相应的法。在这里,正见和正智这两处说的就是慧。而“正解脱”这个词则涵盖了其余的法。应当知道,果等至的诸法也被包含在内了。巴利
Asekkhā sammādiṭṭhītiādayo sabbepi phalasampayuttadhammā eva. Ettha ca sammādiṭṭhi, sammāñāṇanti dvīsu ṭhānesu paññāva kathitā. Sammāvimuttīti iminā padena vuttāvasesā. Phalasamāpattidhammā saṅgahitāti veditabbā.
“这些,贤友”等等,应当完全按照前面所说的方式连接起来。就这样,长老以六组十法的方式讲解六十个问题时,显示了和合之味。巴利
‘‘Ime kho, āvuso’’tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti channaṃ dasakānaṃ vasena samasaṭṭhi pañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
问题的综合注释巴利
Pañhasamodhānavaṇṇanā
349 在这里,应当先立足这一点,再把各种问题汇总起来。因为在这部经里,按一法来说,讲了两个问题;按二法来说,讲了七十个;按三法来说,讲了八千个;按四法来说,讲了两百个;按五法来说,讲了三千个;按六法来说,讲了三千二百个;按七法来说,讲了九十八个;按八法来说,讲了八十八个;按九法来说,讲了五十四个;按十法来说,讲了六十个。这样一共讲了一万四千零一十四个问题。巴利
349. Idha pana ṭhatvā pañhā samodhānetabbā. Imasmiñhi sutte ekakavasena dve pañhā kathitā. Dukavasena sattati. Tikavasena asītisataṃ. Catukkavasena dvesatāni. Pañcakavasena tiṃsasataṃ. Chakkavasena bāttiṃsasataṃ. Sattakavasena aṭṭhanavuti. Aṭṭhakavasena aṭṭhāsīti. Navakavasena catupaṇṇāsa. Dasakavasena samasaṭṭhīti evaṃ sahassaṃ cuddasa pañhā kathitā.
其实,除了这部经以外,在三藏佛语中,再没有另一部经像这样充满大量问答而显得庄严。世尊从头到尾听完整部经后,心里这样想:“法将舍利弗显扬了佛的力量,发出了不可逆转的狮子吼。如果说是声闻所说,人们就生不起信心;如果说是胜者所说,人们才能生起信心。所以,我要让这部经成为胜者所说,使天和人众对这部经生起信心。”于是,世尊从定中起来,表示赞许。因此经中说:“那时,世尊从定中起来,对尊者舍利弗说:‘萨度,萨度,舍利弗!萨度,舍利弗!你为比丘们宣说了集会和合的法门。’”巴利
Imañhi suttantaṃ ṭhapetvā tepiṭake buddhavacane añño suttanto evaṃ bahupañhapaṭimaṇḍito natthi. Bhagavā imaṃ suttantaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya sakalaṃ sutvā cintesi – ‘‘dhammasenāpati sāriputto buddhabalaṃ dīpetvā appaṭivattiyaṃ sīhanādaṃ nadati. Sāvakabhāsitoti vutte okappanā na hoti, jinabhāsitoti vutte hoti, tasmā jinabhāsitaṃ katvā devamanussānaṃ okappanaṃ imasmiṃ suttante uppādessāmī’’ti. Tato vuṭṭhāya sādhukāraṃ adāsi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘atha kho bhagavā vuṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi, sādhu, sādhu, sāriputta, sādhu kho tvaṃ sāriputta, bhikkhūnaṃ saṅgītipariyāyaṃ abhāsī’’ti.
这里,“集会与和合的法门”是指和合的因由。这段话的意思是:“萨度,舍利弗!你与我的遍知智相印证,为比丘们宣说了和合之味。”导师随喜认可,也就是以随喜表示认可。这样一来,这部经就成了“胜者所说”。说法结束时,那些比丘专心思维这部经,证得了阿拉汉果。巴利
Tattha saṅgītipariyāyanti sāmaggiyā kāraṇaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘sādhu, kho tvaṃ, sāriputta, mama sabbaññutaññāṇena saṃsanditvā bhikkhūnaṃ sāmaggirasaṃ abhāsī’’ti. Samanuñño satthā ahosīti anumodanena samanuñño ahosi. Ettakena ayaṃ suttanto jinabhāsito nāma jāto. Desanāpariyosāne imaṃ suttantaṃ manasikarontā te bhikkhū arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsūti.